JP2015039642A - Game machine - Google Patents

Abstract

PROBLEM TO BE SOLVED: To provide a game machine capable of suppressing deterioration in taste.SOLUTION: On the basis of an event that a prescribed entry lottery is drawn on the basis of reception of a game ball in a receiving hole and if a prescribed result is provided by entry lottery means, the game machine opens a prescribed constantly-closed entry hole to permit entry of the game ball in the prescribed entry hole. The game ball entering from the prescribed entry hole is subjected to a generator lottery to be executed in such a form as to make a lottery process visible. When the player wins the generator lottery, a jackpot game is executed. In a normal state, the generator lottery is executed to be won only at a prescribed expectation degree, however, in a high probability state, to be won at a higher expectation degree than that in the normal state. Though the generator lottery is executed in such a form as to make the lottery process visible, it is difficult for the player to acquire whether it is in the high expectation state or the normal expectation state from an operation mode of the generator lottery means.

Description

  The present invention relates to a gaming machine such as a pachinko gaming machine (generally also referred to as a “pachinko machine”).

  Conventionally, as can be seen in Patent Document 1, for example, when a predetermined condition is satisfied, a game ball is received in a predetermined accessory, and a role using the game ball received in the predetermined accessory is used. There is known a gaming machine in which a lottery is performed and a winning is determined (see, for example, Patent Document 1).

  Unlike the gaming machine in which the winning is determined only by an internal lottery, the gaming machine described in Patent Document 1 is distrustful to the player in that the winning lottery is performed in a form visible to the player. There is an advantage in that the game can be advanced without giving.

Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2008-229051

  However, in such a gaming machine, the game may become monotonous and there is a risk that the interest will be reduced.

  An object of the present invention is to suppress a decrease in interest.

According to the first aspect of the present invention, there is provided main control means having lottery means for performing lottery based on the reception of game balls at the entrance provided in the game area, and control related to effect display performed by predetermined display means. Peripheral control means for performing the game, a special area in which a game ball is allowed to enter based on the result of the lottery, and a movable body capable of guiding the game ball to a specific area provided in the special area, the movable body When a game ball is received in the specific area by being operated, a privilege that is advantageous to the player is given, and the main control means is stopped at the same position in a normal state. The movable control means for operating the movable body when the result of the lottery is a specific result, and controlling the movable body so that the operation is started at the same timing and in the same manner when the movable body is operated. When the movable body is operated, the operation is started at the same timing and in the same manner, and after the image indicating that the result of the lottery is the specific result is displayed, the game ball to the special area As an acceptable pattern, an advantageous pattern in which a game ball is allowed to enter the special area in a manner that facilitates acceptance into the specific area, and an acceptance into the specific area is difficult. Among the disadvantageous patterns in which the game balls are allowed to enter the special area, the entry permission means for allowing the game balls to enter the special area in any pattern, the advantageous pattern and the disadvantageous pattern Among the plurality of patterns including the above, the allowable pattern lottery means for determining the pattern that allows the entry of the game ball to the special area by the entry allowable means by lottery The peripheral control means controls so that when the lottery result is the specific result, an image indicating that the specific result is displayed on the predetermined display means. From the image, there is means for making it difficult to grasp which of the advantageous pattern and the disadvantageous pattern allows the game ball to enter the special area, and the reception port is a first reception port. The first lottery means for performing the first lottery based on the reception of the game ball to the first receiving port, and the game to the second receiving port. When the second lottery means for performing the second lottery based on the acceptance of the ball is provided, and the movable control means is allowed to enter the game ball into the special area based on the result of the first lottery And the special area based on the result of the second lottery And a means for controlling the movable body to start operating at the same timing and in the same manner when the game ball is allowed to enter the game ball, and the entry permission means is a result of the first lottery. The expected value for the entry of the game ball is higher when the entry of the game ball is allowed based on the result of the second lottery than when the entry of the game ball is allowed based on The game ball is allowed to enter the special area.
According to a second aspect of the present invention, in the first aspect, the lottery means obtains a random number based on accepting a game ball at the receiving port, and performs the lottery using the obtained random number. .
The invention according to claim 3 further includes a lamp device according to claim 1 or 2, wherein a predetermined light emission effect is performed.

  According to this invention, it is possible to suppress a decrease in interest.

It is a perspective view which shows the state which open | released the main body frame with respect to the outer frame of the pachinko machine which concerns on embodiment, and opened the door frame with respect to the main body frame. It is the perspective view seen from the front of a pachinko gaming machine. It is a front view of a pachinko machine. It is a side view of a pachinko machine. It is a top view of a pachinko machine. It is a rear view of a pachinko machine. It is the disassembled perspective view seen from the outer frame, main body frame, game board, and door frame which comprise a pachinko machine. It is the disassembled perspective view seen from the front of the outer frame, main body frame, game board, and door frame which comprise a pachinko machine. It is a front perspective view of an outer frame. It is the disassembled perspective view seen from the front of an outer frame. It is a front view of an outer frame. It is a rear view of an outer frame. 11A is a sectional view taken along line BB in FIG. 11, FIG. 11B is a sectional view taken along line CC in FIG. 11A, FIG. 11C is a sectional view taken along line DD, and FIG. It is a front view of a door frame. It is a rear view of a door frame. It is AA sectional drawing displayed on FIG. It is BB sectional drawing displayed on FIG. It is the disassembled perspective view seen from the front of the door frame. It is the disassembled perspective view seen from the back of a door frame. It is a perspective view which shows the relationship between a handle | steering-wheel apparatus and the hit ball | bowl launching apparatus provided in a main body frame. It is a front view of the main body frame main body before attaching components. It is a rear view of the main body frame main body before attaching components. It is a side view of the main body frame main body before attaching components. It is the perspective view seen from the back of the main body frame main body before attaching components. It is the perspective view seen from the front of the main body frame which attached components. It is the perspective view which looked at the state which pivotally supported the main body frame which attached components to the outer frame from the front. It is a rear view of the main body frame which attached components. It is the perspective view seen from the back of the main body frame which attached components. It is a cross-sectional plan view of the pachinko gaming machine cut along the horizontal line in the middle of the pachinko machine (main control board box portion). It is the perspective view seen from the front of a game board. It is a front view of a game board. It is a rear view of a game board. It is a top view of a game board. It is an expansion perspective view of the removal prevention mechanism part formed in a game board. It is a fragmentary perspective view of the main body frame which shows the structure by the side of the main body frame with respect to the removal prevention mechanism of a game board. (A) is a perspective view of the entire ball striking device, and (B) is a perspective view with a firing motor portion removed. It is a disassembled perspective view of a hit ball launching device. (A) is a front view which shows the relationship between a hit ball | bowl launcher and a firing rail, (B) is a perspective view of a launching motor part. It is a rear view which shows the relationship between the hit ball | bowl launching device in the state which is not operating the operation handle | steering-wheel part, and a firing rail. It is a rear view which shows the relationship between the hit ball | bowl launching device in the state which is operating the operation handle | steering-wheel part, and a firing rail. (A) is a plan view of a slide member provided in the ball striking device, (B) is a front view, (C) is a perspective view seen from the front, and (D) is a cross-sectional view taken along the line AA of (B) the front view. is there. (A) is a perspective view of a prize ball tank, (B) is a plan view, and (C) is a side view. (A) And (B) is the conventional prize ball tank, (C) is a top view which shows the pressure state of the ball | bowl in the discharge port part with the prize ball tank which concerns on this embodiment. It is the perspective view seen from the back side of the pachinko machine which shows the relationship between a prize ball tank, a tank rail member, a ball passage unit, a prize ball unit, and a full tank unit. It is the perspective view seen from the front side of the pachinko machine which shows the relationship between a prize ball tank, a tank rail member, a ball passage unit, a prize ball unit, and a full tank unit. (A) is sectional drawing which shows the relationship between the downstream part of a tank rail member, and the upstream part of a ball path unit, (B) is a top view which shows the relationship between the downstream part of a tank rail member, and the upstream part of a ball path unit is there. It is a disassembled perspective view which shows the relationship between a main body frame, a ball path unit, and a prize ball unit. It is a rear view which shows the relationship between a ball path unit and a prize ball unit. It is the perspective view seen from the back of a ball passage unit. It is a front view of a ball passage unit. It is a side view for demonstrating the connection structure of a ball path unit and a prize ball unit. It is the disassembled perspective view seen from the back side of a prize ball unit. It is a rear view for demonstrating the relationship between the payout motor and the sprocket as a payout member. It is a rear view for demonstrating the channel | path and drive relationship of a prize ball unit. It is AA sectional drawing of FIG. It is a perspective view which shows the relationship between a prize ball unit and a full tank unit. It is a perspective view of a full tank unit. It is the disassembled perspective view seen from the front of a full tank unit. It is the disassembled perspective view seen from the back of a full tank unit. It is a partially broken perspective view which shows the relationship between a full tank unit and a foul mouth. It is the cross-sectional view cut | disconnected by the bottom rocking | fluctuation board part provided in a full tank unit. It is sectional drawing which shows the relationship between a full tank unit and a foul mouth. It is a back perspective view which shows the relationship between a locking device and a main body frame. It is an expanded side sectional view which shows the latching structure to the main body frame of a locking device. It is the partial cross section cut | disconnected in the horizontal direction in the position slightly lower than the center of the vertical direction of a pachinko machine. It is an expanded sectional view which shows the detailed relationship between a locking device and the side wall of a main body frame. (A) is a side view of a locking device, (B) is the perspective view seen from the front side. (A) is a perspective view seen from the back side of the lock device, and (B) and (C) are sliding frames for door frames and slides for main body frames that are slidably provided inside the U-shaped base of the lock device. It is a perspective view of palpitation. It is a disassembled perspective view of a locking device. It is a front view for demonstrating the effect | action of the sliding frame for door frames, and the sliding frame for main body frames. It is a front view for demonstrating the effect | action of a fraud prevention member. It is the perspective view which looked at the substrate unit from the back side. It is the perspective view which looked at the substrate unit from the front side. It is a front view of a game board. It is the perspective view which looked at the game board from diagonally forward. It is the perspective view which looked at the game board from diagonally behind. It is AA sectional drawing in FIG. FIG. 75 is a sectional view taken along line BB in FIG. 74. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled for every main member which comprises a game board, and was seen from diagonally forward. FIG. 80 is an exploded perspective view of the exploded view of FIG. 79 as viewed obliquely. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the front structural member and game panel which mainly comprise a game board, and was seen from the diagonal front. It is the disassembled perspective view which looked at FIG. 81 from diagonally behind. It is a front view of a center accessory unit. It is the perspective view which looked at the center accessory unit from diagonally forward. It is the perspective view which looked at the center accessory unit from diagonally forward. It is the perspective view which looked at the center accessory unit from diagonally behind. It is AA sectional drawing of FIG. It is BB sectional drawing of FIG. It is CC sectional drawing of FIG. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the center accessory unit in the unit unit and was seen from diagonally forward. It is the disassembled perspective view which looked at FIG. 90 from diagonally behind. It is the perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the main body unit and was seen from diagonally forward. It is the perspective view which looked at the state which removed the prize mouth cover and the inner periphery lens from the main body unit from diagonally forward. It is the perspective view which looked at the opening-and-closing prize-winning unit from diagonally forward. It is the perspective view which looked at the left side path | route formation member which comprises the principal part of the left side guidance path | route from diagonally forward. (A) is the perspective view which looked at the right path formation member and right path cover which comprise a right guidance path from diagonally forward, (b) is the exploded perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the right path formation member and right path cover and seen from diagonally behind FIG. It is a front view of the principal part in an upper game field. FIG. 98 is a perspective view of the main part shown in FIG. 97 as viewed obliquely from the front. It is the perspective view which looked at the distribution apparatus and the delay apparatus from diagonally forward. It is a right view of a distribution apparatus and a delay apparatus. It is the top view which looked at the principal part of the upper game field including a prize mouth cover from the upper surface. It is AA sectional drawing of FIG. It is the perspective view which looked at the specific game area from diagonally forward. It is the top view which looked at the specific game area from the upper part. It is the perspective view which looked at the stage member of the specific game area from diagonally forward. It is the perspective view which looked at the movable accessory from diagonally forward. It is a rear view of a movable accessory. It is a right view of a movable accessory. It is AA sectional drawing of FIG. It is the perspective view which looked at the rotary distribution device from diagonally forward. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the rotary distribution device and was seen from diagonally forward. It is a top view of a guide passage formation member. It is AA sectional drawing of FIG. It is sectional drawing of BB of FIG. It is the perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the guide channel | path formation member and the opening-and-closing member drive mechanism, and was seen from diagonally forward. It is the perspective view which looked at the state which removed the guide passage formation member etc. from the specific game field from diagonally forward. It is the perspective view which looked at the game media restoration means from diagonally forward. It is a longitudinal cross-sectional view of a game medium restoration means. It is a perspective view which shows the relationship between the ball | bowl conveyance part of a game medium restoration means, and a guide passage formation member. It is a front view of an approach prevention mechanism. It is the perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the approach prevention mechanism and was seen from diagonally forward. It is the perspective view which looked at the decoration accessory from diagonally forward. It is a rear view of a decorative accessory. It is a front view which shows the state which the movable decoration body protruded toward the inside of the center accessory unit, and became visible from the player side. It is the perspective view which looked at the movable decoration body and its drive mechanism from diagonally forward. It is a block diagram which shows roughly the control structure around the main board | substrate in a pachinko machine. It is a block diagram which shows roughly the control structure of the periphery control board periphery in a pachinko machine. It is a block diagram which shows the functional structure in a main control board. It is a block diagram which shows the functional structure in a periphery control board. It is a block diagram which shows the functional structure which concerns on the display of the fraud warning indicator on a main control board. It is an interval pattern table referred when an interval pattern is determined.

[Overall structure of pachinko machines]
DESCRIPTION OF EXEMPLARY EMBODIMENTS Hereinafter, preferred embodiments of the invention will be described with reference to the drawings. First, the entire pachinko gaming machine according to the embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. FIG. 1 is a perspective view showing a state in which the main body frame 3 is opened with respect to the outer frame 2 of the pachinko machine 1 according to the embodiment, and the door frame 5 is opened with respect to the main body frame 3. FIG. FIG. 3 is a front view of the pachinko machine 1, FIG. 4 is a side view of the pachinko machine 1, and FIG. 5 is a plan view of the pachinko machine 1. 6 is a rear view of the pachinko machine 1, and FIG. 7 is an exploded perspective view seen from the rear of the outer frame 2, the main body frame 3, the game board 4, and the door frame 5 constituting the pachinko machine 1. FIG. 8 is an exploded perspective view seen from the front of the outer frame 2, the main body frame 3, the game board 4, and the door frame 5 constituting the pachinko machine 1.

  1 to 8, the pachinko machine 1 according to the present embodiment can be mounted with an outer frame 2 installed on an island (not shown), and pivotally supported by the outer frame 2 so as to be openable and closable. A main body frame 3, a game window 101 that is pivotally supported by the main body frame 3 and is formed on the game board 4 and into which a ball is driven, and a game window 101 that allows a player to visually recognize the game area 101. And a door frame 5 provided with a tray unit 300 as a storage tray for storing balls that are arranged and are paid out according to the result of the game.

  A lower front plate 14 whose surface is covered with a decorative cover plate 15 is fixed to the outer frame 2 at the lower front side. Further, as described above, the game board 4 can be detachably attached to the main body frame 3, and a hitting ball launching device 650 (corresponding to the launching device of the present invention) and a door excluding the game board 4 are provided at the bottom of the back surface thereof. A substrate unit 1100 on which various control boards and power supply boards for controlling electrical components provided on the frame 5 and the main body frame 3 are provided together is attached, and a rear surface opening 580 of the main body frame 3 (see FIG. 7). ) Is detachably provided. Furthermore, in addition to the above-described dish unit 300, the door frame 5 is provided with a glass unit 250 and a handle device 460 so as to close the gaming window 101. The feature of the present embodiment is that there is one dish unit 300 provided on the door frame 5, and the handle device 460 conventionally provided on the main body frame 3 is provided on the door frame 5, and the door Since the frame 5 and the main body frame 3 have substantially the same square size when viewed from the front, the main body frame 3 is not visible from the front. Hereinafter, members constituting the pachinko machine 1 will be described in detail.

[Outer frame]
The outer frame 2 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 9 to 13. 9 is a front perspective view of the outer frame 2, FIG. 10 is an exploded perspective view as seen from the front of the outer frame 2, FIG. 11 is a front view of the outer frame 2, and FIG. FIG. 13 is a rear view of the outer frame 2, and FIG. 13 is a sectional view taken along line BB in FIG. 11A, a sectional view taken along line CC in FIG. 13A, and a sectional view taken along line DD. , E-E sectional view (D).

  9 and 10, the outer frame 2 according to the present embodiment is a connection for connecting the upper and lower upper frame plates 10 and 11 and the left and right side frame plates 12 and 13 at their respective ends. It is assembled in a square shape by connecting with the member 19. Specifically, the connecting member 19 is formed in a podium shape with a step between the center and the left and right, and the protruding center part is an engagement notch formed at the center of both ends of the upper frame plate 10 and the lower frame plate 11. The side frame plates 12, 13 are fitted to the side surfaces of the left and right portions which are fitted to the portion 20, and the back surface of the upper frame plate 10 and the upper surface of the lower frame plate 11 are in contact with the planes of the left and right portions lowered one step. The inner surface of the is in contact.

  In that state, the insertion hole 21 and the left and right sides of the connecting member 19 are lowered by one step on both sides of the engagement notch 20 of the upper frame plate 10 and on both sides of the engagement notch 20 of the lower frame plate 11. A plurality of (two in the illustrated case) connecting holes 22 (shown on the connecting member 19 that connects the upper frame plate 10 and the side frame plate 12 in FIG. Are also fixed by a plurality of (two in the illustrated case) connecting screws 23 from above or below, and further, a plurality ( Two (in the illustrated case) mounting holes 24 and a plurality of (three in the illustrated case) connecting holes 25 formed on the side surfaces of the left and right portions of the connecting member 19 that are lowered by one step are aligned to form a plurality (from the lateral outer side). The upper and lower upper frame plates 10 and 10 are fixed by fastening with three connecting screws 26 and 27 in the case of illustration. A lower frame plate 11 and the left and right side frame plates 12 and 13 is firmly coupled and fixed. However, of the three connecting screws 26 and 27, one connecting screw 27 does not connect the side frame plates 12 and 13 and the connecting member 19 but connects the upper frame plate 10 and the lower frame plate 11. The member 19 is directly connected from the side.

  Of the upper frame plate 10 and the lower frame plate 11 and the side frame plates 12 and 13 constituting the outer frame 2, the upper frame plate 10 and the lower frame plate 11 are made of the same wood as in the prior art, and the side frame plates 12 and 13. Is made of an extruded plate of a lightweight metal, for example, an aluminum alloy. The reason why the upper frame plate 10 and the lower frame plate 11 are made of the same wood as before is that when the pachinko machine 1 is installed on an island lined up in a game hall, a predetermined angle is given to the vertical plane of the island. Although it is necessary to perform a fixing operation, such an operation is performed by hitting the nail to the upper frame plate 10 and the lower frame plate 11 and the island, so that it is easy to hit the nail. On the other hand, the reason why the side frame plates 12 and 13 are made of an aluminum alloy extruded plate is that the thickness of the side frame plates 12 and 13 can be reduced while maintaining the strength as compared with the conventional wood. The left and right widths when viewed from the front of the side walls 540 to 543 (see FIG. 23) of the main body frame 3 adjacent to the main body frame 3 can be widened. This is because the game board 4 having a large lateral dimension can be mounted on the main body frame 3, and as a result, the game area 605 of the game board 4 can be formed larger.

  If the side frame plates 12 and 13 are made of an aluminum alloy flat plate, sufficient rigidity cannot be ensured. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 13C, the side frame plate 12 (the side frame plate 13 has the same structure). .) Is formed by drawing so that the thickness h1 of the rear portion is increased by forming a space portion 28 (the space portion 28 of the side frame plate 13 is shown in FIG. 12) opened rearward by a rib. Yes. Of course, the wall thickness h1 is the same as or slightly smaller than the wall thickness of the conventional wood.

  Further, as shown in FIGS. 13B and 13D, in the front of the space portion 28 of the side frame plate 12, a groove portion 29 (on the side where one portion of the left and right portions lowered by one step of the connecting member 19 is fitted. 9 is formed in the groove 29 of the frame plate 13. From the groove 29 to the front end of the side frame plate 12, as shown in FIGS. 13B to 13D, a flat plate shape with which the other side of the left and right portions whose inner side surfaces are lowered by one step is brought into contact. However, a shallow concave portion for reducing material is formed in the flat plate portion. Further, on the opposite surface (outer surface) where the groove 29 is formed, as shown in FIGS. 9 and 13B, the recessed portion 30 (side) into which the hanging piece 53 of the upper support metal fitting 45 is inserted. A recess 30 of the frame plate 13 is formed in FIG.

  In addition to the structure for attaching the connecting member 19, the side frame plate 12 on the pivot support side formed as described above has a hanging piece portion 53 of the upper support fitting 45 on the outer side of the side frame plate 12. A mounting hole 31 for fixing with a fixing screw 32 is formed in the lower portion of the mounting hole 31, and a fixing screw 34 is formed at the lower portion thereof so as to coincide with the mounting hole 69 formed in the vertical contact piece 72 of the lower support fitting 66. A mounting hole 33 for fastening is formed. Also, a mounting hole 35 for fixing the side frame plate 12 and the lower front plate 14 with a fixing screw 36 is formed in the lower part of the mounting hole 33 and in the front portion of the side frame plate 12.

  On the other hand, in addition to the configuration for attaching the connecting member 19, the open side frame portion 13 is provided with an attachment hole 37 for attaching a closing projection 38 with an attachment screw 39 in the upper portion thereof, and closing the lower portion thereof. A mounting hole 40 for mounting the projection 41 with the mounting screw 42 is formed, and a mounting hole 43 for fixing the side frame plate 13 and the lower front plate 14 with a fixing screw 44 is further provided at the lowermost position. Is formed.

  The closing protrusions 38 and 41 are hook portions 1054 and 1065 (see FIG. 67) of the locking device 1000 that are attached along the open side of the main body frame 3 when the main body frame 3 is closed with respect to the outer frame 2. As will be described in detail later, by inserting a key into the cylinder lock 1010 of the lock device 1000 and turning it in one direction, the hook portions 1054 and 1065 and the closing projections 38 and 41 are engaged with each other. The main frame 3 can be opened with respect to the outer frame 2 by being uncoupled.

  The lower front plate 14 fixed to the lower front surface of the lower frame plate 11 and the left and right side frame plates 12 and 13 has the main body frame 3 placed on the upper surface thereof when closed. The front and side surfaces of the decorative cover plate 15 are covered with a decorative cover plate 15, and a fixing protrusion 16 (see FIG. 12) is formed on the rear surface of the decorative cover plate 15. The attachment protrusion 16 is attached to the lower front plate 14 by being passed through a fastening hole 17 that passes through the lower front plate 14. A guide plate 18 for smoothly guiding the main body frame 3 when the main body frame 3 is closed is replaceably mounted on the upper surface of the outer cover 2 on the decorative cover plate 15.

  By the way, as a structure for pivotally supporting the main body frame 3 so as to be openable and closable, the main frame 3 is attached along one upper surface of the upper support plate 45 and the lower front plate 14 that also serve to connect the upper frame plate 10 and the side frame plate 12. A lower support fitting 66 is provided. The upper support fitting 45 is formed with a support hole 47 formed by bending the support protrusion piece 46 protruding forward from the side of the support protrusion piece 46 toward the center of the tip. A shaft support pin 504 (see FIG. 25) of an upper shaft support fitting 503 (described later) of the main body frame 3 is detachably engaged with the flange 47.

  Further, the lower support fitting 66 is also formed to protrude forward, and a support protrusion 68 protrudes upward from the protruding portion, and a frame support plate 506 (described later) of the main body frame 3 is provided on the support protrusion 68. The support hole formed in FIG. 26 is inserted. Accordingly, in order to support the main body frame 3 on the outer frame 2, after the support holes formed in the frame support plate 506 of the main body frame 3 are engaged with the support protrusions 68 of the lower support metal fitting 66, By pivoting the pivot pin 504 of the upper pivot bracket 503 in the support hole 47, it can be pivotably supported in a freely openable / closable manner.

  The upper support bracket 45 is attached to a mounting step portion 49 formed in a concave shape on the upper surface and the front surface of the upper frame plate 10 on the shaft support side. A plurality of (two in the illustrated case) mounting holes 48 and a plurality of (two in the illustrated case) mounting holes 50 formed in the mounting step portion 49 are aligned so that the mounting screws 51 are inserted from above, and the upper frame The upper support fitting 45 is firmly fixed to the upper frame plate 10 by being fastened to the holding plate 52 pressed from the back surface of the plate 10.

  Further, there is a hanging piece 53 that contacts the outside of the side frame plate 12 on the outer side of the upper support fitting 45, and a mounting hole is also formed in the hanging piece 53, and this mounting hole and the mounting hole are provided. 31 is fixed with fixing screws 32 to fix the upper support bracket 45 and the side frame plate 12 and to connect the upper frame plate 10 and the side frame plate 12 via the upper support bracket 45. Yes.

  On the other hand, the lower support fitting 66 is fixed by the fixing screw 34 in a state where the mounting hole 33 of the side frame plate 12 and the mounting hole 69 of the vertical contact piece 72 coincide with each other as described above. By inserting a mounting screw 71 into a mounting hole 70 drilled in the middle of the horizontal surface of the metal fitting 66, it is fixed to the upper surface of the lower front plate 14 via the decorative cover plate 15.

  In the outer frame 2 configured as described above, the connecting member 19 is connected to the side frame by connecting the upper frame plate 10, the lower frame plate 11, and the side frame plates 12 and 13, which are constituent members, with the connecting member 19. Since the connection member 19 is fastened in close contact with the inner surfaces of the plates 12 and 13 and the upper frame plate 10 and the lower frame plate 11 are engaged with each other, the mounting strength is high and the rectangular shape is strong. It can be a framework. In addition to the engagement state of the connecting member 19 with the upper frame plate 10 and the lower frame plate 11, when the connecting member 19 is attached to the side frame plates 12 and 13, Since one part of the structure is fitted, the attachment of the connecting member 19 to the side frame plates 12 and 13 is strengthened, which can also improve the strength of the rectangular frame and accurately position it. Can be done.

  Further, when the upper support plate 45 is attached at a predetermined position after the upper frame plate 10, the lower frame plate 11, and the side frame plates 12 and 13 are connected by the connecting member 19, as shown in FIGS. Since there is no member protruding outward from the outer surface (outer peripheral surface) of each of the frame plates 10, 11, 12, and 13, when the pachinko machine 1 is installed on a pachinko island base (not shown), an adjacent device (for example, It can be attached in close contact with the adjacent ball lending device. Even when the lower support fitting 66 is attached, the upper surface of the lower front plate 14 and the upper surface of the lower support fitting 66 are substantially flush with each other.

(Door frame)
Next, the door frame 5 provided on the front side of the main body frame 3 so as to be freely opened and closed will be described with reference to FIGS. 14 to 19. 14 is a front view of the door frame 5, FIG. 15 is a rear view of the door frame 5, FIG. 16 is a cross-sectional view taken along line AA shown in FIG. 14, and FIG. FIG. 18 is an exploded perspective view seen from the front of the door frame 5, and FIG. 19 is an exploded perspective view seen from the back of the door frame 5.

  As shown in FIGS. 14, 15, 18, and 19, the door frame 5 has a vertically long hexagonal gaming window 101 formed on the upper part of a door frame main body 100 that is formed in a square shape. A door lens unit 120 is attached around the front surface, a plate unit 300 is provided on the door frame main body 100 on the front surface of the plate-like portion below the game window 101, and a handle is provided on one side (open side) of the plate unit 300. An operation handle portion 461 of the device 460 is fixed in a projecting manner. Further, a reinforcing sheet metal 210 is fixed around the gaming window 101 on the back surface of the door frame main body 100, and a glass unit 250 is attached so as to close the gaming window 101, and a plate-like portion below the gaming window 101. The joint unit 480, the mounting base 280, and the frame decoration relay board 290 corresponding to the operation handle portion 461 are attached to the back surface of the frame. A security cover 270 having a security function is also attached to the bottom of the back surface of the glass unit 250. Hereinafter, the more detailed structure of each said structural member which comprises the door frame 5 is demonstrated.

<Door frame body>
As shown in FIGS. 18 and 19, the door frame main body 100 is formed in a frame shape with a synthetic resin, and as described above, the vertically long hexagonal gaming window 101 is formed on the upper portion, and the lower side of the gaming window 101 is It is a plate-like part. A circular speaker opening 102 that penetrates a speaker 163, which will be described later, is formed on the upper left and right of the gaming window 101, and a stopper 254 of a glass unit 250, which will be described later, is locked below the speaker opening 102. A stop lever 108 (see FIG. 15) is rotatably provided. Note that the gaming window 101 according to the present embodiment is attached with the gaming board 4 having larger vertical and horizontal dimensions than conventional gaming windows 101, so the vertical and horizontal dimensions of the gaming window 101 are also increased. Yes. For this reason, the shape of the door frame lens unit 120, which will be described later, is greatly different from that generally known in the art.

  On the other hand, in the plate-like portion below the game window 101, a prize ball passage port 103 through which the prize ball communication rod 451 of the dish unit 300 passes is opened at the upper part on the pivot support side. A lid opening 105 for detaching 406 is opened, and a ball feeding opening 104 for mounting the ball feeding unit 287 is opened at a position adjacent to the opening side of the lid opening 105. Further, a lock hole 106 for allowing the cylinder lock 1010 to pass therethrough is opened closer to the open side.

  Also, a joint unit mounting recess 107 for attaching the joint unit 480 is formed on the back side of the plate-like portion below the ball feed opening 104, and glass is formed on the lower left and right sides of the game window 101 on the back side of the lower plate-like portion. An attachment receiving piece (not shown) for engaging the engaging protrusion 255 of the unit 250 is formed, and an attachment elastic piece 273 (to be described later) of the security cover 270 is attached to the side of the engagement receiving piece. An opening 110 is formed. In addition, an engagement protrusion 111 is formed in the center of the front surface of the plate-like portion so as to be inserted into a guide hole 456 (see FIG. 16) of the dish unit 300 described later. Further, the lower side of the door frame main body 100 is a door frame protruding piece 112 protruding rearward, and as will be described later, the door frame protruding piece 112 and engagement grooves 584 and 585 formed in the main body frame 3 Constitutes the outer ridge and the engaging portion at the lower side portion of the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3.

<Door lens unit>
Next, the structure of the door lens unit 120 attached to the upper part on the front side of the door frame main body 100 will be described. The door lens unit 120 includes a reflector having a front surface as a reflection surface, a cold cathode tube and an LED substrate attached to the front and inside of the reflector, a light-transmissive lens cover 150 covering the front of the reflector, and the lens cover 150. And a lens base body 121 serving as a base of the lens cover 150.

  In the lens cover 150, the upper lens cover portion 151 and the side lens cover portions 156 and 157 in the lens base body 121 are formed of a transparent resin. And since the opening dimension of the game window 101 formed in the door frame main body 100 is formed larger than before, as described above, the dimension between the outer periphery of the door frame main body 100 and the inner periphery of the game window 101. In other words, since the dimensions for attaching the lens cover 150 (particularly the dimensions of the left and right sides) are narrow, the lens cover 150 in this embodiment includes the upper lens cover 151 and the side lens cover. All of the maximum forward projecting portions of the portions 156 and 157 have a wedge-shaped cross section in which the projecting size projecting forward is larger than the base size (the width size of the portion contacting the door frame body 100). ing. More specifically, the upper lens cover portion 151 and the side lens cover portions 156 and 157 are both formed as a white lens portion with a wedge-shaped front bulging portion formed of a synthetic resin, and the lower end portion of the white lens portion. A red lens portion formed of synthetic resin with different coloring is connected to the inside of the gaming window 101 to be bordered.

  By the way, the upper lens cover portion 151 is formed in a wedge shape in a cross section with a hollow inside and opened at the rear, and is formed in a boomerang shape in a plan view. It is formed so that the distance between the cathode tube and the inner surface of the wedge-shaped tip is reduced. An opaque leading molding member 154 colored in silver is fixed to the outer side of the wedge-shaped front end portion of the upper lens cover portion 151, and the front bulging surface having a wedge-shaped cross section corresponding to almost the entire upper lens cover portion 151 is formed. Illuminated with an upper cold cathode tube. The side lens cover portions 156 and 157 are similar to the upper lens cover portion 151 in that the inside is hollow and the rear is open and formed in a wedge shape in cross section. The distance between the side cold cathode fluorescent tube formed in a straight line and the inner surface of the wedge-shaped tip is smaller than that of the lens cover 151 and is formed in a boomerang shape having a gentle curve as a whole. Is formed to be close.

  Moreover, in this embodiment, the reason why the cold cathode tube is used as the illumination means for decorating the periphery of the front surface of the door frame 5 is as follows. When decorating the periphery of the front surface of the door frame 5, there is a restriction that the distance between the light source and the lens cover disposed on the front surface of the light source cannot be made too large. This restriction is because the door frame 5 is always opened and closed, and if the protrusion amount is made too large, there is a possibility that the operation at the time of opening may be hindered. Thus, in a situation where the distance between the light source and the lens cover is not so large, the light decoration visible through the lens cover is continuous when the lamp or LED is scattered as the light source as in the past. The light decoration is not visible, but can only be seen as a spotted pattern with strong and weak parts. On the other hand, when a continuous cold cathode tube is used as a light emission source as in this embodiment, even if the distance between the cold cathode tube and the lens cover 150 is short, the light decoration visible through the lens cover 150 is A beautiful light decoration in a continuous state is visible. For this reason, since the area surrounding the game board 4 is bordered by a continuous beautiful light decoration, a decoration effect not found in conventional pachinko gaming machines can be achieved. If the distance between the light source and the lens cover can be kept to some extent, light should diffuse and illuminate the entire area of the lens cover with little intensity even if scattered light sources such as LEDs are used. Can do.

  Further, a decorative member attachment region 184 is formed below the side lens cover portions 156 and 157 of the lens cover 150, and the decorative member 185 is attached to the decorative member attachment region 184. The decorative member 185 has a shape similar to the speaker cover 165 described above, and when the lens cover 150 is attached to the surface of the door frame main body 100, the impression that the upper left and right sides and the lower left and right sides of the lens cover 150 are balanced. It is attached to give Note that the speaker cover 165 and the decorative member 185 described above do not simply cover the front of the speaker 163 or decorate the lower part of the lens cover 150 as described above, but the periphery thereof is light-decorated with LEDs. It has a structure.

  As described above in detail, the speaker cover 165 and the decorative member 185 according to the present embodiment have four corners in the region surrounding the game window 101 of the door frame 5 apart from the light decoration by the cold cathode tube and the LED substrate described above. Since it is configured so as to be intensively decorated with light, the entire circumference except for the lower side of the gaming window 101 is not casually decorated with light, but can be made with a light decoration with strength and weakness. In particular, the light decoration on the upper left and right sides of the door frame 5 has a tendency that only a speaker is conventionally arranged, and the light decoration around the speaker is not performed. However, by configuring as in the present embodiment, the entire periphery except the lower side of the gaming window 101 can be effectively decorated with light.

<Reinforcing sheet metal>
The door lens unit 120 described above is attached to the front side of the door frame main body 100, and the dish unit 300 is attached below the door lens unit 120. Here, before describing the structure of the dish unit 300, the reinforcing sheet metal 210, the glass unit 250, the security cover 270, the mounting base 280, the frame decoration relay board 290, and the handle device 460 attached to the back side of the door frame main body 100 will be described. A description will be made sequentially. First, the reinforcing sheet metal 210 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 18, 19 and 15 to 17.

  As shown in FIGS. 18 and 19, the reinforcing sheet metal 210 is attached along the upper side reinforcing sheet metal 211 that is attached along the rear side of the upper side of the door frame main body 100 and the rear side of the side of the shaft support side of the door frame main body 100. A pivot-side reinforcing sheet metal 212, an open-side reinforcing sheet metal 213 that is attached along the back of the open side of the door frame body 100, and a lower reinforcing sheet metal that is attached along the back of the lower side of the gaming window 101 of the door frame body 100. 214 are fastened with screws or the like to form a square shape.

  As shown in FIG. 18, the upper and lower end portions of the shaft support side reinforcing sheet metal 212 have an upper shaft support portion 218 having a shaft pin 219 slidably provided in the vertical direction on the upper surface thereof, and a shaft pin 221 ( And a lower shaft support portion 220 having a structure (see FIG. 15). The upper and lower shaft pins 219 and 221 are pivotally supported by an upper shaft bracket 503 and a lower shaft bracket 509 formed on the upper and lower sides of the body frame 3, so that the door frame 5 is attached to the body frame 3. It can be opened and closed freely.

  The lower reinforcing sheet metal 214 has a predetermined width and is formed to have a length substantially the same as the width dimension of the door frame main body 100, and the lower long side edge of the both long side edges is bent rearward. Although it becomes the lower bending protrusion piece 229, and both sides of the upper long side edge are the upper bending protrusion pieces 230 bent backward, The sandwiched portion is a vertical bent protrusion 231 extending in the vertical direction. The amount of protrusion of the lower bent protrusion 229 is not so large, and the lower bent protrusion 229 does not engage with the groove or the recess to form the uneven engagement, but is formed to increase the strength. On the other hand, the amount of protrusion of the upper bent protrusion 230 on both sides is slightly larger than the amount of protrusion of the lower bent protrusion 229, and somewhat prevents intrusion of unauthorized tools from below, but rather the lower reinforcement in the present embodiment. The most characteristic configuration of the sheet metal 214 is a vertical bent protrusion 231.

  The vertical bent protrusion 231 is formed in a concave shape so that its upper edge shape matches the lower end shape of the unit frame 251 of the glass unit 250 described later, and when the glass unit 250 is fixed to the back surface side of the door frame 5 Further, the upper end piece of the vertical bent protruding piece 231 is adapted to engage with an engaging groove 261 formed along the outer periphery of substantially the center in the width direction of the unit frame 251 of the glass unit 250 (see FIG. 17). ). The lower reinforcing sheet metal 214 is formed with a prize ball passage port covering portion 228 that protects the outer periphery excluding the bottom surface of the prize ball passage port 103 formed in the door frame main body 100.

<Glass unit (transparent plate unit)>
Next, the glass unit 250 as a transparent plate unit attached to the back surface of the door frame 5 will be described. As shown in FIGS. 18 and 19, the glass unit 250 has an annular vertically long octagonal unit frame 251 molded with a synthetic resin having an opening larger than the game window 101, and outer peripheral front and back surfaces of the opening of the unit frame 251. It is constituted by adhering two glass plates 262 (not a glass plate but a transparent synthetic resin plate) as a transparent plate (with a hot melt adhesive). In addition, although illustration is abbreviate | omitted, in the unit frame 251, the desiccant enclosure space part which encloses a desiccant inside is formed.

<Security cover>
Next, with respect to the crime prevention cover 270 that covers the lower back surface of the glass unit 250 and is provided with a crime prevention function that prevents the intrusion of unauthorized tools into the game board 4, mainly FIG. 15, FIG. 17, FIG. Will be described with reference to FIG. As shown in the figure, the security cover 270 is formed in a flat plate shape so as to cover the lower part of the glass unit 250 between the left and right reinforcing sheet metals 212 and 213 with a transparent synthetic resin, and the upper side portion thereof is the inner side of the game board 4. It is formed as an arc-shaped contact recess 271 along the lower arc surface of the rail 603, and a post-crime prevention projection piece 274 protrudes rearward along the contact recess 271. Further, a crime prevention rear end protrusion 275 is formed in a slanting manner on the back surface of the pivot support side with the security cover 270 attached. On the other hand, on the front surface of the crime prevention cover 270, a crime prevention pre-projection piece 272 is projected along the lower shape of the unit frame 251 of the glass unit 250 with the crime prevention cover 270 attached, and U-shaped at the lower ends. A mounting elastic piece 273 formed in a protruding manner is formed to project forward.

  The security cover 270 configured as described above is detachably attached to the back side of the door frame 5 by mounting the mounting elastic piece 273 in the mounting opening 110 formed in the door frame main body 100. In the attached state, as shown in FIG. 17, the pre-crime projection piece 272 faces the lower rear side surface of the unit frame 251 of the glass unit 250. Further, the front end of the crime prevention front protrusion 272 is in contact with the vertical bent protrusion 231. In addition, the post-crime projection piece 274 and the post-crime end edge projection piece 275 are in a state of protruding rearward, but when the door frame 5 is closed, the half of the post-crime prevention projection piece 274 on the shaft support side is The bottom side of the inner rail 603 fixed to the game board 4 enters and faces each other, but the half on the open side of the post-crime projecting piece 274 is rail security formed on the inner rail 603 of the front component 601 The state is inserted into the groove 607, and the crime prevention rear end protrusion 275 is superposed along the upper surface of the crime prevention projection 608 formed on the shaft support side of the main body frame 3 (see FIG. 30). ).

  Thus, in the state in which the security cover 270 is attached and the door frame 5 is closed, the security structure by the door frame protrusion 112 and the engagement grooves 584 and 585 described above, and the security protrusion 285 and the security space 586 described later. In addition to the crime prevention structure, the intrusion of unauthorized tools from the lower front direction of the security cover 270 is caused by the polymerization of the pre-crime projection pieces 272 and the unit frame 251 even if an unauthorized device is attempted to enter from the lower side of the glass unit 250. The anti-crime piece 274 and the inner rail 603 constituting the front component member 601 are superposed to prevent unauthorized equipment from entering from the lower side of the rear face of the security cover 270. In particular, against the intrusion of unauthorized tools from obliquely below the shaft support side of the door frame 5, the intrusion of unauthorized tools into the outer rail 602 is prevented by the superposed structure of the security projections 608 and the rear end projections 275. In addition, it is possible to prevent an unauthorized tool from entering the game area 605 of the game board 4 by a superposed structure of the inner rail 603 and the post-crime protruding piece 274.

  Similarly, in addition to the crime prevention structure by the double bent protrusions 223 and 225 of the opening-side reinforcing sheet metal 213, the intrusion of unauthorized tools from the obliquely lower side on the opening side of the door frame 5, Due to the uneven engagement between the rail security groove 607 and the post-crime projection piece 274, it is possible to further prevent the unauthorized tool from entering the game area 605 of the game board 4. Note that a vertical surface between the post-crime protrusion 274 and the rear end protrusion 275 on the back side of the security cover 270 is formed by the outer rail 602 and the inner rail 603 with the door frame 5 closed. Since it covers the lower part of the front surface of the guide path of the hit ball, it also has a function of preventing the hit ball hitting or back feeding the guide path part from colliding with the glass plate 262.

<Mounting base>
As shown in FIGS. 15, 18, and 19, the mounting base 280 is attached so as to cover the upper half of the rear surface of the plate portion of the door frame main body 100, and is a transparent synthetic resin similar to the security cover 270. Is formed in a horizontally long rectangular parallelepiped shape whose front is opened. This mounting base 280 is formed by the rear surface of the mounting base 280 and the plate portion 511 of the main body frame 3 when the door frame 5 is closed in order to smoothly guide the ball fired from the launch rail 515 to the game board 4. For this reason, a ball flight guide surface 286 is formed on the rear surface of the mounting base 280. By the way, the mounting base 280 according to the present embodiment has a prize ball passing port opening 281 that penetrates the rear protruding portion of the prize ball passing port covering part 228 formed in the lower reinforcing sheet metal 214 at the upper part on the shaft support side. A ball feed unit mounting recess 282 is formed in the lower part of the open side to which the ball feed unit 287 is attached. A region in the oblique direction from the ball feed unit mounting recess 282 is a ball flight guide surface 286.

  The ball feed unit 287 attached to the ball feed unit mounting recess 282 is provided with a ball feed member that swings in response to the reciprocal movement difference of a ball striking rod 687 of the ball hitting device 650 described later. The balls at the lower end of the guide passage portion of the dish unit 300 are supplied one by one to the firing position of the firing rail 515 by the swinging operation. Further, a lid opening 283 into which a finger can be put when a side opening lid 406 described later is removed is formed in the middle lower part of the mounting base 280. Further, an upright wall 284 is formed to stand vertically on a part of the upper side of the mounting base 280. As shown in FIG. 15, the upright wall 284 is provided to restrict the lower portion of the security cover 270 from moving forward by contacting the front surface of the security cover 270 when the security cover 270 is attached. is there.

  Further, the mounting base 280 according to the present embodiment is characterized in that the security protrusion 285 is obliquely projected from the lower side of the above-described ball flight guide surface 286 to the prize ball passage opening 281 toward the rear. It is. As described above, the security projecting piece 285 is provided between the security space 586 formed in the plate portion 511 of the main body frame 3 and the inner ridges and the inner side ridges at the lower side portions of the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3. The engaging portion is configured.

<Frame decoration relay board>
As shown in FIGS. 15 and 18, a frame decoration relay board 290 is attached to the lower shaft support side of the mounting base 280, and a relay board cover 291 that covers the rear surface of the frame decoration relay board 290 is attached. ing. This frame decoration relay board 290 is an electrical part or electrical part provided on the door frame 5 (cold cathode tube, LED board, speaker 163, switch provided in the operation handle part 461, ball rental unit 327, operation button unit 329. Etc.) are integrated and connected, and the prize ball payout control board via the door relay board 1102 etc. incorporated in the board unit 1100 to which the wiring from the frame decoration relay board 290 is attached to the back surface of the main body frame 3 It is connected to the main control board 1350 (see FIGS. 78 and 110) of the main control board box 624 attached to 1186 and the game board 4.

<Dish unit>
Next, the configuration of the dish unit 300 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 14, 18 and 19. The dish unit 300 is roughly divided into a unit frame 301 constituting an appearance, a lower speaker unit 340 attached to the inside of the unit frame 301, and an upper part of the lower speaker unit 340 so as to face the upper surface of the unit frame 301. , A second ball extraction link unit (not shown) for performing the ball extraction operation of the second ball extraction valve provided on the plate body 380, and a plate lid plate for closing the rear surface of the unit frame 301 450.

  The unit frame 301 is provided with a ball rental unit 327. The ball lending unit 327 is provided with a switch for deriving a lending command, a remaining lending indicator, and the like when a ball lending machine is provided adjacent to the pachinko machine 1. Further, the unit frame 301 is provided with an operation button unit 329 at the front center on the upper surface. The operation button unit 329 includes a plurality of (three in the illustrated example) push buttons 330 a, 330 b, and 330 c, and the plurality of operation buttons 330 is a liquid crystal provided on the game board 4. It is operated when the player participates in the game content performed on the display device 640 or the like.

  Further, the dish unit 300 is provided with a first ball extraction button 316 on the right side of the upper surface of the unit frame 301, and a second part of the second ball extraction link unit is formed at the lower center of the unit frame 301. A two-ball removal button 421 is arranged. In this embodiment, the two ball removal buttons 316 and 421, which are the first ball removal button 316 and the second ball removal button 421, are provided by storing the dish body 380 by operating the first ball removal button 316. Although all the spheres stored in the portion 381 and the guide passage portion can be removed, the operation of removing the spheres takes some time to remove the spheres arranged in a line in the guide passage portion 382. On the other hand, by operating the second ball removal button 421, the ball on the upstream side from the storage portion 381 of the dish body 380 can be quickly removed from the second ball extraction opening having a large diameter. Can be shortened. For this reason, it is possible to select the length of time for the player to take the ball.

  In addition, when a big hit is made during the game, a large amount of balls are paid out to the dish unit 300, and if the game is continued with the ball left unattended, the full tank switch 916 provided on the upstream side of the dish unit 300 (see FIG. 57), the payout operation is stopped, or the ballistic operation is stopped and the game is not possible even though the game is being hit. In such a case, the second ball release button 421 By performing the operation, the ball that is being stored in the dish unit 300 is removed, and at the same time, the supply of the ball to the launch position is maintained, and the game during the big hit can be continued.

<Handle device>
Next, the handle device 460 attached to the lower part of the door frame 5 on the open side will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 18, 19, and 20. FIG. 20 is a perspective view showing the relationship between the handle device 460 and the hitting ball launching device 650 provided on the main body frame 3. The handle device 460 is assembled to an operation handle portion 461 provided on the lower front surface of the door frame 5 on the open side, and the back surface of the door frame 5 corresponding to the operation handle portion 461, and rotates according to the turning operation of the operation handle portion 461. And a joint unit 480 that cooperates with the rotating shaft 465 and changes the rotational motion of the rotating shaft 465 into a slide motion.

  Although not shown, the handle device 460 is a micro switch that is turned on when the operation handle portion 461 is rotated, and a single button that turns the micro switch off when the micro switch is turned on. And a touch sensor for detecting contact of the player with the operation handle portion 461 through conductive plating applied to the outer peripheral surface of the operation handle portion 461. Then, when the player rotates the operation handle portion 461, the microswitch is turned ON and the touch sensor detects contact, a later-described launch motor 695 (see FIG. 37) of the hitting ball launcher 650 is rotationally driven. It has become so. In addition, a cam formed in the shape of a ball is fixed to the tip of the rotation shaft 465, and the slide protrusion 492 of the joint unit 480 moves in the left-right direction by rotating this cam. .

  As shown in FIG. 20, the slide movement of the slide protrusion 492 of the joint unit 480 is transmitted to the slide member 710 of the ball hitting device 650, and the tension of the biasing spring 684 (see FIG. 37) of the ball hitting device 650 is increased. By adjusting, the strength of the urging force of the hitting ball rod 687 can be adjusted to obtain the ball hitting force desired by the player. The relationship between the handle device 460 and the ball hitting device 650 will be described in detail after the ball hitting device 650 is described.

[Body frame]
Next, the game board 4 can be detachably mounted from the front side, and a hitting ball launching device 650, a prize ball tank 720 for discharging a prize ball, a tank rail member 740, a ball path unit 770, and a prize ball unit 800. (Corresponding to the payout device of the present invention), the full unit 900, the locking device 1000 for locking the main body frame 3 to the outer frame 2 and the door frame 5 to the main body frame 3, and the door frame 5 excluding the game board 4. And various components such as a board unit 1100 in which various control boards and power supply boards for controlling electrical parts provided in the main body frame 3 are collectively provided, and a cover body 1250 that covers the rear opening 580. The main body frame 3 constructed by mounting the main body frame 500 on the main body frame main body 500 will be described with reference to the drawings.

  First, with reference to FIGS. 21 to 29, the main body frame main body 500 on which the above-described various components are mounted and the main body frame 3 on which the various components are mounted will be described. FIG. 21 is a front view of the main body frame main body 500 before attaching the components, FIG. 22 is a rear view of the main body frame main body 500 before attaching the components, and FIG. 23 is a main body frame main body before attaching the components. FIG. 24 is a perspective view seen from the back of the main body frame main body 500 before attaching the components, and FIG. 25 is a perspective view seen from the front of the main body frame 3 with the components attached. 26 is a perspective view of the state in which the main body frame 3 to which the parts are attached is pivotally supported on the outer frame 2, and FIG. 27 is a rear view of the main body frame 3 to which the parts are attached. FIG. 29 is a perspective view seen from the back of the main body frame 3 to which components are attached, and FIG. 29 is a cross-sectional plan view of a pachinko gaming machine cut along a horizontal line in the middle of the pachinko machine 1 (main control board box 624 portion). is there.

  In FIG. 21, an upper shaft bracket 503 and a lower shaft bracket 509 (both see FIG. 25) for attaching and closing the body frame 3 to the outer frame 2 are mounted on one side of the body frame main body 500. In the state where the shaft bracket mounting step portions 501 and 502 are formed and the upper shaft bracket 503 and the lower shaft bracket 509 are mounted on the shaft bracket mounting step portions 501 and 502, the upper side and the side side of the main body frame main body 500 are formed. Is substantially coplanar with the upper and side sides of the upper shaft support 503, and the lower and side sides of the main body frame main body 500 are substantially coplanar with the lower and side sides of the lower shaft support 509 (FIG. 27). reference). Here, the upper shaft support bracket 503 and the lower shaft support bracket 509 will be described with reference to FIGS. 25 and 27. The upper shaft support fitting 503 has a mounting portion on the back surface of the main body frame main body 500, and its upper end protrudes forward, and a shaft support pin 504 is erected and fixed to the upper surface protruding forward. A door shaft support hole 505 is formed on the side.

  On the other hand, the lower shaft support 509 has a mounting portion on the back surface of the main body frame main body 500, and two support plates 506 and 507 are integrally projected on the lower end side and slightly on the upper side. The lower support plate 506 constitutes a frame support plate 506 for supporting the main body frame 3 on the lower support fitting 66 of the outer frame 2, and the upper support plate 507 is provided on the door frame 5. A door support plate 507 for supporting the lower shaft support portion 220 on the main body frame 3 is configured. For this reason, a shaft support hole (not shown) for inserting the support protrusion 68 of the lower support fitting 66 of the outer frame 2 is formed in the frame support plate 506, and the door support plate 507 is provided with the lower shaft support portion 220 of the door frame 5. A shaft support hole 508 for inserting the projecting shaft pin 221 is formed.

  By the way, the main body frame main body 500 is formed in a rectangular shape when viewed from the front, and about 3/4 of the upper part thereof is a game board installation recess 510 (see FIG. 25) for installing the game board 4. A slightly recessed area below the game board installation recess 510 is a plate portion 511. In addition, the front upper side portion and the front open side portion on the front side surrounding the game board installation recess 510 are formed with a predetermined width so as to face the rear surface of the door frame 5, An upper crime prevention double groove 581 is formed by a protrusion protruding in parallel with the lateral direction, and a side crime prevention groove 582 is formed on the outer side and on the inner side of the front opening side edge on the right side when viewed from the front. A security recess 583 is formed which is formed by an inner wall having an inclined surface that is connected to the first side wall 540 at the rear end. Unlike the side part, it is not formed so as to have a predetermined width that faces the back surface of the door frame 5, but the front shaft support side part of the main body frame main body 500 is more forward than the front upper side part or the front open side part. The shaft support side portion 587 has a large protrusion amount.

  More specifically, the upper crime prevention double groove 581 formed on the upper side of the front surface is bent toward the rear with both long side ends of the upper reinforcing sheet metal 211 attached and fixed to the rear side of the upper side of the door frame 5. The bent projecting pieces 215 and 216 are inserted respectively. Further, the side security grooves 582 and the security recesses 583 formed on the front open side edges are folded back at the long side ends of the open side reinforcing sheet metal 213 attached and fixed to the open back of the door frame 5. The open-side outer bent protrusion 223 and the open-side inner bent protrusion 225 to be bent are respectively inserted. Further, on the shaft support side portion 587 of the front shaft support side portion, the tip end of the shaft support side L-shaped bent protruding piece 217 of the shaft support side reinforcing sheet metal 212 attached and fixed to the shaft support side rear surface of the door frame 5 is provided. The parts come into contact.

  Further, the above-described structure can prevent an illegal act of inserting a fraudulent tool such as a piano wire through the gap between the contact surfaces of the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3, and in particular, the open side where the fraudulent act is most likely to be performed. It has a structure that can prevent fraud at the side and then at the upper side where fraud is likely to be performed. Of course, the prevention of fraud by the contact between the support-side reinforcing sheet metal 212 on the support side and the support-side L-shaped bent protrusion 217 also functions sufficiently, but in many cases the support side is sturdy. Since the main body frame 3 and the door frame 5 are connected to each other by the support brackets 45 and 66 and the shaft support brackets 503 and 509, the space between the main body frame 3 and the door frame 5 is larger than that of the upper side and the open side. It is difficult to make a gap. For this reason, in this embodiment, not a double crime prevention structure but a single crime prevention structure. These points will be described in detail later.

  In addition to the configuration described above, the front upper side, front open side, and front pivot side on the front side surrounding the game board installation recess 510 are arranged on the upper, middle, and lower sides of the front open side. A door hook hole 549 is formed for passing through a door hook portion 1041 (see FIG. 67) provided on a lock device 1000 (described later) attached to the open side rear surface of the main body frame 3 and projecting forward. A board positioning projection 576 for engaging with a positioning recess 611 formed in the game board 4 is provided on the inner side surface of the front shaft support side. Further, the pivot side L-shaped bent projecting piece 217 of the pivot side reinforcing sheet metal 212 with the door frame 5 closed on the inner front surface of the board positioning projection 576 on the side side of the front pivot side is slightly lower. Two upper and lower restricting projections 577 into which the distal ends are inserted project. The operation of the restricting protrusion 577 is as described above. Further, as shown in FIG. 21, a board stopper insertion hole into which an end of a game board stopper 614 provided on the game board 4 is engaged above and below the boundary between the open-side plane portion and the game board installation recess 510. 578 is formed.

  Next, the configuration of the plate portion 511 will be described with reference to FIGS. The upper surface of the plate portion 511 is a game board placement section 512 for placing the game board 4. A passage support protrusion 513 is provided to support the lower surface of the out port 606 (see FIG. 30) formed in the game board 4 when placed. Further, as shown in FIG. 21, a rail mounting boss 514 protrudes from the central portion of the front surface of the plate portion 511 toward the end on the open side at a predetermined interval, and the launch rail 515 ( 25) is fixed with screws. Further, a rail connection member 516 protrudes from the front surface of the plate portion 511 corresponding to the tip position of the launch rail 515, and when the game board 4 is installed in the game board installation recess 510, the inner rail of the game board 4 is provided. The connecting passage 609 (see FIG. 30), which is the downstream end of 603, is adjacent.

  In addition, at the side position of the rail connection member 516 (position opposite to the firing rail 515), the upper end of an elliptical game board fixture 519 (see FIG. 25) for fixing the lower part of the game board 4 is provided. A fixing tool mounting boss 517 for mounting is projected, and a stopper 518 is projected diagonally below. That is, the game board fixing tool 519 is provided to be rotatable about the fixing tool mounting boss 517, and is rotated in the clockwise direction in a state where the game board 4 is placed on the game board mounting portion 512 to play the game. The board fixture 519 is pressed against the front surface of the game board 4 to fix the game board 4. Further, when removing the game board, it can be easily performed by turning the game board fixture 519 counterclockwise and removing it. In this case, the game board fixture 519 is prevented from being rotated counterclockwise by the stopper 518.

  In addition, the lower part of the open side of the plate part 511 is formed with a rectangular parallelepiped launching device mounting portion 520 that projects in a bulging shape toward the front side (which is concave when viewed from the back side). A hitting ball launcher 650 is fixed to the mounting portion 520 from the back surface of the main body frame main body 500. This will be described in detail later. A handle connecting window 522 that houses a slide member 710 (see FIG. 41) that is associated with the slide protrusion 492 of the joint unit 480 described above is formed on the front wall portion of the launcher mounting portion 520 described above. A shaft hole 523 is formed at the position adjacent to the connecting window 522 so that the end face of the bearing 689 (see FIG. 37) of the ball striking rod 687 faces. In addition, the upper wall portion of the launching device mounting portion 520 is formed with a notch-shaped through hole opening 521 for projecting the hitting ball rod 687 of the hitting ball launching device 650 upward, and a plate portion 511 obliquely above the saddle through opening 521. Is provided with a cylinder lock through hole 526 through which the cylinder lock 1010 of the lock device 1000 passes.

  On the other hand, on the back surface of the plate portion 511, as shown in FIG. 22, a ball discharge passage 524 that extends from the upper portion on the shaft support side toward the central portion of the plate portion 511 and then goes downward is formed. . The ball discharge passage 524 is for discharging a ball discharged from a ball connection passage 880 (see FIG. 25), which will be described later, from below the pachinko machine 1 into the island. Further, a cylindrical guide projection 525 protrudes rearward above the launching device mounting portion 520, and a guide hole 1212 (see FIG. 73) of the substrate unit 1100 described later is inserted into the guide projection 525. This facilitates the mounting of the substrate unit 1100. Further, mounting holes 527 for mounting the board unit 1100 with screws are formed on the left and right and upper and lower sides of the plate part 511, and the mounting pieces 1122 of the board unit 1100 are associated with the mounting holes 527 and fastened with screws. In addition, a launching device mounting boss 529 for mounting the hitting ball launching device 650 is protruded rearwardly inside the concave shape of the launching device mounting portion 520, and the lowermost end portion on the open side is shown in FIG. As shown in the figure, when the main body frame 3 is closed with respect to the outer frame 2, a guide protrusion with a tapered tip and a vertically long shape is provided to guide the closing operation of the main body frame 3 while contacting the upper surface of the decorative cover plate 15. 528 protrudes rearward.

  In addition to the configuration described above, the plate portion 511 is provided with a ball extraction connection opening 530 that is an opening at the upstream end of the ball extraction discharge passage 524 on the upper surface of the end portion on the shaft support side, as shown in FIG. Yes. A downstream end of the ball removal connection passage 880 is connected to the ball removal connection opening 530. Further, the portion adjacent to the ball-opening connection opening 530 is horizontal so that a full unit mounting portion 531 for mounting a full unit 900 (see FIG. 25), which will be described in detail later, is orthogonal to the plate portion 511. A unit engagement groove 532 that engages with the engagement piece 924 (see FIG. 57) of the full unit 900 is formed in the front portion of the full unit mounting portion 531. Further, as shown in FIG. 25, an outlet for blocking a prize ball discharged from the outlet 921 of the full tank unit 900 when the door frame 5 is opened is provided on the front surface of the plate part 511 in front of the full unit mounting part 531. An opening / closing device 579 is provided.

  Although the outlet opening / closing device 579 is not described in detail, when the door frame 5 is closed, the opening / closing plate is lowered by a lever that contacts the back surface of the door frame 5, but the door frame 5 is opened. Then, the contact with the lever disappears, so that the opening / closing plate rises and closes the outlet 921. For this reason, even when the door frame 5 is opened, the prize balls stored in the full tank unit 900 do not fall down from the outlet 921. Also, as shown in FIG. 25, a fastening hole penetrating vertically in a position corresponding to the upper part of the launching portion of the firing rail 515 in the game board mounting portion 512 formed along the upper end side of the plate portion 511. 533 is formed, and a fastening link 534 for holding the fastening band 619 is passed to the front portion of the fastening hole 533. The fastening linkage 534 is a mechanism for preventing the game board 4 from being detached from the main body frame 3.

  Next, the structure of the game board installation recessed part 510 is demonstrated. The game board installation recess 510 is provided around a first side wall 540 that is provided rearward from the inner side surface on the shaft support side and the upper side portion and the open side surface portion described above, and is provided rearward from the first side wall 540. A second side wall 541, a third side wall 542 circumferentially provided rearward from the second side wall 541, and a fourth side wall 543 circumferentially provided rearward from the third side wall 542, The body frame 3 is formed in a concave shape in which the left and right sides and the rear part of the upper side are surrounded.

  The first side wall 540 to the fourth side wall 543 are formed such that the upper side and the right side (sides on the shaft support side) are straightly extended backward with a step when viewed from the rear side, whereas the left side ( The open side is formed in a stepped shape (see FIG. 29) that inwardly slopes from the first side wall 540 toward the fourth side wall 543. This is because the rear end of the fourth side wall 543 is opened when the main body frame 3 is opened when the first side wall 540 to the fourth side wall 543 on the left side (side on the open side) are straightly formed rearward. May be in contact with the inner surface of the side frame plate 13 of the outer frame 2 so that it cannot be opened smoothly. Therefore, the first side wall surface 540 to the fourth side wall 543 on the open side can be smoothly opened by inclining inside. It is something that can be done.

  At the same time, the lock device 1000 is attached along the first side wall 540 on the open side, and the attachment is made using a lock attachment hole 547 (see FIG. 63) provided in the rear end side of the first side wall 540. In order to form the lock mounting hole 547, the fourth side wall 543 is formed in an inclined step shape from the first side wall 540 on the open side. Furthermore, as for the step size of the first side wall 540 to the fourth side wall 543, the step between the first side wall 540 and the second side wall 541 needs to be in contact with the periphery of the back surface of the game board 4 described later. For this reason, it is formed with a somewhat large step, but the other steps are extremely small steps. Of course, the second side wall 541 to the fourth side wall 543 may be formed continuously without forming a step.

  As shown in FIG. 23, the side walls 540 to 543 are formed to have depth width dimensions d1, d2, d3, and d4, respectively. In this embodiment, d1 + d2 + d3 + d4 = about 135 mm. . In particular, the width dimension d1 of the first side wall 540 corresponds to the thickness of the game board 4, and the game board is formed in the space formed by the remaining second side wall 541, third side wall 542, and fourth side wall 543. The rear projecting portions of various gaming devices provided in 4 are accommodated.

  In other words, the first side wall 540 constitutes a front side wall having a depth dimension substantially the same as the thickness of the game board 4, and the second side wall 541 to the fourth side wall 543 are in contact with the back of the peripheral part of the game board 4. A rear side wall that has a stepped portion that contacts the rear side wall of the gaming device 4 that extends from the first side wall 540 toward the rear substantially in parallel with the first side wall 540 and is provided on the game board 4. It constitutes. In particular, in the case of this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 5, the rearward protruding amounts of all the parts of the second side wall 541 to the fourth side wall 543 are fixed to the upper part on the back side of the main body frame 3. And the rear wall 722 for storing the balls of the prize ball tank 720.

  Thereby, since the size of the space formed by the second side wall 541, the third side wall 542, and the fourth side wall 543 is secured up to a position corresponding to the peripheral portion of the game board 4, for example, a game Even in the case where a gaming device is installed in which the liquid crystal display screen occupies almost the entire area of the board 4, the rearward protruding portion of such a gaming device can be easily stored.

  Further, as shown in FIGS. 22 and 24, from the rear end side of the fourth side wall 543 to the left side (open side), the upper side and the right side (shaft support side) when viewed from the back side, the open side rear wall 544, An upper rear wall 545 and a pivot support side rear wall 546 as a rear wall are provided so as to project inward so as to be parallel to the front surface of the pachinko machine. The shaft support side rear wall 546 has a flat front surface (see FIG. 21), and a ball path unit 770 (to be described later) and a prize ball unit 800 constituting a ball payout mechanism are detachably attached to the rear surface. It is like that. Accordingly, it is sufficient for the projecting width dimension to the inside of the pivot support side rear wall 546 to have a width for attaching the ball path unit 770 and the prize ball unit 800.

  Further, the front surface of the upper rear wall 545 has a flat plate shape (see FIG. 21), and a tank rail member 740, which will be described later, is attached to the rear surface thereof. Therefore, it is sufficient for the projecting width to the inside of the upper rear wall 545 if there is a height width dimension of the tank rail member 740 attached in an inclined manner. Furthermore, the front surface of the open-side rear wall 544 has a flat plate shape (see FIG. 21), and a cover body support cylinder portion 575 that pivotally supports a cover body 1250 described later is formed on the rear surface. Accordingly, it is sufficient that the width of the projecting width toward the inside of the open-side rear wall 544 is a width that forms the cover body support cylinder 575.

  As described above, the front surfaces of the open-side rear wall 544, the upper rear wall 545, and the pivot-side rear wall 546 that project inward from the rear end side of the fourth side wall 543 are formed in a flat plate shape. Since the flat plate portion corresponds to the peripheral portion of the game board 4, as described above, the second side wall 541, the third side wall 542, and the fourth side wall to the position corresponding to the peripheral portion of the game board 4. Since the size of the space formed by 543 is ensured, for example, even in the case where a gaming device in which the liquid crystal display screen occupies almost the entire area of the gaming board 4 is attached, The rear projecting portion can be easily stored. Note that the insides of the open-side rear wall 544, the upper rear wall 545, and the pivot support-side rear wall 546 form a rear opening 580 so that the rear opening 580 can be opened and closed by a cover body 1250 described later. It has become.

  Next, a more detailed configuration of the game board mounting recess 510 will be described. As described above, the door hook hole 549 through which the door frame hook portion 1041 of the lock device 1000 passes is formed on the open side plane portion. The middle and lower three places are opened, and the upper and lower door hook holes 549 are further above, below, and below, the lock locking holes 548 with which the locking protrusions 1004 described later of the locking device 1000 are engaged (see FIG. 22). Is formed. Further, the lock device 1000 is attached along the first side wall 540 on the open side, and a lock attachment hole 547 (see FIG. 22) for performing the attachment with a screw is an upper part of the rear end portion of the first side wall 540. It is formed in the middle. Note that the locking device 1000 is attached not only by the upper and middle screws but also by a screw fixing portion 1003 formed in a lock mounting piece 1008 described later and a lock mounting hole formed in the vicinity of the cylinder lock through hole 526. The lower part of the lock device 1000 can also be attached by fixing 547 to 547 with screws.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 24, on the left and right in front of the upper side of the first side wall 540, when the main body frame 3 is closed with respect to the outer frame 2, the inner peripheral surface of the upper frame plate 10 of the outer frame 2 A guide arc protrusion 552 that abuts is provided, and a relief recess 551 that communicates with a notch 729 of a prize ball tank 720, which will be described later, is formed at the center of the rear end side of the first side wall 540. A tank mounting groove 550 is formed on a vertical surface connected to the side wall 541. When the mounting flange 733 of the prize ball tank 720 is attached to the tank attachment groove 550, as shown in FIG. When the ball pressure of the sphere stored in the tank increases, the pressure is released to prevent clogging. When the prize ball tank 720 is attached to the main body frame 3, the rear side wall 722 on the back side and the rear end side of the fourth side wall 543 are substantially coincident when viewed from the front side of the prize ball tank 720 in plan view (FIG. 5). See). The guide arc projection 552 described above lifts the main body frame 3 by bringing the upper side of the main body frame 3 into contact with the inner peripheral surface of the upper frame plate 10 of the outer frame 2 and the decorative cover plate. 15 is formed to prevent a fraudulent act such as forming a gap with 15 and inserting a fraudulent instrument through the gap.

  Further, the above-described upper rear wall 545 is formed with a rail locking groove 553 for attaching the tank rail member 740 along the opening edge of the rear opening 580, and the fourth side wall 543 and the upper rear wall. A rail locking groove 554 is formed in the bent portion of 545. The tank rail member 740 can be attached to the main body frame 3 by locking the locking protrusions 749, 750 (see FIG. 45) of the tank rail member 740 in the rail locking grooves 553, 554. Further, a rail latching elastic piece 555 is formed on the upper portion of the upper rear wall 545 corresponding to the downstream side when the tank rail member 740 is attached, and the tank rail member 740 is locked in the rail locking grooves 553 and 554. When the projecting pieces 749 and 750 are locked and the tank rail member 740 is attached to the main body frame 3, the rail latching elastic piece 555 is provided at the upper end on the downstream side of the tank rail member 740 so that the locked state is not released. It comes in contact with the top.

  When the tank rail member 740 is removed, the rail rail elastic member 555 is pressed backward, and then the tank rail is released to release the locking state between the rail locking grooves 553 and 554 and the locking protrusions 749 and 750. The member 740 may be lifted upward. Further, a relief hole 556 is formed on the side of the rail hooking elastic piece 555, and a ground wire connector 557 is formed below the rail hooking elastic piece 555. The escape hole 556 is formed to escape the end of the shaft pin 748 of the alignment gear 747 provided in the tank rail member 740, and the ground connector 207 is attached to the inside of the tank rail member 740. In addition to being in contact with a metal conductive plate (not shown) to be attached, a wiring connected to a ground connector provided on the power supply board is connected.

  Further, as shown in FIGS. 22 and 24, vertical support walls 560 are erected on the left and right ends of the support-side rear wall 546 on the support-supporting rear wall 546, and a spherical passage unit is provided between the stand-up walls 560. 770 and a prize ball unit 800 are attached. In addition, a prize ball guide projection 561 is provided in a bent shape from the most upstream part between the left and right standing walls 560 to slightly above the middle stream part. The prize ball guiding projection 561 is projected rearward on the pivot support side rear wall 546 so that its projecting height gradually decreases toward the downstream side, and a ball passage unit 770 described later is attached. This corresponds to the ball drop passage 772 (see FIG. 50) of the ball passage unit 770 and guides the winning balls in a line. Further, a path unit mounting boss 562 for fixing the ball path unit 770 with screws and a positioning pin 574 for positioning are provided on the left and right sides of the prize ball guide projection 561, and a ball break switch described later. A switch-corresponding protrusion 563 is provided so as to face 778 (see FIG. 50). The passage unit mounting boss 562 and the positioning pin 574 will be described in detail later.

  Furthermore, an engagement protrusion 565 as a locking portion that engages with a hook-shaped engagement portion 824 (see FIG. 52) as an engagement portion of the prize ball unit 800 from the midstream portion to the downstream portion of the left and right standing walls 560, A lock elastic claw 564 that engages with the button insertion engagement hole 821 (see FIG. 52) of the prize ball unit 800 is formed, and the rotation shaft 808 (see FIG. 52) of the sprocket 807 of the prize ball unit 800 is formed. A relief hole 566 is formed to receive the end. Also, a payout motor escape opening 572 is formed below the pivot support side rear wall 546 so that the payout motor 815 as the drive motor of the prize ball unit 800 faces the payout motor escape opening 572. (See FIG. 25). The prize ball unit 800 is engaged with the lower end of the engaging groove 573 formed at the lowermost lower end of the rear surface of the shaft supporting side rear wall 546 and is supported by the engaging protrusion 565 and the locking elastic claw 564. The rear wall 546 is detachably attached. This detachable configuration will be described in detail later.

  In addition, a cover body contact groove 567 into which an open side end of the cover body 1250 enters is formed at the open end of the pivot support side rear wall 546, and the cover body contact groove 567 of the cover body contact groove 567 is formed. A locking wall 569 protrudes downward. The cover body abutment groove 567 is formed with stop holes 568 corresponding to the stop holes 1253 (see FIG. 28) of the cover body 1250, and these stop holes 1253 and 568 are aligned with each other and fixed with screws (not shown). By doing so, the rear opening 580 of the main body frame 3 can be closed and fixed by the cover body 1250. The locking wall 569 is provided with a U-shaped locking protruding hook piece 570 in a plan view, and the locking protruding hook piece 570 is attached to the cover body 1250 with the cover body 1250 closed with respect to the main body frame 3. By passing through the formed through-hole 1254 (see FIG. 28) and, for example, hooking a lock such as a padlock on the locking protrusion 570, only the person having the key of the padlock can open the cover body 1250. You can make it impossible.

  As mentioned above, although the structure of the main body frame main body 500 which consists of the game board installation recessed part 510 and the board part 511 was demonstrated, when the door frame 5 was closed to the lowest end side part of the board part 511 other than having demonstrated above. In addition, engagement grooves 584 and 585 (see FIG. 21) are formed into which the door frame protrusions 112 and 113 (see FIG. 19) bent downward with the lower side of the door frame main body 100 bent rearward. The engagement groove 584 is a groove formed below the above-described firing device mounting portion 520, and the engagement groove 585 is a groove formed from one end of the engagement groove 584 toward the shaft support side. Note that the door frame protrusion 112 corresponding to the engagement groove 585 protrudes rearward so as to be larger than the protrusion amount of the door frame protrusion 113 corresponding to the engagement groove 584. However, a door frame protrusion 112 with a large amount of protrusion is slightly formed at the lower end of the open end. The door frame protrusions 112 and 113 and the engagement grooves 584 and 585 constitute the outer protrusions and engagement portions on the lower side portions of the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3.

  As described above, the plate portion 511 is provided with the firing rail 515 and the outlet opening / closing device 579, and the rail connection member 516 and the launching device mounting portion 520 are formed so as to protrude. The position of the plate portion 511 is biased toward the open side, and they are formed so as to protrude from the surface of the plate portion 511. For this reason, in the state where the door frame 5 is closed, the region from the substantially central portion of the plate portion 511 on which the launching device mounting portion 520 and the firing rail 515 are arranged to the open side is the rear surface of the door frame 5 and the launching device mounting portion. 520 and the front surface of the launch rail 515 are in close contact with each other. It is extremely difficult to make the gap between the launcher mounting portion 520 and the front surface of the launch rail 515 even better and reach the front side of the game board 4 or the back side of the game board 4.

  On the other hand, since the region from the substantially central portion of the plate portion 511 where the launcher mounting portion 520 and the firing rail 515 are not arranged to the shaft support side does not have a portion protruding on the surface of the plate portion 511, the door frame 5 is closed. In this case, a space 586 is generated between the back surface of the door frame 5 and the front surface of the plate portion 511. For this reason, an unauthorized tool such as a piano wire that has passed through the gap between the door frame protrusion 112 and the engagement groove 584 can easily open the space 586 between the back surface of the door frame 5 and the front surface of the plate portion 511. In order to prevent unauthorized tools from slipping through the space 586 upward, the mounting base 280 attached to the lower part of the back surface of the door frame 5 has the door frame 5 in a closed state. A security protrusion 285 that enters 586 is formed. The security protrusion 285 is formed on the mounting base 280 so as to extend from approximately the middle of the plate portion 511 to the end portion on the shaft support side. Therefore, the space below the launch rail 515 and the outer rail 602 attached to the game board 4 constitutes a crime prevention space 586 that receives the crime prevention projection piece 285 protruding from the mounting base 280. The security projection piece 285 and the security space 586 constitute an inner ridge and engagement portion in the lower side portion of the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3.

  As described above, the main body frame 3 includes the game board 4, the hit ball launching device 650, the prize ball tank 720, the tank rail member 740, the ball passage unit 770, the prize ball unit 800, the full tank unit 900, the lock device 1000, and the board unit. 1100 and the cover body 1250 are attached, and these will be sequentially described below.

<Schematic configuration of game board>
A schematic configuration of the game board 4 will be described with reference to FIGS. 30 to 35. 30 is a perspective view of the game board 4 as viewed from the front, FIG. 31 is a front view of the game board 4, FIG. 32 is a rear view of the game board 4, and FIG. FIG. 34 is an enlarged perspective view of a removal prevention mechanism portion formed on the game board 4, and FIG. 35 is a main body frame 3 showing a structure on the main body frame side with respect to the removal prevention mechanism of the game board 4. FIG.

  In FIG. 30, the game board 4 includes a substantially square panel holder 600 holding a transparent plate-like game panel 599, and a front component member 601 attached to the front surface of the panel holder 600 so as to surround the game area 605. It is configured. On the surface of the game panel 599, various game devices and a number of obstacle nails (all not shown) are planted in the game area 605. Then, after those gaming devices and obstacle nails are provided, the front component 601 is attached to the front surface of the panel holder 600, and the front component 601 has a circular hollow inside so as to surround the game panel 599. And the outer shape is formed in the shape of the outer shape of the panel holder 600, and an arc surface extending from the middle of the lower side to the diagonally upper side past the center of the upper side is formed as the outer rail 602. An inner rail 603 is formed from the lower position of the stopper 620 provided at the end of 602 to the position where the symmetrical backflow prevention member 604 of the upper stopper 620 is provided. The outer rail 602 has a connecting passage portion 609 connected to a rail connecting member 516 provided in an extension shape of the firing rail 515 at the start end thereof, and is formed in an oblique shape. A mouth 610 is formed. A metal rail is attached in close contact with the outer rail 602 from the upstream end of the foul port 610 to the stopper 620.

  The stopper 620 is provided with an elastic body of rubber or synthetic resin so that when a hit ball that has slid on the outer rail 602 collides with force, the hit ball hits the inside of the game area 605. The backflow prevention member 604 prevents the hit ball, which is fired at one end and taken inside the game area 605, from flowing back to the outer rail 602 again. Further, a security protrusion 608 is provided on one side of the lower portion of the outer rail 602 so as to extend along a part of the metal rail. As described above, the security projection 608 overlaps with the rear end projection 275 of the security cover 270 protruding from the security cover 270 in the state in which the door frame 5 is closed. It prevents intrusion of unauthorized tools such as a piano wire inserted from slightly below the middle of the support side gap.

  Further, an out port 606 is provided at the center of the lower portion of the inner rail 603, and the hit ball hits the game area 605 between the inner rail 603 and the outer rail 602 from the out port 606 to the backflow prevention member 604. Although it constitutes a guided passage to be guided, the hit ball that has flowed back through the outer rail 602 without reaching the game area 605 is taken into the foul port 610 and guided to the foul ball inlet 923 of the full tank unit 900 described later. Then, it is discharged again to the dish unit 300. The game area 605 is an area substantially surrounded by the inner rail 603. In addition, a rail security groove 607 is formed in the front component 601 on the way from the out port 606 of the inner rail 603 to the stop 620. The rail security groove 607 is formed in a groove shape so that a part of the post-crime projection piece 274 protruding from the security cover 270 enters as described above with the door frame 5 closed. Due to the concavo-convex engagement between the rail security groove 607 and the post-crime protrusion piece 274, the piano wire or the like that is inserted from the middle of the gap on the open side of the main body frame 3 and the door frame 5 is overlapped in the vertical direction. This will ultimately prevent the tool from entering.

  By the way, a positioning recess 611 is formed on one side of the game board 4 to fit in the board positioning projection 576 formed on the main body frame 3, and is formed on the main body frame 3 on the other side of the game board 4. A game board stopper 614 to be inserted into the board stopper insertion hole 578 is provided. An end of the game board stopper 614 is inserted into the board stopper insertion hole 578 when the game board stopper 614 is pressed and fixed. Thus, in order to fix the game board 4 to the main body frame 3, the game board 4 is entirely inserted after the positioning recess 611 is inserted from the front side of the main body frame 3 in an oblique direction so as to be fitted to the board positioning protrusion 576. Is pushed into the first side wall 540 of the main body frame 3, and the game board stopper 614 which is in a free state in that state is pushed in and fixed, and the end thereof is inserted into the board stopper insertion hole 578 and fixed. Thereafter, the game board fixing tool 519 is rotated to fix the lower front surface of the game board 4. As a result, the game board 4 can be easily attached to the main body frame 3. In order to remove the game board 4, the game board 4 may be removed in the reverse order of the above procedure.

  In addition, the game board 4 in the present embodiment has a configuration that prevents unauthorized removal of the game board 4 from the main body frame 3 very easily. That is, as shown in FIGS. 30 and 34, a mounting notch 616 that penetrates the game board 4 in the front and rear direction is formed at the lower end opposite to the passage notch 613 below the game board 4 (exactly). Is formed with a mounting notch 616 in the front component 601.), and a fastening bar 617 is stretched and fixed in the horizontal direction below the mounting notch 616. The fastening bar 617 is formed with a belt groove-like fastening portion 618 for latching the fastening band 619 at the approximate center thereof. On the other hand, as the removal preventing mechanism provided in the main body frame 3, as described above, it is the game board mounting portion 512 formed along the upper end side of the plate portion 511 below the main body frame 3, and the firing rail 515 is fired. A fastening hole 533 penetrating in the vertical direction is formed at a position corresponding to the upper portion of the portion, and a fastening linkage 534 for hooking the fastening band 619 is passed to the front portion of the fastening hole 533 (see FIG. 35). ).

  When the game board 4 configured as described above is housed and arranged in the game board installation recess 510 of the main body frame 3, the fastening bar 617 is placed in contact with the game board placement part 512 as shown in FIG. At the same time, the fastening portion 618 and the fastening linkage 534 are in a matched state. In this state, the tip of a fastening band 619 that is generally marketed from above the fastening bar 617 is inserted into the mounting notch 616 with respect to the portion where the fastening portion 618 and the fastening linkage 534 coincide. Then, it is inserted downward into the fastening hole 533 and guided forward, and its tip is engaged with the fastener portion of the fastening band 619. And the unnecessary front-end | tip part which protruded ahead from the fastener of the fastening band 619 is cut | disconnected. In this way, unless the fastening band 619 is cut, the game board 4 cannot be removed from the main body frame 3 even if the game board stopper 614 and the game board fixture 519 are released. Although the game board 4 can be removed from the main body frame 3 by cutting the fastening band 619, for example, if different fastening bands are fastened by using a fastening band 619 unique to a pachinko parlor, It can be easily understood that the board 4 has been removed and some sort of fraud has been performed. Thus, illegal removal from the main body frame 3 of the game board 4 can be prevented by an extremely simple removal prevention mechanism.

  Further, the outer shape of the game board 4 is formed with a speaker notch 612 formed on the upper left and right sides of the game board 4 so as to receive a rearward projecting portion of the speaker 163 provided on the back surface of the door frame 5. A notch portion 613 for passage into which a part of the front guide passage 920 portion of the full tank unit 900 described later is inserted is formed obliquely below. In addition, on the lower left and right sides of the front component member 601, a certificate sticking unit 615 for attaching a certificate check certificate is provided.

  On the other hand, on the back side of the game board 4, the balls won in various gaming devices provided in the game area 605 (for example, an accessory having a V entrance or a prize opening such as a general prize opening) are aligned downstream. A back box 621 that can be guided is attached, and controls the display of a liquid crystal display device 640 (see FIG. 74, etc.) as a display device that is disposed on the back surface of the back box 621 at approximately the center of the game area 605. A liquid crystal display control board box 622 is attached as a display control board box in which the display device control board is stored.

  Further, a board substrate holder 623 is fixed to the back of the game board 4 below the back box 621. This board substrate holder 623 has a space part (this space part has a width in the front-rear direction that is relatively wider than the width of the back box 621 so as to collect the winning balls aligned and guided by the back box 621 in front of it. And a drop port 629 (see FIG. 29) is formed on the bottom surface of the space. The drop port 629 joins at the rear surface portion of the out port 606 and communicates with an out ball passage 1119 (see FIG. 73) formed in the substrate unit 1100 described later.

  Further, the board substrate holder 623 is connected to the main control board box 624 for storing the main control board 1350 for controlling the game operation on the back surface thereof, and a payout control board 1186 and a power supply board provided in the board unit 1100 described later. And a relay terminal plate 625 for mounting. The relay terminal plate 625 is provided with drawer connectors 626 and 627 that are automatically connected to the drawer connectors 1200 and 1202 provided on the board unit 1100 simply by mounting the game board 4 on the main body frame 3.

  Furthermore, the board substrate holder 623 is formed with a joint guide protrusion 628 that protrudes backward from between the drawer connectors 626 and 627 so as to penetrate the relay terminal plate 625. The joint guide protrusions 628 are provided on the drawer connectors 1200 and 1202 provided on the board unit 1100 side and on the game board 4 side when an operation of mounting the game board 4 on the main body frame 3 is performed as will be described in detail later. The drawer connectors 626 and 627 are inserted into the joining guide holes 1213 formed in the frame substrate holder 1101 of the substrate unit 1100 so as to be naturally connected (see FIG. 73). The connection of these drawer connectors will be described in detail later.

<Hitball launcher>
The ball striking device 650 will be described with reference to FIGS. 36 is a perspective view (A) of the whole hitting ball launcher 650, a perspective view (B) with the firing motor part removed, and FIG. 37 is an exploded perspective view of the hitting ball launching device 650, FIG. These are the front view (A) which shows the relationship between the hit ball launcher 650 and the launch rail 515, and the perspective view (B) of the launch motor part, and FIG. 39 is the hit ball launch in the state where the operation handle 461 is not operated. 40 is a rear view showing the relationship between the device 650 and the firing rail 515, and FIG. 40 is a rear view showing the relationship between the ball striking device 650 and the firing rail 515 in a state where the operation handle portion 461 is operated. 41 is a plan view (A), a front view (B), a perspective view (C), a front view (B) of the slide member 710 provided in the ball striking device 650, and a cross-sectional view A-A in the front view (B). It is.

  The hitting ball launching device 650 rotatably supports the hitting ball rod 687 on the launching base frame 651, and attaches a shooting motor 695 for reciprocating rotation to the hitting ball rod 687 to the firing base frame 651, and further hits the hitting ball rod 687. The firing base frame 651 is provided with a slide rod 677 and a slide member 710 that adjust the urging force of the urging spring 684 that imparts the urging force that returns to the position.

  More specifically, as shown in FIG. 37, the launch base frame 651 is molded into a horizontally long rectangular shape by a synthetic resin, and a bearing in which a bearing 689 of a ball striking rod 687 is fitted at substantially the center thereof. A cylinder 652 is formed, and rubber stopper members 653 and 654 for restricting the firing origin position of the hitting ball 687 are attached and fixed to the upper portion and the side thereof. That is, the rubber stopper members 653 and 654 receive the impact of the hitting ball rod 687 when the hitting ball rod 687 returns to the firing origin position by the biasing force of the biasing spring 684. In addition, a slide guide hole 655 having a horizontally elongated groove is formed above the launch base frame 651 (on the opposite side of the portion corresponding to the lower side of the launch rail 515), and a slide member storage space is provided below the slide guide hole 655. 656 is formed.

  The slide guide hole 655 is inserted with a guide locking piece 678 projecting from the upper rear end of a slide rod 677, which will be described later, and guides the slide movement of the slide rod 677. The slide member 710 is accommodated so as to be movable in the left-right direction. The slide guide of the front portion of the slide rod 677 is guided by a guide bush 681 fixed to a guide hole 680 formed in front of the slide rod 677 in a stop hole 662 formed in the firing base frame 651 by a set screw 682. This is done by penetrating through. Further, as shown in FIG. 38, a rectangular connection opening 664 is formed on the bottom surface of the slide member storage space 656.

  Further, a hook portion is formed with respect to the main body of the launch base frame 651 at a front portion of the upper side of the launch base frame 651, and an operating piece opening 657 is formed in the hook portion above the bearing cylinder 652. ing. The operating piece opening 657 abuts on a supply swing piece 289 (see FIG. 15) provided facing a hitting ball supply port 288 (see FIG. 15) on the downstream side of the dish unit 300 of the door frame 5. The operating piece 658 is swingably provided by a stop pin 659 on a mounting portion 660 protruding from the rear upper part of the opening edge of the operating piece opening 657. The operating piece 658 is formed in a “te” shape, the rear end portion of the upper side thereof is pivotally supported by a stop pin 659, and the base plate rotates integrally with the ball striking rod 687 from the pivotal support portion to the arc portion below. 690 is in contact with the operating piece abutting portion 693 provided to project, and the upper side portion swings the supply swing piece 289 in conjunction with the reciprocating motion of the hitting ball rod 687. One hit ball that flows out from the supply port 288 is supplied to the launch position of the launch rail 515 one by one.

  Further, on the firing base frame 651, motor mounting bosses 661 for fixing a motor cover 694 containing the firing motor 695 are projected in a total of three locations, two at the rear lower part and one at the front upper part. In addition, a swinging piece boss 663 into which a shaft hole 673 at the lower end of the swinging piece 672 connected to the slide member 710 is inserted in a projecting manner to slide the slide rod 677 to the lower rear of the slide member storage space 656. Has been.

  A metal plate 665 is attached to the above-described launch base frame 651 so that the hitting ball launcher 650 has high rigidity. For this reason, the metal plate 665 has through holes 666, 667, 668, 669 corresponding to the bearing cylinder 652, the lower rubber stopper member 653, the slide guide hole 655, the guide bush 681, and the swing piece boss 663, respectively. A horizontal oblong through hole 670 through which the connecting convex portion 712 of the slide member 710 passes is also formed. In the metal plate 665 configured as described above, after the slide member 710 is stored in the slide member storage space 656, the respective through holes 666 to 671 have the members 652, 653, 655, 681, 712, 663 corresponding thereto. It is fixed to the firing base frame 651 by being brought into close contact with the firing base frame 651 so as to penetrate or match with the screws.

  The tip of the swing piece boss 663 of the firing base frame 651 to which the metal plate 665 is attached protrudes from the through hole 671, and the shaft hole 673 of the swing piece 672 is inserted into the head portion. The swing piece 672 is pivotally supported so as to be swingable about the lower end. As shown in FIG. 37, the swing piece 672 is formed in a vertically long bowl shape, the shaft hole 673 is formed at the lower end thereof, and the connecting convex portion 712 of the slide member 710 is inserted in the middle thereof. A connecting hole 674 having a shape is formed. The front surface above the connection hole 674 is an abutting portion 675 that abuts one end (rear end) of the slide rod 677. Accordingly, the rocking piece 672 is inserted into the rocking piece boss 663 and the connecting hole 674 is inserted into the connecting convex portion 712 of the slide member 710 protruding from the through hole 670 to connect the pin 676 with washer. The rocking piece 672 is attached to the firing base frame 651 by being fixed to the convex portion 712. The attached swing piece 672 swings at the upper part around the lower end as the slide member 710 slides.

  Further, a horizontally long bowl-shaped slide bar 677 is attached to the upper front surface of the metal plate 665 so as to be slidable in the left-right direction. That is, an L-shaped guide locking piece 678 projecting from the rear upper part of the slide rod 677 is engaged with the through hole 668 of the metal plate 665, and the guide elongated hole 680 formed in front of the slide rod 677 is engaged. The guide bush 681 having the set screw 682 is passed through, and the set screw 682 is fixed to the set hole 662. The slide hook 677 is slidably mounted on the firing base frame 651 via the metal plate 665 by the guide locking piece 678 and the through hole 668, and the guide long hole 680 and the guide bush 681. The slide rod 677 is formed with a contacted portion 679 that contacts the contact portion 675 of the swing piece 672 described above at one end (rear end), and one end of the biasing spring 684 at the other end (front end). A spring locking portion 683 for hooking the locking ring 685 is projected.

  A bearing cylinder 652 of the firing base frame 651 to which the metal plate 665 is attached protrudes from the through hole 666, and the bearing cylinder 652 is fitted so that the bearing 689 of the hitting ball rod 687 does not fall off. The lower end portion of the hit ball 687 is fixed to the shaft of the bearing 689 and, at the same time, the base plate 690 is fixed. The base plate 690 is provided with an operating piece abutting portion 693 that abuts against the operating piece 658 on the front back surface side thereof, and the front front surface of the base plate 690 is used to latch the locking ring 686 on the other end of the biasing spring 684. A spring locking portion 692 is provided in a projecting manner, and a motor contact projecting piece 691 that engages with and disengages the motor cam 697 of the firing motor 695 is provided in a projecting manner on the rear front surface thereof. A synthetic resin rivet tip 688 is fixed to the upper end of the hitting ball 687, and the firing position formed by the lower end portion of the firing rail 515 and the firing position stopper 702 secured above the tip 688. I am going to rush into.

  On the other hand, a firing motor 695 housed in a motor cover 694 is attached to the above-described motor mounting boss 661 of the firing base frame 651. More specifically, as shown in FIG. 38 (B), the motor cover 694 includes a cylindrical portion formed so as to accommodate the firing motor 695 therein, and is enlarged in front of the cylindrical portion to attach the motor. And an anti-rotation preventing cam 698 and a motor cam at the tip of the motor shaft 696 of the firing motor 695 formed integrally with an attaching portion in which an attachment fixing hole 699 for attaching to the boss 661 is formed. 697 is fixed.

  A large number of reverse teeth are formed on the outer periphery of the reverse rotation prevention cam 698 and engages with a stopper piece 700 (see FIG. 39) fixed to the stopper piece mounting boss 701 so as to be swingable. This prevents rotation in the opposite direction. This is to prevent the motor cam 697 from rotating in the reverse direction so that the motor cam 697 and the motor abutting protrusion 691 mesh with each other to prevent a failure in which the ball striking device 650 cannot be driven. Further, the motor cam 697 is formed in a ball shape, and reciprocates the hitting ball rod 687 while being engaged with and disengaged from the motor abutting protrusion piece 691 as the firing motor 695 rotates. When the motor cover 694 is attached to the motor attachment boss 661, as shown in FIG. 36 (A), the main configuration of the hit ball launching device 650 is covered as seen from the rear surface.

  Incidentally, the slide member 710 housed in the slide member housing space 656 and slidably moved is formed in a rectangular parallelepiped shape with the rear open as shown in FIG. 41, and an elliptical oval convex portion 711 projects on the front surface thereof. Further, a circular connecting convex portion 712 is projected from the rear position of the elliptical convex portion 711. Further, on both the upper and lower surfaces, slide contact protrusions 713 having an arc cross section are provided at both ends so as to easily slide in the slide member storage space 656. On the other hand, the space of the slide member 710 formed in a rectangular parallelepiped shape is an insertion space 714 into which the slide protrusion 492 of the joint unit 480 provided in the lower part of the back surface of the door frame 5 is inserted.

  The insertion space 714 has a first inclined surface 715 formed on the front side of the side wall in the sliding direction, and protrudes from the inside of the upper surface and the lower surface to the inside slightly behind the first inclined surface 715. In addition, a clamping piece 716 is formed in which a predetermined interval is formed between the tips of each other. A second inclined surface 717 is also formed on the front side of the sandwiching piece 716 so as to incline in a C shape when viewed from the side. Thus, in the state in which the slide protrusion 492 is inserted into the insertion space 714, as shown in FIG. 41B, one end side of the slide protrusion 492 on the inclined side 493 side contacts the side wall in the sliding direction. In this state, it is inserted between the upper and lower clamping pieces 716. In addition, although the space part 718 is formed in the side of the insertion space 714 of the slide member 710, this space part 718 is not necessarily playing a function.

  Thus, the slide member 710 configured as described above is an ellipse formed on the bottom surface of the slide member storage space 656 as shown in FIG. 38A in the state of being stored in the slide member storage space 656. The insertion space 714 is formed so as to face the connecting opening 664 having a shape, and the slide member 710 is in contact with one inner wall of the slide member storage space 656 (in FIG. Although it is illustrated as being in contact, in a normal state, it is in a state of being in contact with the inner wall of the right space.

  First, the relationship of adjusting the strength of the urging spring 684 of the slide member 710 and the ball striking device 650 will be described. The slide member 710 has a right position at the initial position inside the slide member storage space 656 (see FIG. 39, the swing piece 672 connected to the connecting projection 712 of the slide member 710 is in a substantially vertical state. Therefore, the slide rod 677 that is in contact with the swing piece 672 is also urged in one direction (left side in FIG. 39) by the biasing force of the bias spring 684 and the contact portion 675 of the swing piece 672. The contacted portion 679 of the slide rod 677 is in contact. In this state, since the urging spring 684 is not tensioned, even if the hitting ball rod 687 is reciprocally rotated following the rotation of the firing motor 695, the return force of the hitting ball rod 687 is weak, and the hit ball at the firing position is not elastic. Even if issued, the game area 605 of the game board 4 is not reached.

  On the other hand, when the slide member 710 moves in the other direction from the initial position inside the slide member storage space 656 (when it moves toward the left inner wall in FIG. 38A), as shown in FIG. Since the swing piece 672 swings and tilts about the shaft hole 673 at the lower end, the slide rod 677 is moved in the other direction (right side in FIG. 40) by the contact between the contact portion 675 and the contacted portion 679. Slide towards you. Then, the biasing spring 684 locked to the spring locking portion 683 of the slide rod 677 is also tensioned and extended. In this state, since the biasing spring 684 is tensioned, the return force of the hitting ball rod 687 when the hitting ball rod 687 is reciprocally rotated following the rotation of the firing motor 695 is increased, and the hit ball at the firing position is increased. The game is strongly ejected and reaches the game area 605 of the game board 4. The strength of the impact force of the hit ball can be adjusted according to the slide amount of the slide member 710 in the slide member storage space 656.

  As described above, by moving the slide member 710, it is possible to adjust the resilience by the hitting ball launching device 650. This is interlocked with the movement of the slide body 483 of the joint unit 480 that moves in accordance with the turning operation of the moving operation member 464. This point will be described with reference to FIG.

  As described above, when the rotation operation member 464 of the operation handle portion 461 of the handle device 460 is rotated, the slanting cam 466 fixed to the tip of the rotation shaft 465 is also rotated, so that the slide body of the joint unit 480 483 slides and moves in one direction inside the storage body 481. For this reason, the slide protrusion 492 protruding from the front surface of the slide body 483 also slides in the same direction. When the door frame 5 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3, the slide protrusion 492 of the slide body 483 penetrates the connection opening 664 formed in the launching device mounting portion 520 of the main body frame 5 and inserts the slide member 710. It is inserted into the space 714. The insertion state in this case is a state in which one end side on the inclined side 493 side of the sliding protrusion 492 is in contact with the side wall in the sliding direction and is inserted between the upper and lower clamping pieces 716 as described above. . Accordingly, when the slide protrusion 492 slides in one direction, the slide member 710 also slides in the same direction. At this time, as described above, since the slide rod 677 also slides as the slide member 710 slides, the biasing force of the biasing spring 684 can be adjusted. That is, the ball striking force of the ball striking device 650 can be adjusted by rotating the rotation operation member 464 of the handle device 460.

  By the way, in this embodiment, since the handle device 460 is provided on the door frame 5 and the hitting ball launching device 650 is provided on the main body frame 3, the slide protrusion 492 of the handle device 460 is opened each time the door frame 5 is opened and closed. And the slide member 710 of the ball striking device 650 are linked or separated. However, in the present embodiment, as described above, by closing the door frame 5 with respect to the main body frame 3, the slide projecting piece 492 is automatically inserted into the insertion space 714 of the slide member 710, and the handle device 460. The ball striking device 650 is linked, and conversely, by opening the door frame 5 with respect to the main body frame 3, the slide protrusion 492 is separated from the insertion space 714 to separate the handle device 460 and the ball striking device 650. Therefore, the handle device 460 and the ball hitting device 650 can be linked / separated with the opening / closing of the door frame 5 very easily. In particular, when the slide protrusion 492 is inserted into the insertion space 714, the second inclination of the sandwiching piece 716 that protrudes into the insertion space 714 even if the position of the slide protrusion 492 is slightly shifted in the vertical direction. The slide projection 492 is smoothly inserted into the clamping position by the surface 717.

  In some cases, the player may stuff the padding operation member 464 of the operation handle portion 461 and fix it at a position rotated to some extent, but the store clerk at the game hall knows the padding without knowing the padding. 5 may be opened and closed. Even in such a case, when the door frame 5 is opened, there is no problem because the slide protrusion 492 is simply separated from the insertion space 714. However, when the door frame 5 is closed, the position of the slide protrusion 492 is not limited. Is slightly displaced in one direction, but the sliding member is accompanied with the closing operation of the door frame 5 by the cooperative action of the inclined side 493 of the sliding protrusion 492 and the first inclined surface 715 of the sliding member 710. The slide protrusion 492 and the slide member 710 are finally engaged with each other while moving 710 in one direction. In other words, in the present embodiment, the operation handle device 460 and the hitting ball launching device 650 can cooperate with each other regardless of the rotation position of the rotation operation member 464 of the operation handle portion 461. It is.

<Prize ball tank>
Next, the prize ball tank 720 attached to the upper part of the back surface of the main body frame 3 will be described mainly with reference to FIG. FIG. 42 is a perspective view (A), a plan view (B), and a side view (C) of the prize ball tank 720. As described above, the prize ball tank 720 is detachably attached to the tank attachment groove 550 (see FIG. 24) formed in the upper part of the back surface of the main body frame 3. Thus, the prize ball tank 720 is formed in a rectangular box shape, and when viewed from the front side of the pachinko machine 1, a notch 729 is formed in the front wall 721, and the bottom surface is formed from the upstream side wall 724 to the downstream side wall 723. A storage portion 728 is formed by a first inclined bottom surface 726 inclined toward the bottom and a second inclined bottom surface 727 inclined from the front wall 721 toward the discharge port 730 described below.

  Further, a discharge port 730 is formed at the inclined lower end of the second inclined bottom surface 727, and this discharge port 730 protrudes outward from the rear wall 722 of the prize ball tank 720 when viewed from the front side of the pachinko machine 1. In this manner, the downstream side wall 723 and the rear wall 722 are formed so as to be surrounded by a discharge port protruding wall 725 that connects in a U-shape. Further, on both outer sides of the front wall 721 of the prize ball tank 720, attachment flanges 733 that engage with the tank attachment groove 550 are formed, and on the back side of the bottom surface of the prize ball tank 720, the main body frame 3 is provided. Placement contact pieces 731 and 732 for placement and contact with the fourth side wall 543 project, and a ball leveling member 744, which will be described later, is attached to the lower part of the rear surface wall 722 on the upstream side of the prize ball tank 720. The ball leveling attachment shaft 735 is projected. Further, an overflow preventing member 734 for preventing the ball from jumping is detachably attached to the rear wall 722 and the upstream side wall 724 of the prize ball tank 720 excluding the discharge port 730.

  In the prize ball tank 720 configured as described above, the mounting flange 733 is attached to the tank mounting groove 550 of the main body frame 3 so as to be inserted from above, and the mounting contact pieces 731 and 732 are attached to the main body frame 3. It abuts on the fourth side wall 543. As a result, the prize ball tank 720 is placed on and attached to the upper part on the back surface side of the main body frame 3. In this attached state, as shown in FIG. The portion 728 communicates with the relief recess 551 formed on the back surface of the main body frame 3, and as shown in FIG. 5, the discharge port 730 faces the upstream end of the tank rail member 740 described below. ing. Therefore, in the prize ball tank 720, the width in the front-rear direction of the storage portion 728 that stores the sphere (the storage space portion corresponding to the first inclined bottom surface 726 and the second inclined bottom surface 727) is the second side wall 541 of the main body frame 3. It forms so that it may become substantially the same as the width | variety of the front-back direction to the 4th side wall 543, and it is mounted in the upper part to those side walls 541-543.

  Further, as described above, the first side wall 540 to the fourth side wall 543 of the main body frame 3 are deeply formed so as to cover the rearward projecting space in the peripheral part of the game board 4, so Although the depth of the storage portion of the prize ball tank 720 placed on the upper part of the 543 is shallower than that of the conventional storage tank, the prize ball tank 720 is stored even if the prize ball is stored and increases in weight. Is supported by the side walls 542 to 543 of the main body frame 3, the stored sphere can be smoothly guided to the discharge port 730 without the inclined bottom surfaces 726 and 727 being deformed. Further, since the discharge port 730 is provided at a position outside the rear wall 722 of the prize ball tank 720, the flow of the sphere stored in the storage portion 728 flows outward from the second inclined bottom surface 727. It is configured. For this reason, as compared with the prize ball tank in which a part of the inclined bottom surface is provided with an opening as a discharge port as in the prior art, a spherical break-up protrusion for eliminating the clogging is formed in the storage portion near the discharge port. In addition, it is possible to obtain a structure in which ball clogging hardly occurs.

  In the present embodiment, as described above, the award ball tank 720 is placed on the outside of the upper portion of the rear side walls 541 to 543 that accommodates the rearward projecting portions of the gaming apparatus, and the award is given. Since the discharge port 730 of the ball tank 720 protrudes outward from the rear wall 722 of the storage unit, the tank rail member 740 is disposed outside the storage unit of the prize ball tank 720 (as viewed from the front of the pachinko machine 1). Since the tank rail member 740 and the storage portion 728 of the prize ball tank 720 do not overlap in the vertical direction, the rear protrusion of the gaming device provided on the back surface of the gaming board 4 is stored. The upper sides of the rear side walls 541 to 543 can be projected rearward at a position close to the upper side of the main body frame 3, so that even if the rearward protruding portion of the gaming device protrudes at the upper side portion of the game board 4. It can be comfortably accommodated in the interior of the side walls 541 to 543.

  Further, regardless of whether or not the storage part 728 of the prize ball tank 720 is placed on the upper outer side of the rear side walls 541 to 543 that house the rearward projecting part of the gaming apparatus, the discharge port 730 has the Only the configuration of being provided at a position outside the rear wall 722 provides a unique effect that is not found in the conventional prize ball tank. This will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 43 is a plan view showing the pressure state of the sphere at the discharge port portion of the conventional prize ball tanks (A), (B) and the prize ball tank (C) according to the present embodiment. In the figure, normally, the balls stored in the prize ball tank 720 are stored and retained in the storage part of the prize ball tank 720. In this case, when the discharge port 730A is formed by opening a part of the inclined bottom surface of the storage portion as in the conventional prize ball tank, for example, as shown in FIG. In the case of a prize-ball tank in which a discharge port 730A is formed on the opposite side of FIG. 43, or a discharge port 730B is formed adjacent to the ball collapse projection 736B as shown in FIG. , 730B, the ball pressure is always applied to the discharge ports 730A, 730B from four directions by the pressure of the stored sphere and the reaction from the side wall of the prize ball tank based on the pressure.

  For this reason, the pressure between the spheres happens to be balanced due to the degree of sphere overlap, and even when the sphere on the downstream side flows out, a sphere-engaged state may occur at the outlets 730A and 730B, and the sphere may be clogged. On the other hand, in the prize ball tank 720 according to the present embodiment, the discharge port 730 is provided at a position outside the rear wall 722 of the prize ball tank 720, so as shown in FIG. The pressure of the stored sphere in the discharge port 730 is a pressure from only two directions, that is, an action force directed from the storage portion toward the discharge port 730 and a reaction thereof, and does not receive pressure from four directions as in the prior art. For this reason, even if the sphere on the downstream side flows out, it is difficult to generate a sphere-engaged state at the discharge port 730 portion, and an excellent effect that sphere clogging does not occur can be achieved.

<Tank rail member>
The tank rail member 740 arranged below the prize ball tank 720 will be described with reference mainly to FIGS. 44 is a perspective view of the relationship between the prize ball tank 720, the tank rail member 740, the ball passage unit 770, the prize ball unit 800, and the full tank unit 900 as seen from the back side of the pachinko machine 1, and FIG. FIG. 46 is a perspective view of the relationship between the prize ball tank 720, the tank rail member 740, the ball path unit 770, the prize ball unit 800, and the full tank unit 900, as viewed from the front side of the pachinko machine 1, and FIG. They are sectional drawing (A) and a top view (B) which show the relationship between the downstream part of the member 740, and the upstream part of the ball passage unit 770.

  As described above, the tank rail member 740 is detachably attached to the rail locking grooves 553 and 554 (see FIG. 24) of the upper rear wall 545 of the main body frame 3. Therefore, the tank rail member 740 is provided with a plurality of locking protrusions 749 that are inserted from above into the rail locking groove 553 on the left and right sides and the lower side of the rear side surface, and the upper side of the rear side surface. At the center, a hook-shaped locking protrusion 750 is provided so as to be hooked on the rail locking groove 554 from above. Thus, the tank rail member 740 is formed in a slanted bowl shape having an open upper surface, the upper surface of the upstream end faces the discharge port 730 of the prize ball tank 720, and the lower surface of the downstream end of the tank rail member 740 forms a ball passage unit 770 described in detail later. I'm here. Further, the inside of the tank rail member 740 serves as a passage 742 through which the spheres flow down in two rows by the partition wall 741 as shown in FIG.

  The bottom surface of the passage 742 is notched with a narrow groove, and foreign substances that roll along the passage 742 together with the ball fall downward from the narrow groove. In addition, a metal plate (not shown) for removing static electricity is attached to the side wall of the passage 742, and the downstream end of the metal plate is connected to the ground wire connector 557 (see FIG. 22). Yes. For this reason, the static electricity charged in the sphere flowing down the tank rail member 740 is grounded from the metal plate to the outside via the ground wire connector 557 via the ground connector.

  In addition, an egg-shaped ball leveling member 744 having a weight on the slightly downstream side of the midstream region of the tank rail member 740 is swingably provided. The ball leveling member 744 is pivotally supported by the ball leveling mounting shaft 735 of the award ball tank 720 described above, and moves toward the passages 742 in the two rows of the tank rail members 740. The spheres that are suspended and flow down the respective passages 742 flow down in a plurality of stages in the vertical direction so as to be rectified so as to become one stage. Further, the upper surface of the tank rail member 740 on the downstream side from the installation position of the ball leveling member 744 is covered with a ball pressing plate 745. The ball holding plate 745 is formed in an inclined arc shape so that the ball that has not been made one step by the ball leveling member 744 is forced to one step.

  Further, a pair of alignment gears 747 are rotatably supported by shaft pins 748 at the downstream end of the tank rail member 740 so as to face the respective passages 742. The alignment gear 747 has a plurality of teeth formed on its outer periphery, and is fixed to the shaft pin 748 so that the pitch of the teeth of the pair of alignment gears 747 is shifted by a half pitch. For this reason, when the upper part of the sphere that has flowed down each passage 742 of the tank rail member 740 flows downstream while meshing with the teeth of the alignment gear 747, the spheres in the two rows of passages 742 are alternately sent one by one. become. In this case, as shown in FIG. 46, the spheres flowing through the respective passages 742 are guided in the central direction along the inclined surfaces 743 formed in the lower portions of the two rows of passages 742 while meshing with the alignment gears 747. During the guidance, the spheres from the two rows of passages 742 fall in a row alternately to the upper end inlet 773 of the ball drop passage 772 of the ball passage unit 770 described below. The alignment gear 747 is covered with an arcuate gear cover 746 on its upper surface.

<Ball passage unit>
A ball passage unit 770 for guiding the balls dropped from the tank rail member 740 in a line to the winning ball unit 800 will be described with reference mainly to FIGS. 47 to 51. 47 is an exploded perspective view showing the relationship between the main body frame 3 and the ball passage unit 770 and the prize ball unit 800, and FIG. 48 is a rear view showing the relationship between the ball passage unit 770 and the prize ball unit 800. 49 is a perspective view of the ball passage unit 770 as viewed from the back, FIG. 50 is a front view of the ball passage unit 770, and FIG. 51 is a connection structure of the ball passage unit 770 and the prize ball unit 800. It is a side view for demonstrating. 48 and 49, the prize ball unit 800 portion is a drawing of the ball passage portion formed in the unit base body 801 with the gear cover 866, the aluminum heat sink 841 and the unit sub plate 825 removed. is there. However, the gears and the like are indicated by alternate long and short dash lines in order to facilitate understanding of the relationship with the ball passage.

  In the spherical passage unit 770, a spherical drop passage 772 is formed by a pair of bent passage walls 771 bent to the back surface of a substantially rectangular plate (the surface seen from the back surface is referred to as the front surface). As shown in FIG. 46A, the ball drop passage 772 communicates with the front / rear bent passage portion 772a whose upstream is bent in the front / rear direction (depth direction when viewed from the back) and the front / rear bent passage portion 772a. It consists of a left and right bent passage portion 772b bent in the left and right direction (left and right direction when viewed from the back) and a vertical passage portion 772c communicating with the left and right bent passage portion 772b and having a substantially vertical shape.

  As shown in FIG. 46 (A), the front / rear bent passage 772a is located at the center of the two rows of passages 742, as described above, because the position of the upper end inlet 773 falling from the tank rail member 740 described above is the main body. The winning ball guide projecting from the front / rear bent passage 772a and the pivot-side rear wall 546 is located on the rear side from the surface of the upper rear wall 545 and the pivot-side rear wall 546 of the frame 3. The projection 561 bends the ball drop passage 772 in the front-rear direction so that the ball drop passage 772 is positioned close to the surface of the shaft support side rear wall 546. Further, as shown in FIG. 50, the left and right bent passage portions 772b are formed in a U shape so as to be almost full of the width of the ball passage unit 770 in order to weaken the momentum of the spheres that have fallen from the tank rail member 740 to the front and rear bent passage portions 772a. It is formed by bending.

  Further, although the vertical passage portion 772c is formed in a substantially vertical shape, it is slightly curved and formed, and a cutout portion 775 is formed in one bent passage wall 771 constituting the vertical passage portion 772c. A ball breakage detecting piece 776 whose upper end is supported by a support shaft 777 is attached to 775 so as to be swingable. A ball break switch 778 is attached to the side of the ball break detection piece 776, and an actuator 779 of the ball break switch 778 is in contact with the ball break detection piece 776. The ball break detection piece 776 and the ball break switch 778 constitute a ball break detection mechanism for detecting a ball break in the vertical passage portion 772c.

  Thus, when a ball is present in the vertical passage portion 772c, the ball piece detection piece 776 is pressed by the ball present in the vertical passage portion 772c and the actuator 779 is pushed to turn on the ball piece switch 778. When no ball is present in the portion 772c due to clogging or ball deficiency, the ball piece detecting piece 776 swings into the vertical passage portion 772c, and the actuator 779 turns off the ball piece switch 778. When the ball break switch 778 is turned off, the rotation of the payout motor 815 of the prize ball unit 800, which will be described later, stops and the payout of the prize ball is stopped.

  A stopper protrusion 780 is formed at the lower end of the notch 775 to prevent excessive swinging of the ball breakage detection piece 776 to the opposite side of the passage, and the ball passage unit 770 has a ball. A ball clogging insertion groove 781 is formed in the vertical passage portion 772 c corresponding to the cut detection piece 776. The ball clogging insertion groove 781 inserts a pin from the rear surface side of the ball passage unit 770 to prevent clogging of the ball breakage detection piece 776 when it is difficult to swing the ball breakage detection piece 776 due to ball clogging or the like. This is provided to eliminate the problem. Further, the other bent passage wall 771 facing the ball piece detecting piece 776 is formed in a bulging shape slightly toward the ball piece detecting piece 776 side. This is because when a ball is present in the vertical passage portion 772c, the ball break detection piece 776 is surely pressed to turn on the ball break switch 778.

  Further, a stop hole 782 and a positioning boss 783 are formed in the ball passage unit 770 at a position avoiding the above-described ball drop passage 772. The positioning boss 783 is engaged with a positioning pin 574 formed on the shaft support side rear wall 546 of the main body frame 3, and the stop hole 782 is a passage unit mounting boss similarly formed on the shaft support side rear wall 546. 562. Thus, to attach the ball passage unit 770 to the main body frame 3, as shown in FIG. 47, the passage unit attachment boss 562 and the stop hole 782 are made to coincide with each other while the positioning boss 783 is engaged with the positioning pin 574. In this state, the screw 784 can be screwed from the stop hole 782. Further, the ball passage unit 770 is formed with a cover body engaging groove 785 that engages with an engaging piece of the cover body 1250 in the middle of one side, and is connected to the prize ball unit 800 at the lower part. A connecting lid member 786 is rotatably provided.

  As shown in FIG. 49, the connecting lid member 786 is configured by projecting a pair of passage walls 790 projecting in an arc shape on the back surface of a rectangular plate member, and the lower surface of the ball passage unit 770 The projecting shaft 789 as the rotating shaft projecting from the tip of the support piece 788 extending from the both ends of the connecting lid member 786 is fitted into the supporting projecting piece 787 serving as the shaft support projecting from the left and right ends of the connecting lid 786. Thus, it is pivotally supported. In addition, the connecting lid member 786 is extended below the ball passage unit 770 by closing, and the passage formed by the passage wall 790 and the downstream end portion of the ball dropping passage 772 communicate with each other (see FIG. 51B). The state shown in FIG. 51) and the state where the passage formed by the passage wall 790 and the downstream end of the ball dropping passage 772 do not communicate with each other (the state shown in FIG. 51A). A guide projection 791 that guides the support piece 788 of the connecting lid member 786 when projecting from the opened state to the closed state projects from the lower end of the rear surface of the ball path unit 770.

  Thus, in a state where the ball passage unit 770 is fixed to the shaft support side rear wall 546 of the main body frame 3, and the prize ball unit 800 is also mounted on the shaft support side rear wall 546 as described later (FIG. 51). In the state shown in (A)), the connecting lid member 786 is closed and the rear surface thereof is locked by the locking elastic claw 820 provided in the prize ball unit 800, so that the ball drop path 772 of the ball path unit 770 and the prize ball The bent passage 803 of the unit 800 is communicated with the passage wall 790 so that a ball falling on the ball dropping passage 772 of the ball passage unit 770 can be guided to the bent passage 803 of the prize ball unit 800. The reason why the rotatable connecting lid member 786 is provided in the ball passage unit 770 is that the award ball unit 800 can be easily attached to and detached from the main body frame 3 as will be described later, and the attachment and detachment thereof is possible. This is to prevent the space formed between the ball path unit 770 and the prize ball unit 800 from being hindered from falling smoothly.

  Further, between the pair of bent passage walls 771 projecting from the ball passage unit 770, the projecting height is provided on the pivot side rear surface wall 546 of the main body frame 3 so as to gradually decrease toward the downstream side. By inserting the award ball guide projection 561, the upstream portion of the ball drop passage 772 is placed on the rear side so that the upper end inlet 773 of the ball drop passage 772 is located substantially at the lower center of the two rows of passages 742 of the tank rail member 740. It is formed as a front / rear bent passage portion 772a that bends in the front / rear direction when viewed from the side. Accordingly, in the configuration in which the balls flowing down in two rows by the pair of alignment gears 747 are alternately sent one by one to the prize ball unit 800 side, the balls are smoothly sent one by one to the prize ball unit 800 through the ball drop passage 772. Can do. Further, according to this configuration, since it is not necessary to form the ball drop passage 772 from an assembly of a plurality of members, the number of parts constituting the ball drop passage 772 can be reduced, and the ball drop passage 772 can be assembled. Workability can be improved.

  In addition, the sphere that has fallen from the tank rail member 740 in the front / rear bent passage portion 772a weakens its momentum by passing through the left / right bent passage portion 772b, and then is sent to the winning ball unit 800 through the vertical passage portion 772c. . In addition, the vertical passage portion 772c into which the ball is fed in a state where the momentum is weakened is provided with a ball break detection mechanism (a ball break detection piece 776 and a ball break switch 778) for detecting the ball break. Accordingly, it is possible to reliably detect a break in the ball drop passage 772, in other words, a break in the ball supplied to the winning ball unit 800 (a ball break).

<Prize ball unit>
Next, the prize ball unit 800 disposed on the downstream side of the above-described ball path unit 770 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 52 to 55. 52 is an exploded perspective view as seen from the back side of the prize ball unit 800. FIG. 53 is a rear view for explaining the relationship between the payout motor 815 and the sprocket 807 as a payout member. FIG. 55 is a rear view for explaining the path and drive relationship of the prize ball unit 800, and FIG. 55 is a cross-sectional view taken along line AA of FIG.

  52, a prize ball unit 800 includes a unit base body 801 in which a bent path 803, a prize ball path 810, and a ball extraction path 811 forming a ball path by a pair of bent path walls 802, and the unit base body. A unit sub-plate 825 covering the rear surface of 801, a relay board 830 attached to the upper surface (rear surface side) of the unit sub-plate 825, and a gear provided in a substantially central surface region (rear surface region) of the unit sub-plate 825; It comprises a group 843, 844, 847 and a gear cover 866 that covers the detection disk 850 (rotation transmission member). Hereinafter, these configurations will be sequentially described.

  The unit base body 801 is formed in a substantially rectangular plate shape (this plate portion may be referred to as a “bottom surface”), and a pair of bent passages projecting toward the plate-like unit sub plate 825 side. A bent passage 803 is formed by the wall 802. The bent passage wall 802 protrudes from the center of the upper part of the unit base body 801 to the middle of the downstream side at a distance slightly larger than the diameter of the sphere. It also serves as side walls on both ends of the unit base body 801 from the downstream end to the downstream end. The middle bent passage wall 802 is largely divided into left and right portions to form a distribution space 805 in which a sprocket 807 serving as a ball feed rotating body is arranged. A passage partition wall 809 is formed in a projecting manner so as to form a pair of the bent passage walls 802 divided to the left and right until the downstream end.

  That is, the right and left bent passage walls 802 and the passage partition wall 809 on the downstream side from the middle form two passages on the left and right from the distribution space 805, and one passage constitutes the prize ball passage 810, The other passage forms a ball passage 811. The passage partition wall 809 is also largely divided into left and right, and a motor storage space 814 for storing the payout motor 815 is formed inside the divided passage partition wall 809. That is, the payout motor 815 is housed and fixed in a motor housing space 814 that is located at a position avoiding the ball passage (bending passage 803, prize ball passage 810, ball removal passage 811) and within the depth width dimension of the ball passage. Is done. The bent passage 803 is formed in a meandering shape so as to weaken the pressure applied to the sprocket 807 of the spheres staying in the passage 803 and reaches the distribution space 805, but the upstream side of the distribution space 805 An elliptical opening 804 is formed on the bottom surface of the. The opening 804 stores small dust or the like that has entered the bent passage 803, and can collect dust or the like that is collected when the prize ball unit 800 is removed from the main body frame 3.

  Further, in the distribution space 805 described above, a sprocket 807 as a payout member having a plurality of (three in the illustrated example) recesses in which a sphere fits on the outer periphery is rotatably disposed. A bearing cylinder 806 that pivotally supports the other end of the rotary shaft 808 to which the 807 is fixed is formed on the bottom surface of the distribution space 805. Further, the upper end portion of the passage partition wall 809 constituting the bottom portion of the distribution space 805 is formed in a concave arc shape along the rotation arc of the sprocket 807, and in the upstream portion of the prize ball passage 810 formed on one side thereof A payout ball detection sensor 812 is detachably mounted.

  The payout ball detection sensor 812 is a rectangular parallelepiped magnetic sensor in which a circular passage hole through which a ball passes is formed at the front end, and a switch fitting recess 865 that matches the shape of the rear end is provided with a bent passage wall 802. By being formed with, it can be easily attached and detached. A wiring (not shown) from the payout ball detection sensor 812 is connected to a relay board 830 described later. Further, on the downstream side of the bent passage wall 802 constituting the prize ball passage 810, a locking claw that engages with a locking portion 860 formed on a passage lid plate portion 859 formed integrally with the unit sub plate 825. A plurality of 813 are formed. However, among the plurality of locking claws 813, the locking claw 813 that engages with one locking portion 860 at the lower end of the passage lid plate portion 859 is formed on the passage partition wall 809 side.

  In addition, a circular motor storage space 814 for storing the payout motor 815 is formed below the unit base body 801 and between the prize ball passage 810 and the ball removal passage 811. This motor storage space 814 The cylindrical main body of the payout motor 815 is accommodated in the inside. However, the payout motor 815 is fixed to the back side of the aluminum heat radiating plate 841 attached below the unit sub plate 825 with a pair of mounting pieces 816 formed on the front surface thereof with screws 817. Then, in a state where the payout motor 815 is attached to the aluminum heat radiating plate 841 of the unit sub-plate 825, the motor shaft 818 of the payout motor 815 passes through the shaft insertion hole 842 drilled in the aluminum heat radiating plate 841. The gear 843 is fixed.

  In addition, a space in the depth width direction in which the bent passage 803, the prize ball passage 810, and the ball removal passage 811 described above are formed by covering the rear side of the unit base body 801 with the unit sub plate 825 and the aluminum heat sink 841. The cylindrical main body portion of the dispensing motor 815 is also accommodated in the inside. Since the motor storage space 814 for storing the payout motor 815 and the distribution space 805 in which the sprocket 807 described above is arranged are formed in an extremely close positional relationship in the vertical direction, the unit base body 801 in the vertical direction The length can be shortened, and as a result, the prize ball unit 800 can be made compact.

  Further, the unit base body 801 is provided with a guide protrusion 819 that guides the ball extracted at the lowermost end of the above-described ball extraction path 811 to the back side of the prize ball unit 800, and the guide protrusion 819 The guided sphere is guided to a ball outlet connecting passage 880 described later, and finally discharged to the outside of the pachinko machine 1 (a collection basket provided below the island platform). A locking elastic claw 820 that locks the connecting lid member 786 of the above-described ball passage unit 770 protrudes from the upper portion of the unit base body 801, and the prize ball unit 800 is mounted on the shaft support side of the main body frame 3. A mounting boss 823 for connecting the button insertion engagement hole 821 and the hook-shaped engagement portion 824 for removably attaching to the rear wall 546 and the gear cover 866 with the unit base body 801 and the unit sub plate 825 sandwiched therebetween. Is provided.

  The button insertion engagement hole 821 is provided on one side of the upper portion of the unit base body 801 and is attached with a rod-like detachable button 822 slidably in the depth width direction. Corresponds to the locking elastic claw 564 formed on the shaft support side rear wall 546 of the main body frame 3. Further, as shown in FIG. 47, the rear end surface of the button insertion engagement hole 821 has a concave shape so that the distal end portion of the lock elastic claw 564 enters. The hook-shaped engaging portion 824 engages with an engaging protrusion 565 formed on the shaft support side rear wall 546 of the main body frame 3, and presses the prize ball unit 800 against the shaft support side rear wall 546. By pushing down downward, the hook-like engagement portion 824 and the engagement protrusion 565 are engaged. In the engaged state, the lock elastic claw 564 and the button insertion engagement hole 821 are engaged with each other, so that the upward movement of the prize ball unit 800 cannot be performed.

  Note that the hook-shaped engagement portions 824 are formed on the upper left and right of the unit base body 801. A mounting boss 823 for connecting the unit base body 801 and the gear cover 866 with the unit sub-plate 825 sandwiched therebetween is long and protrudes toward the rear surface, and is a through hole formed in the unit sub-plate 825. After passing through 858, the unit base body 801 and the gear cover 866 are coupled with the unit sub-plate 825 sandwiched by fitting the screw 868 from the surface of the gear cover 866 to correspond to the mounting hole 867 of the gear cover 866. doing.

  The configuration of the unit sub-plate 825 that covers the unit base body 801 will be described. The unit sub-plate 825 is a composite that covers the bent passage 803 portion, the distribution space 805 portion, and the prize ball passage 810 portion of the unit base body 801. A payout motor 815 is attached to a resin plate, and an aluminum heat radiating plate 841 that covers the downstream portion of the ball extraction passage 811 is attached. A relay board region 826 for attaching the relay board 830 is formed on the top side (rear side) of the synthetic resin plate portion of the unit sub-plate 825, and a plurality of gears 843, 844, 847 and detection are formed below the relay board area 826. A gear region 840 to which the disk 850 is attached is formed.

  The relay substrate region 826 is formed in a substantially square shape, and mounting ribs 827 for mounting the relay substrate 830 are provided along the square shape. An engagement groove portion 828 that engages with the engagement protrusion 836 is formed, and a locking claw portion 829 that engages with the locking projection portion 837 of the substrate cover 835 is formed at the center of the other side vertical side. The relay board region 826 is formed with a button insertion hole 834 through which the attach / detach button 822 is inserted and an attachment boss part 832 for fixing the relay board 830 with screws (not shown).

  The relay board 830 attached to the relay board area 826 described above includes wiring from the above-described payout ball detection sensor 812, payout motor 815, and sensor 855 described later provided in the prize ball unit 800, and a payout control board 1186 (described below). 25 and 72), a plurality of connectors are provided for this purpose, and a button insertion hole 833 through which the detachable button 822 is inserted and a mounting hole 831 corresponding to the mounting boss portion 832 are provided. And are drilled. Thus, the relay board 830 is mounted on the mounting rib 827 in the relay board area 826, and the mounting hole 831 and the mounting boss portion 832 are aligned with each other and fixed with screws (not shown). It can be fixed to the surface (rear surface) of the plate 825.

  Further, the relay board 830 attached as described above is covered with a board cover 835. The substrate cover 835 is formed in a box shape with a substantially square front side open, and an engagement projection 836 is formed on the upper and lower bases of one vertical side, and a locking projection 837 is formed on the substantially central side of the other vertical side. ing. A button opening 838 and a connection opening 839 are formed on the square vertical surface of the substrate cover 835. Thus, after the engagement protrusion 836 of the substrate cover 835 is inserted into the engagement groove portion 828 of the relay substrate region 826 and engaged, the engagement protrusion 837 and the engagement claw portion 829 are engaged with each other. The relay substrate 830 can be covered with the substrate cover 835. On the other hand, when removing, the latching claw portion 829 is elastically deformed to release the engagement with the latching projection 837 and the substrate cover 835 is pulled diagonally forward to engage the engagement projection 836 and the engagement groove 828. The engagement with can be released. In the state where the substrate cover 835 is covered, the head of the detachable button 822 engaged with the button insertion engagement hole 821 passes through the button insertion holes 833 and 834 and slightly faces the outside from the button opening 838. Yes. Further, the wiring connected to the relay substrate 830 is drawn out from the connection opening 839.

  Next, the gears 843, 844, 847 and the detection disk 850 provided in the gear region 840 formed in the unit sub plate 825 will be described. As described above, the tip of the motor shaft 818 of the payout motor 815 projects through the shaft insertion hole 842 formed in the aluminum heat radiating plate 841 of the unit sub plate 825 and protrudes to the surface (rear side) of the unit sub plate 825. The first gear 843 (drive gear) is fixed to the protruding portion. Above the first gear 843, a second gear 844 (rotation transmission gear) that meshes with the first gear 843 is press-fitted into the back surface (front side) of the gear cover 866 and is formed in the aluminum heat radiating plate 841. A shaft 845, the other end of which is supported in the shaft hole 846, is rotatably provided. Above the second gear 844, a third gear 847 (rotation transmission gear) that meshes with the second gear 844 is a unit sub-plate. A shaft 848 press-fitted into a shaft hole 849 formed in 825 is rotatably provided. Further, above the third gear 847, a detection disk 850 having a gear portion 852 (driven gear) that meshes with the third gear 847 is rotatably provided on a rotary shaft 808 that supports the sprocket 807. .

  As shown in FIG. 55, the tip of the motor shaft 818 is loosely fitted in a receiving hole formed in the gear cover 866. The rotating shaft 808 is supported by being pressed into a bearing cylinder 806 formed on the unit base body 801 and supported at the other end by a bearing hole formed on the gear cover 866. The sprocket 807 is rotatably supported in the distribution space 805 through a shaft through hole 864 formed slightly below the center of the 840, and the detection disk 850 is formed in the space formed by the unit sub plate 825 and the gear cover 866. Is pivotally supported. However, as shown in FIG. 55, since the rear end portion of the sprocket 807 is engaged with the center front surface portion of the detection disk 850, the sprocket 807 and the detection disk 850 are integrated with the rotation shaft 808 as a center. It is designed to rotate. Accordingly, when the dispensing motor 815 is driven to rotate, the rotation is transmitted to rotate the sprocket 807 via the first gear 843, the second gear 844, the third gear 847, and the gear portion 852 of the detection disk 850.

  The outer periphery of the detection disk 850 is formed to be slightly larger than the circle of the gear portion 852, and the outer peripheral portion protruding outward from the gear portion 852 has the same number as the recesses of the sprocket 807 (in the illustrated case). 3) detection notches 851 are formed. The detection notch 851 is detected by a light emitting / receiving sensor 855 (rotational position detecting means) provided on a sensor substrate 854 sandwiched and supported by a substrate mounting portion 857 formed on the surface of the unit sub-plate 825. . The sensor 855 monitors whether or not the sprocket 807 is rotating normally by detecting the number of detection notches 851 within a predetermined interval during the payout operation. If an abnormal rotation is detected by the sensor 855 (mostly a ball-engaged state by the sprocket 807), the sprocket 807 is rotated forward and backward a predetermined number of times to eliminate the abnormal state (for example, the ball-engaged state). It is. Note that the number of balls actually paid out is detected by the payout ball detection sensor 812 provided in the prize ball passage 810 and used for counting. As shown in FIG. 55, the other end side of the sensor substrate 854 is also sandwiched between substrate mounting portions formed on the gear cover 866.

  As described above, of the plurality of gears provided in the gear region 840, only the second gear 844 is rotatably provided on the rotary shaft 845 that is press-fitted to the gear cover 866 side. A mounting hole 867 is formed at a position corresponding to the tip of the mounting boss 823 that protrudes from the unit base body 801 and passes through the through hole 858 of the unit sub-plate 825. The mounting hole 867 and the mounting boss 823 are aligned with each other while meshing the teeth of the second gear 844 provided on the gear cover 866 side with the teeth of the first gear 843 and the third gear 847 provided on the unit sub-plate 825 side. In this state, the base unit body 451 and the gear cover 866 are integrally fixed in a state where the unit sub plate 825 is sandwiched by screwing with the screw 868 from the rear surface of the gear cover 866. Further, on one side surface of the gear cover 866, there is a wiring processing piece 869 that hangs and collects wiring connected to the relay board 830 (for example, wiring connecting the relay board 830 and a payout control board 1186 described later). Projected.

  The configuration of the prize ball unit 800 has been described above. In the state where the unit base body 801, the unit sub-plate 825, the relay board 830, the board cover 835, and the gear cover 866 are assembled, as shown in FIG. The cylindrical main body portion of the payout motor 815 is positioned below the bent passage 803 through which the ball to be taken out is guided. Further, the unit base body 801 includes a sprocket 807 arranged in a ball passage (bending passage 803, prize ball passage 810, ball removal passage 811) and a depth width dimension of the ball passage at a position avoiding the ball passage. A payout motor 815 housed in a motor housing space 814 formed therein, and the rotation of the motor shaft 818 of the payout motor 815 along the non-blocking surface side of the unit sub-plate 825 is rotated by the sprocket 807. A rotation transmission member (first gear 843, second and third gears 844, 847, and a gear portion 852 of the detection disk 850) for transmitting to the shaft 808 is provided, and in the distribution space 805 of the dispensing motor 815 and the bending passage 803. A plurality of gears 843, 844, 84 provided in the gear region 840 on the rear surface of the unit sub-plate 825 with the sprocket 807 serving as a payout member disposed. It has become a consolidated structure to be driven to rotate by 850 (852). That is, the sprocket 807 and the payout motor 815 are accommodated within the depth width of the ball passage (bending passage 803, prize ball passage 810, ball removal passage 811) formed between the unit base body 801 and the unit sub plate 825. In addition, the rotation transmission members (the first gear 843, the second and third gears 844 and 847, and the gear portion 852 of the detection disk 850) that connect the sprocket 807 and the payout motor 815 are connected to the non-blocking surface side of the unit sub-plate 825. Therefore, the prize ball unit 800 can be made thinner than the one in which a payout motor and a part of the sprocket are arranged outside the ball passage.

  In addition, such a prize ball unit 800 has a ball passage (bending passage 803, prize ball passage 810, ball removal passage 811) in the prize ball unit 800 formed in a single passage shape, so Thinning is achieved. That is, unlike the conventional case in which the payout motor 815 is projected to the front side, the rear side or the side of the prize ball unit, Any part of the prize ball unit 800 can be structured not to protrude further rearward. 55, the front end portion of the payout motor 815 is configured to slightly protrude from the rear surface of the unit base body 801. This protruding portion is formed on the shaft support side rear wall 546 as shown in FIG. Since it faces the front portion of the main body frame 3 from the lower discharge motor escape opening 572, as a result, it protrudes by a dimension obtained by subtracting the thickness of the shaft support side rear wall 546 from the protruding dimension. Thus, the amount of protrusion toward the front side relative to the shaft support side rear wall 546 is small. Further, by adopting such a configuration, in the present embodiment, the game board 4 is provided between the pivotal support side rear wall 546 of the main body frame 3 to which the prize ball unit 800 is attached and the back surface of the game board 4. A storage space for storing the rearward protruding portion of the gaming apparatus can be increased in the depth width direction.

  Further, in order to attach the prize ball unit 800 configured as described above to the pivotal support side rear wall 546 of the main body frame 3, as shown in FIG. 47, the hook-shaped engaging portion 824, the engaging protrusion 565, After the alignment, the lower end of the prize ball unit 800 is hooked in the locking groove 573, and the prize ball unit 800 is pivotally supported to engage the hook-like engagement portion 824 and the engagement protrusion 565. The lower side wall 546 is pressed down while being in close contact with the side rear wall 546. At this time, since the lower end portion of the prize ball unit 800 and the locking groove 573 are engaged, and the hook-shaped engaging portion 824 and the engaging protrusion 565 are engaged, the mounting itself is completed. When the prize ball unit 800 is moved upward, the respective engagement states are easily released. To prevent this, the lock elastic claw 564 is engaged with the button insertion engagement hole 821. It is supposed to be.

  That is, the lock elastic claw 564 and the button insertion engagement hole 821 are engaged to prevent the prize ball unit 800 from moving upward in the attached state. In this way, after the prize ball unit 800 is attached, the connecting lid member 786 of the ball path unit 770 is rotated as described above and locked by the locking elastic claw 820, so that the ball path of the ball path unit 770 drops. The downstream end of the passage 772 and the upstream end of the bent passage 803 of the prize ball unit 800 can be communicated with each other through a passage constituted by a pair of passage walls 790. When the prize ball unit 800 is attached, the downstream end of the prize ball passage 810 is connected to the prize ball inlet 927 of the full tank unit 900 described in detail later, and the downstream end of the ball removal path 811 is connected to the ball removal connection path. Connected to the upstream end of 880.

  On the other hand, when the prize ball unit 800 is removed, the engagement by the latching elastic claws 820 is released and the connecting lid member 786 is rotated forward, and then the detachable button 822 is pressed to release the locking elastic claws 564. It is moved to the front side to release the engagement between the lock elastic claw 564 and the button insertion engagement hole 821, and then the prize ball unit 800 is pulled upward with the detachable button 822 pressed, and the prize ball unit 800. By releasing the engagement between the lower end portion of the lens and the locking groove 573 and the engagement between the hook-shaped engagement portion 824 and the engagement protrusion 565 and pulling out the prize ball unit 800 to the front side, Easy to remove.

<Full tank unit>
The full tank unit 900 disposed on the downstream side of the above-described prize ball unit 800 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 56 to 62. 56 is a perspective view showing the relationship between the prize ball unit 800 and the full tank unit 900. FIG. 57 is a perspective view of the full tank unit 900. FIG. 58 is a front view of the full tank unit 900. 59 is an exploded perspective view, FIG. 59 is an exploded perspective view seen from the back of the full tank unit 900, and FIG. 60 is a partially broken perspective view showing the relationship between the full tank unit 900 and the foul port 610, 61 is a cross-sectional view taken along the bottom rocking plate 907 provided in the full tank unit 900, and FIG. 62 is a cross-sectional view showing the relationship between the full tank unit 900 and the foul port 610.

  As described above, the full tank unit 900 is mounted and fixed on the full tank unit mounting portion 531 of the main body frame 3, and as shown in FIG. 901 and a lid body 926 that covers the upper surface of the box main body 901. The box main body 901 is configured such that the sphere that has flowed in from the downstream end of the prize ball passage 810 is guided in a zigzag shape inside and discharged from the outlet 921. Therefore, a side guide passage 902 that guides a sphere that has flowed in from a prize ball inlet 927 formed in the lid 926 to the side from one end to the other end is formed in the upstream portion. A side guide receiving portion 903 formed in a concave arc shape so as to guide the sphere toward the side is provided at one end portion of the side guide passage 902 directly below the prize ball entrance 927, and the side guide passage is provided. A buffer member 904 is provided on the inner surface of the other end of 902 to receive the impact of the sphere flowing through the side guide passage 902 and guide the sphere downstream.

  Further, the ball that collides with the buffer member 904 provided on the inner surface of the other end of the side guide passage 902 is guided to flow in the opposite direction to the flow of the sphere in the side guide passage 902 after changing the direction to the downstream side. A reverse side guide passage 905 is formed. The sphere that has flowed through the reverse side guide passage 905 is then guided to the front guide passage 920 formed forward and the outlet 921 formed at the lower end of the front guide passage 920 of the plate unit 300 described above. Guided to prize ball contact 451.

  By the way, a bottom surface opening 906 is formed on the bottom surface on the upstream side of the reverse side guide passage 905 so as to open over the entire bottom surface, and the bottom surface swing plate 907 is closed so that the bottom surface swinging plate 907 can swing. ing. The bottom surface opening 906 is formed in a substantially square concave shape having an open top surface, and a pair of shaft projections 911 project from the side walls in the front-rear direction when viewed from the front inside. A circular spring mounting recess 912 for positioning the lower end of the spring 913 is formed on the concave bottom surface of the bottom surface opening 906. On the other hand, the bottom rocking plate 907 that closes the bottom surface opening 906 is formed in a substantially square shape, and is semi-circularly supported by being fitted to the shaft support protrusion 911 when viewed from the front on the downstream side of the back surface. A bearing portion 908 is formed to project.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 61, a spring locking projection 910 that locks the upper end of the spring 913 protrudes downward from the center of the back surface of the bottom rocking plate 907. Therefore, the bottom rocking plate 907 is biased in the direction in which the upstream side is always rocked upward by the biasing force of the spring 913. The spring 913 does not swing the bottom rocking plate 907 downward even when the number of normal prize balls paid out (for example, 15) is placed on the bottom rocking plate 907 at a time. A predetermined number of balls equal to or greater than the payout number is formed by a spring member having a spring coefficient that swings downward when placed on the bottom swing plate 907. Further, a detection protrusion 909 protrudes forward on the upstream side of the bottom rocking plate 907. The detection protrusion 909 passes through the communication hole 929 and is positioned in a switch storage space 914 described below when the bearing portion 908 of the bottom rocking plate 907 is fitted and supported on the shaft support protrusion 911. It has become.

  In addition, a switch storage space 914 for storing the full tank switch 916 is integrally formed on the outer side of the upstream end side wall of the reverse side guide passage 905. In order to mount the full switch 916 in the switch storage space 914, a switch mounting portion 918 is formed on the outer surface of the side wall of the upstream end portion of the reverse side guide passage 905 above the switch storage space 914. A mounting piece 917 of the switch holder 915 that holds the full switch 916 is fixed to the portion 918 by a screw 919. The full tank switch 916 is configured as a switch composed of a projector and a light receiver, and detects ON / OFF when the detection protrusion 909 swings up and down between the light receiver and the light projector.

  Further, a foul ball passage 922 is formed on one side downstream of the reverse side guide passage 905. As shown in FIG. 60, the foul ball passage 922 is bent and formed such that the foul ball entrance 923 communicates with the foul port 610 described above and the downstream side communicates with the upstream side of the front guide passage 920. Has been. For this reason, the foul ball taken into the foul port 610 is guided from the foul ball inlet 923 through the bent foul ball passage 922 to the front guide passage 920, and further through the outlet 921 and the prize ball connecting rod 451 to the dish unit. Returned to 300.

  The box main body 901 includes engagement pieces that are engaged with unit engagement grooves 532 formed in the full unit mounting portion 531 on both sides of the outlet 921 and one side of the foul ball inlet 923. A latching projection 925 that engages with a latching piece 928 formed on the lid body 926 is formed while a projection 924 is provided. The latching protrusion 925 is appropriately formed on the upper left and right side walls of the box main body 901.

  On the other hand, the lid 926 is formed in a plate shape so as to cover the upper surfaces of the side guide passage 902, the reverse side guide passage 905, the front guide passage 920, and the foul ball passage 922 of the box main body 901. A square prize ball entrance 927 is opened in the passage 902 at a position corresponding to the upstream end. Further, around the lid 926, a latching piece 928 for engaging with the latching projection 925 of the box main body 901 projects downward.

  In the full tank unit 900 configured as described above, as shown in FIG. 56, the balls paid out from the prize ball passage 810 of the prize ball unit 800 are moved upstream from the prize ball entrance 927 to the side guide passage 902. It enters and is guided toward the side by the side guide receiving portion 903 and collides with the buffer member 904. The sphere colliding with the buffer member 904 is guided in the reverse side guide passage 905 toward the downstream side in the direction opposite to the guide direction of the side guide passage 902 and guided to the front guide passage 920, and the front guide passage 920. From the exit 921 through the prize ball communication rod 451 to the dish unit 300. Further, the foul sphere entered from the foul ball entrance 923 is also weakened by the bent foul ball passage 922 and joined to the front guide passage 920, and passes through the prize ball connecting rod 451 from the outlet 921 of the front guide passage 920. Guided to the dish unit 300.

  In normal times, when the sphere naturally flows in the full tank unit 900, when the sphere moves from the side guide passage 902 to the reverse side guide passage 905, it falls to the bottom rocking plate 907. Since the elastic force of the spring 913 is strong when the number of normal prize balls is paid out, the bottom rocking plate 907 does not rock, and the detection protrusion 909 is a light projecting / receiving method as shown by the solid line in FIG. The full tank switch 916 is placed between the projector and the light receiver, and the switch is not conductive (OFF). On the other hand, when the prize balls are stored in the dish unit 300 and the full tank unit 900 is also filled with balls, the bottom fluctuations formed in the entire upstream area of the front guide path 920 and the reverse side guide path 905 are formed. The bottom rocking plate 907 rocks downward against the biasing force of the spring 913 due to the pressure of the sphere stored on the moving plate 907, and the detection protrusion 909 is projected as shown by the two-dot chain line in FIG. The light receiving full tank switch 916 is disconnected from the light projector and the light receiver, and the switch becomes conductive (ON). When the full tank switch 916 is turned on, the rotational driving of the payout motor 815 of the prize ball unit 800 is stopped (if the ON signal is derived while the predetermined number of prize balls are being paid out, the predetermined number of prize balls). Will be stopped after it has been paid out).

  As described above, in the full tank unit 900, the full tank switch is operated by the bottom rocking plate 907 having a width substantially the same as the width of the bottom of the path of the path through which the ball flows (in the illustrated case, the reverse side guide path 905). 916 is actuated and biased by a biasing member (spring 913) so that the bottom rocking plate 907 swings when a certain amount of balls are placed without swinging due to the normal flow of the balls. Therefore, compared to the conventional case where a ball is placed on the bottom surface of some passages or the like to detect a clogged ball, the placement of the balls in that portion of the passage is not detected due to the clogging. It can be surely prevented. This can reliably detect a full tank.

  Moreover, in the full unit 900 according to the present embodiment, the full unit is formed on the main body frame as in the conventional case because it is detachably attached to the full unit mounting portion 531 of the main body frame 3. It is not necessary to form a passage for a full tank structure in the main body frame as compared with the one assembled in the dispensing passage. Further, by making the inside of the full tank unit 900 a zigzag passage, it is possible to guide to the dish unit 300 while weakening the momentum of the balls paid out from the prize ball passage 810 of the prize ball unit 800. The awarded ball does not jump out of the dish unit 300. Further, in the full tank unit 900 according to the present embodiment, the foul ball passage 922 that guides the foul ball joins the ball in the middle of the front guide passage 920 that pays out the award ball. The foul sphere can be merged without hindering the flow of the sphere.

<Lock device>
Next, the lock device 1000 attached in the vertical direction along the back side edge of the main body frame 3 will be described with reference mainly to FIGS. 63 is a rear perspective view showing the relationship between the lock device 1000 and the main body frame 3, and FIG. 64 is an enlarged side cross-sectional view showing a latching structure of the lock device 1000 to the main body frame 3. FIG. FIG. 66 is a partial cross-sectional view cut in the horizontal direction at a position slightly below the center in the vertical direction of the pachinko machine 1, and FIG. 66 shows a detailed relationship between the lock device 1000 and the side walls 540 and 541 of the main body frame 3. 67 is an enlarged sectional view, FIG. 67 is a side view (A) of the locking device 1000, a perspective view (B) viewed from the front side, and FIG. 68 is a perspective view (A) viewed from the back side of the locking device 1000. ) Are perspective views (B) and (C) of a door frame sliding rod 1040 and a body frame sliding rod 1050 that are slidably provided inside the U-shaped base 1001 of the locking device 1000. FIG. FIG. 70 is an exploded perspective view of the lock device 1000, and FIG. Is a front view for explaining the operation of the body frame for sliding rod 1050, FIG. 71 is a front view for explaining the action of the anti-fraud members 1023,1032.

  The locking device 1000 is attached from the substantially upper end to the lower end of the main body frame 3 along the first side wall 540 on the open side of the main body frame 3, and as shown in FIG. A plurality of (three in the illustrated example) lock locking holes 548 formed in the middle and middle of the upper and lower ends between the rising portions of the first side wall 540 and the upper part of the vertical surface of the first side wall 540 The U-shaped base 1001 of the locking device 1000 described below is supported by the lock mounting hole 547 formed by being cut out in the middle and the lock mounting hole 547 formed near the upper portion of the cylinder lock through hole 526. It is fixed. Therefore, the structure of the lock device 1000 will be described in detail below.

  As shown in FIGS. 67 to 69, the locking device 1000 includes a U-shaped base 1001 as a lock base formed in a U-shaped cross section, and a door frame slidably provided in the U-shaped base 1001. The sliding frame 1040 for the main body, the sliding frame 1050 for the main body frame slidably provided in the U-shaped base 1001, and the sliding frame 1050 for the main body frame cannot be illegally slid. The tamper-proof members 1023 and 1032 are attached to the lower part of the U-shaped base 1001.

  The U-shaped base body 1001 is formed by bending a metal so as to have a U-shaped cross section, and slidably providing a door frame sliding rod 1040 and a body frame sliding rod 1050 therein. The width dimension is extremely thin as compared with a conventional locking device that is concentrated on a base body having an L-shaped cross section. As described above, the size of the game board 4 in the horizontal direction and the vertical direction is greatly increased, and the space surrounded by the side walls 540 to 543 of the main body frame 3 is increased. The mounting structure that allows the locking device 1000 to be attached to the back side of the main body frame 3 by reducing the width dimension of the locking device 1000 according to the present embodiment because the size between the outer periphery and the outer periphery is extremely small. It is because it improved as. And since the open side of the U-shaped cross section of the U-shaped base 1001 is attached so as to face the back surface of the main body frame 3, when the lock device 1000 is attached to the main body frame 3, the door frame is provided inside. The sliding rod 1040 and the body frame sliding rod 1050 have a tamper-proof structure in which the U-shaped base 1001 is completely covered except for the hook portions 1041, 1054, and 1065.

  First, a rectangular hook penetration opening 1002 through which the hook portions 1054 and 1065 of the main body frame sliding rod 1050 pass is opened on the closed side opposite to the open side of the U-shaped base 1001 and on the closed side. Further, a screw fixing portion 1003 protrudes in the horizontal direction at the upper part and the middle of the side surface 1001b (see FIG. 69) that is in close contact with the first side wall 540, and further, the side surface 1001a (not in close contact with the first side wall 540 on the open side) A locking projection 1004 is formed in a protruding manner at the upper end and middle portion of FIG.

  The screw stoppers 1003 and the locking protrusions 1004 are for attaching the locking device 1000 to the back surface of the main body frame 3. The locking protrusions 1004 are inserted into the lock locking holes 548 of the main body frame 3 and moved upward. (See FIG. 64) In this state, since the screw fixing portion 1003 and the lock mounting hole 547 coincide with each other, the locking device 1000 is firmly fixed to the main body frame 3 by screwing a screw (not shown) into the coincident hole. can do. Note that the locking device 1000 is attached not only to the upper and middle screw fixing portions 1003 but also in the vicinity of the screw fixing portion 1003 formed on the lock mounting piece 1008 described later and the cylinder lock through hole 526. The lower part of the lock device 1000 can also be attached by fixing the lock attachment hole 547 with a screw (not shown).

  In addition, when mounting, the locking projections 1004 formed at the upper, middle, and lower three positions on the open side (front part) of the U-shaped base 1001 are inserted into the locking holes 548 for positioning and locking, and the U-shaped Screw fixing portions 1003 formed at two locations on the closed side (rear portion) of the base body 1001 and screw fixing portions 1003 formed on the open side (front portion) of the U-shaped base body 1001 are formed in the lock mounting holes 547. Since the structure is fixed with screws, the front portion of the locking device 1000 is locked by the locking protrusion 1004 and the locking locking hole 548, and the rear portion of the locking device 1000 is fixed by the screw locking portion 1003 and the lock mounting hole 547. In addition, since the lower portion of the locking device 1000 is fixed by the screw fixing portion 1003 and the lock mounting hole 547, the locking device 1000 can be firmly fixed to the main body frame 3 with an extremely simple structure.

  In other words, even when the locking device 1000 is configured by concentrating on the U-shaped base body 1001 having a very small width, the locking device 1000 is fixed to the main body frame 3 by locking and fixing the front portion and the rear portion of the locking device 1000. It can be firmly fixed to. In particular, in the case of the present embodiment, the locking protrusion 1004 constituting the locking structure (or a fixed structure) at the front portion protrudes from the side surface 1001 a that does not adhere to the first side wall 540 of the U-shaped base body 1001. On the other hand, the screw fixing portion 1003 and the screw fixing portion 1003 constituting the fixing structure of the rear portion are formed so as to protrude in the horizontal direction from the side surface 1001b in close contact with the first side wall 540 of the U-shaped base body 1001. Therefore, the locking device 1000 can be fixed to the main body frame 3 so that the locking structure of the front portion is not loosened as compared with the case where the front side locking structure is formed on the side surface 1001b in close contact with the first side wall 540. is there.

  Further, insertion holes 1005 are formed in the upper, middle, and lower portions of both side surfaces 1001a and 1001b of the U-shaped base 1001, and the door frame sliding rod 1040 and the body frame sliding rod 1050 are provided in the U-shaped substrate 1001. The door frame sliding rod 1040 and the body frame sliding rod 1050 are slidably attached to the inside of the U-shaped base 1001 by inserting and crimping the rivet 1006 into the insertion hole 1005 in the stored state. it can. That is, one rivet slot 1042 is formed in each of the upper, middle, and lower portions of the door frame sliding rod 1040 and the upper hook member 1051 and the lower hook member 1052 are respectively formed in the main frame sliding rod 1050. By passing the rivet 1006 through the rivet long holes 1055 and 1061, the door frame sliding rod 1040 can move upward, and the main body frame sliding rod 1050 can move downward. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 68 (B), the rivet 1006 penetrates the lower end of the rivet slot 1055, 1061 of the main body frame sliding rod 1050, and as shown in FIG. A rivet 1006 passes through the upper end of the rivet slot 1042 of the sliding rod 1040.

  Further, a tamper-proof notch 1007 is formed on the closed side of the lower portion of the U-shaped base 1001, and at the front end of the side 1001b in close contact with the first side wall 540 of the body frame 3 on the open side. A lock attaching piece 1008 for attaching the cylinder lock 1010 protrudes laterally, and an insertion vertical opening 1020, a spring locking piece 1021, and a clearance lateral hole 1022 are provided on the side face 1001 b in close contact with the first side wall 540. Each is formed. The fraud prevention notch 1007 is configured such that a stopper piece 1027 of a first fraud prevention member 1023 described later advances and retreats. This will be described in detail later. Further, the front end of the side surface 1001b of the U-shaped base 1001 is arranged so that the lock attachment piece 1008 is positioned below the lower end side of the game board installation recess 510 in a state where the lock device 1000 is attached to the back surface of the main body frame 3. The lock mounting piece 1008 is formed with a lock insertion hole 1009 through which the cylinder lock 1010 penetrates and a mounting hole formed in the lock mounting substrate 1011 of the cylinder lock 1010. Mounting holes 1014 for mounting 1013 with screws 1012 are drilled in two places at the top and bottom, and screw stoppers 1003 for mounting the lower part of the locking device 1000 on the back surface of the main body frame 3 are drilled.

  The insertion vertical opening 1020 is an opening through which the first engagement protrusion 1017 and the second engagement protrusion 1018 of the engagement cam 1016 fixed to the cylinder lock 1010 enter when the cylinder lock 1010 rotates. The spring locking piece 1021 is for locking the spring 1035 provided on the tamper-proof members 1023 and 1032, and the clearance lateral hole 1022 constitutes a clearance hole so as not to obstruct the movement of the connecting pin 1034. It is. This point will be described in detail later.

  The cylinder lock 1010 attached to the above-described lock attachment piece 1008 will be described. The cylinder lock 1010 has a cylindrical cylinder lock body fixed to the front of the lock attachment substrate 1011, and the lock shaft 1015 of the cylinder lock body is the lock attachment substrate. The engagement cam 1016 is fixed to the rear end of the lock shaft 1015 with a screw 1019. The engagement cam 1016 is formed in a boomerang shape, and one end side thereof is a first engagement projection piece 1017 that engages with the lowering engagement hole 1062 of the main body frame sliding rod 1050 when rotating. The side is a second engagement protrusion 1018 that engages with the ascending engagement hole 1045 of the door frame sliding rod 1040 when rotating. The cylinder lock 1010 configured as described above has an attachment hole 1013 and a lock attachment piece 1008 formed at two positions on the lock attachment substrate 1011 by inserting a cylindrical cylinder lock body portion into the lock insertion hole 1009. The cylinder lock 1010 can be fixed to the U-shaped base body 1001 by making the mounting holes 1014 coincide with each other and screwed with screws 1012.

  Next, fraud prevention members 1023 and 1032 attached to the U-shaped base 1001 will be described with reference to FIG. The fraud prevention members 1023 and 1032 are for preventing the body frame sliding rod 1050 from being illegally lowered by, for example, a piano wire or a wire without rotating the cylinder lock 1010 with an official key. . Therefore, each of the anti-tamper members 1023 and 1032 has a structure in which the first anti-tamper member 1023 and the second anti-tamper member 1032 are connected by the connecting pin 1034. The first fraud prevention member 1023 is formed in a vertically long plate shape that is swingable around the swing shaft hole 1025 at the upper end, and the swing shaft hole 1025 is formed inside the U-shaped base body 1001 described above. Of the insertion holes 1005 and rivets 1006 for slidably attaching the door frame sliding rods 1040 and the body frame sliding rods 1050, the lowermost insertion holes 1005 and rivets 1006 are attached.

  Further, the first fraud prevention member 1023 is provided with a vertically long protruding piece insertion hole 1026 that overlaps the insertion vertical opening 1020 on the plate-like surface, and the second engaging protruding piece 1018 is formed in the protruding piece insertion hole 1026. It can be inserted. That is, when the second engagement protrusion 1018 passes through the protrusion insertion hole 1026 and the insertion vertical opening 1020, the upward engagement hole 1045 of the sliding frame 1040 for the door frame provided inside the U-shaped base body 1001. The second engagement protrusion 1018 is engaged. In addition, a slanting portion 1024 is an outline line obliquely above the opening position of the protruding piece insertion hole 1026 of the first fraud prevention member 1023. The inclined portion 1024 contacts the rear surface side of the first engaging protrusion 1017 when the engaging cam 1016 rotates, and the first engaging protrusion 1017 and the inclined portion 1024 are rotated when the engaging cam 1016 rotates. , The first fraud prevention member 1023 swings about the swing shaft hole 1025 (clockwise rotation in FIG. 71B).

  Further, the first fraud prevention member 1023 is provided with a stopper piece 1027 protruding on the outline line obliquely below the protruding piece insertion hole 1026, and a restricting protruding piece 1031 protruding below the stopper piece 1027. A pin hole 1029 and a connecting hole 1030 are formed vertically on the front portion of the restricting protrusion 1031. The stopper piece 1027 enters and engages with the tamper-proof notch 1007 and the engagement notch 1066 of the body frame sliding rod 1050 when the body frame sliding rod 1050 is locked. This is to prevent unauthorized sliding. Further, in the restricting protruding piece 1031, the first tamper-proof member 1023 and the second tamper-proof member 1032 are connected by a spring 1035, and the second tamper-proof member 1032 is biased when connected by the spring 1035. The movement to is restricted. The pin hole 1029 is for fixing the guide pin 1028. With the guide pin 1028 fixed to the pin hole 1029 from the back side of the first fraud prevention member 1023, the guide pin 1028 is inserted into the insertion vertical opening 1020. The first fraud prevention member 1023 is guided along the side surface 1001b of the U-shaped base body 1001 by engaging with a horizontally long opening formed at the lowermost end of the U-shaped body. Further, the connection hole 1030 is for connecting the first fraud prevention member 1023 and the second fraud prevention member 1032 with a connection pin 1034.

  The second tamper-proof member 1032 connected to the first tamper-proof member 1023 is formed of a reverse “te” -shaped plate material, a connection hole 1033 is formed at an upper end, and a spring engagement is formed at the other upper end. A stop hole 1036 is formed, and a contact portion 1037 is provided at the lower end. The connection hole 1033 is for connecting with the connection pin 1034 so as to coincide with the connection hole 1030 of the first fraud prevention member 1023, and one end of the spring locking hole 1036 is a spring locking piece of the U-shaped base body 1001. The other end of the spring 1035 locked to 1021 is locked. Further, the abutting portion 1037 abuts on a closing projection 41 fixed to the inner lower portion of the outer frame 2 when the main body frame 3 is closed. The operation of the first fraud prevention member 1023 and the second fraud prevention member 1032 will be described in detail later.

  Next, the door frame sliding rod 1040 and the body frame sliding rod 1050 which are slidably provided inside the U-shaped base body 1001 will be described. First, the door frame sliding rod 1040 is formed of a vertically long metal plate-like member, and the door frame hook portions 1041 are integrally formed forward and downward at three locations on the upper, middle, and lower sides of the one side. Projected. The door frame hook portion 1041 protrudes forward from the open side when housed in the U-shaped base body 1001, and when the lock device 1000 is fixed to the back surface of the main body frame 3, 3 protrudes forward from a door hook hole 549 (see FIGS. 21 and 22) formed on the door 3 and engages with a hook cover 227 (see FIG. 15) formed on the back surface of the door frame 5. Since the door frame hook portion 1041 has a downward engaging claw shape, the door frame hook portion 1041 and the hook cover 227 are locked with each other by raising the door frame sliding rod 1040. It can be canceled.

  In addition, a vertically long rivet hole 1042 through which the rivet 1006 is inserted is formed at the center of the upper, middle, and lower side surfaces of the door frame sliding rod 1040. A guide projection 1043 is provided below the elongated hole 1042 and at the lowermost end of the door frame sliding rod 1040. The rivet long hole 1042 is a hole through which the rivet 1006 inserted into the insertion hole 1005 of the U-shaped base body 1001 passes, and the rivet 1006 does not interfere with the ascending operation of the door frame sliding rod 1040. It is formed vertically. In the normal state, the rivet 1006 is in contact with the upper end portion of the rivet slot 1042. The guide projection 1043 is inserted into the protruding piece moving holes 1056 and 1064 formed in the upper hook member 1051 and the lower hook member 1052 of the main body frame sliding rod 1050, and the door frame sliding rod 1040 is inserted. And the sliding motion 1050 for the main body frame are guided.

  Further, a spring hook portion 1046 is formed at the upper end portion of the door frame sliding rod 1040, one end of the spring 1048 is locked to the spring hook portion 1046, and the other end of the spring 1048 is the main body frame sliding rod 1050. The upper hook member 1051 is engaged with a spring hook portion 1057. As a result, the door frame sliding rod 1040 is biased downward, and the body frame sliding rod 1050 is biased upward. In the middle of the door frame sliding rod 1040, a contact elastic piece 1047 is formed in a convex shape. This abutting elastic piece 1047 is formed by pressing from one side surface of the door frame sliding rod 1040 with a press, and is in contact with the inner side surface of the U-shaped base body 1001 so as to be internally used for the door frame. This prevents the sliding rod 1040 from rattling.

  Further, a vertically long play hole 1044 and a rising engagement hole 1045 are formed in the side surface of the lower portion of the door frame sliding rod 1040. When the first engagement protrusion 1017 of the engagement cam 1016 is inserted and rotated, the play hole 1044 moves the tip of the first engagement protrusion 1017 so as not to obstruct the rotation operation. It constitutes a space. Further, when the second engagement protrusion 1018 of the engagement cam 1016 is inserted and rotated, the rising engagement hole 1045 is engaged so that the door frame sliding rod 1040 is raised by the rotation operation. Is to do. A clearance notch 1049 that is a larger notch in the vertical direction than the fraud prevention notch 1007 is formed at the rear of the lower part of the vertical side of the door frame sliding rod 1040. The escape notch 1049 is formed so as not to interfere with the stopper piece 1027 of the first tamper-proof member 1023 so as to be surely engaged with the tamper-proof notch 1007 and the engagement notch 1066.

  On the other hand, the body frame sliding rod 1050 includes an upper hook member 1051 made of a metal plate, a lower hook member 1052 made of a metal plate, a connecting wire rod 1053 that connects the upper hook member 1051 and the lower hook member 1052, and It is composed of That is, the main body frame sliding rod 1050 is not composed of a single vertically long metal plate as in the prior art, but the upper hook member 1051 having the hook portions 1054 and 1065 and the lower hook member 1052 are made of metal. A plate member made of metal is formed by pressing, and the metal upper hook member 1051 and lower hook member 1052 are connected by a thin metal connecting wire rod 1053. Therefore, the door frame sliding rod 1040 and the body frame sliding rod 1050 can be efficiently stored in the narrow space of the U-shaped base 1001.

  By the way, the upper hook member 1051 is provided with a hook portion 1054 projecting rearward from the upper end portion thereof, and a rivet long hole 1055 and a projecting piece moving hole 1056 are formed on the plate surface portion. A spring hook portion 1057 and a connecting hole 1058 are formed at the lower end of the vertical side, and contact portions 1059 are formed at the upper and lower sides thereof. The hook portion 1054 penetrates the hook penetration opening 1002 above the U-shaped base body 1001 and engages with a closing projection 38 provided on the inner side on the open side of the outer frame 2. Is formed.

  The rivet slot 1055 corresponds to the rivet slot 1042 formed in the upper part of the door frame sliding rod 1040, and in a normal state in which the rivet 1006 is penetrated through the rivet slot 1055. The rivet 1006 penetrates the lowermost end portion of the rivet slot 1055. Thereby, the upper hook member 1051 can move downward. As described above, the guide piece 1043 above the door frame sliding rod 1040 is inserted into the protruding piece moving hole 1056 so that the door frame sliding rod 1040 and the main body frame sliding rod 1050 move relative to each other. Is to guide you. The spring hook portion 1057 is for locking the other end of the spring 1048 as described above. The connecting hole 1058 is inserted by bending the upper end of the connecting wire rod 1053. Further, when the abutting portion 1059 is housed in the U-shaped base 1001, the abutting portion 1059 comes into contact with the inner side wall of the U-shaped base 1001, and the upper hook member 1051 is smoothly moved without rattling. It is for doing so.

  On the other hand, the lower hook member 1052 is provided with a hook portion 1065 protruding rearward at the lower end portion thereof, and protrudes from the upper portion to the lower portion of the plate surface portion with the elongated rivet hole 1061, the lower engagement hole 1062, and the play hole 1063. One moving hole 1064 is sequentially formed, a connecting hole 1060 is formed at the upper end of the front vertical side, and an engagement notch 1066 is formed at the lower part of the rear vertical side. A contact portion 1067 is formed. The hook portion 1065 penetrates the hook penetration opening 1002 below the U-shaped base body 1001 and engages with a closing protrusion 41 provided on the lower part on the open side of the outer frame 2. Is formed. The rivet slot 1061 corresponds to the rivet slot 1042 formed in the lower part of the door frame sliding rod 1040. In a normal state where the rivet 1006 is passed through the rivet slot 1061, The rivet 1006 is in a state of penetrating the lowermost end portion of the rivet long hole 1061.

  As a result, the lower hook member 1052 can move downward. When the first engagement protrusion 1017 of the engagement cam 1016 is inserted and rotated, the lowering engagement hole 1062 is engaged so that the main body frame sliding rod 1050 is lowered by the rotation operation. belongs to. Further, the play hole 1063 has a tip portion of the second engagement protrusion 1018 that does not interfere with the rotation operation when the second engagement protrusion 1018 of the engagement cam 1016 is inserted and rotated. It constitutes a space that can move. As described above, the guide piece 1043 below the door frame sliding rod 1040 is inserted into the projecting piece moving hole 1064 so that the door frame sliding rod 1040 and the main body frame sliding rod 1050 move relative to each other. Is to guide you. Further, the connecting hole 1060 is inserted by bending the lower end of the connecting wire rod 1053. Further, when the abutting portion 1067 is housed in the U-shaped base 1001, the abutting portion 1067 comes into contact with the inner side wall of the U-shaped base 1001 so that the sliding operation of the lower hook member 1052 is smooth and smooth. It is for making.

  The members constituting the locking device 1000 have been described above. To attach the locking device 1000, the upper hook member 1051 and the lower hook member 1052 of the main body frame sliding rod 1050 are connected by the connecting wire rod 1053. In this state, the guide protrusion 1043 of the door frame sliding rod 1040 is inserted into the protrusion moving holes 1056 and 1064 of the upper hook member 1051 and the lower hook member 1052, and the rivet long hole 1042 and the rivet length The holes 1055 and 1061 are aligned and overlapped, and in the overlapped state, the hook portion 1054 of the upper hook member 1051 and the hook portion 1065 of the lower hook member 1052 are passed through the hook penetration opening 1002 of the U-shaped base body 1001. However, the door frame sliding rod 1040 and the body frame sliding rod 1050 are placed in the U-shaped space of the U-shaped base body 1001. You type. Thereafter, the rivet 1006 is inserted from the insertion hole 1005.

  At this time, the rivet 1006 is inserted so as to pass through the rivet slots 1055, 1061, 1042. However, when the lowermost rivet 1006 is inserted, it is necessary to insert the rivet 1006 also into the swing shaft hole 1025 of the first fraud prevention member 1023 and attach the first fraud prevention member 1023 to the U-shaped base body 1001 at the same time. Before attaching the first fraud prevention member 1023 to the U-shaped base 1001, the first fraud prevention member 1023 and the second fraud prevention member 1032 are connected by the connection pin 1034 and the guide pin 1028 is illustrated in the pin hole 1029. The guide pin 1028 needs to be inserted into the lowermost opening of the insertion vertical opening 1020.

  Furthermore, with the rivet 1006, the door frame sliding rod 1040 and the body frame sliding rod 1050 are housed and fixed in the U-shaped base 1001, and the spring 1048 is spanned between the spring hook portions 1046 and 1057, The frame sliding rod 1040 and the body frame sliding rod 1050 are biased in opposite directions, and further, the spring 1035 is stretched over the spring locking pieces (holes) 1021 and 1036, and the second fraud prevention member 1032. Is in contact with the restricting protrusion 1031. Thereafter, the cylindrical main body portion of the cylinder lock 1010 is inserted into the lock insertion hole 1009 of the lock attachment piece 1008, and the cylinder lock 1010 is fixed to the attachment hole 1014 with the screw 1012. At this time, the tip end portion of the first engagement projection piece 1017 of the engagement cam 1016 is slightly inserted outside the inclined portion 1024 and into the insertion vertical opening 1020, and the second engagement projection piece 1018 of the engagement cam 1016 is inserted. The cylinder lock 1010 is attached to the lock attachment piece 1008 so that the tip portion is slightly inserted into the protruding piece insertion hole 1026 and the insertion vertical opening 1020 of the first fraud prevention member 1023.

  In order to attach the lock device 1000 assembled as described above to the back surface of the main body frame 3, as described above, the door frame hook portion 1041 of the door frame sliding rod 1040 is formed on the main body frame 3. While being inserted into the hook hole 549, the locking projection 1004 protruding in a hook shape is inserted into the locking locking hole 548 of the main body frame 3 and moved upward, and in this state the screw fixing portion 1003 and screw fixing protruding horizontally By aligning the portion 1003 with the lock mounting hole 547 and screwing a screw (not shown) into the matched hole, the lock device 1000 can be firmly fixed to the back surface of the main body frame 3 as shown in FIG. . In particular, in the case of the present embodiment, the locking projection 1004 constituting the locking structure of the front portion is formed to protrude from the side surface 1001a that does not adhere to the first side wall 540 of the U-shaped base body 1001, while the rear portion Since the screw fixing part 1003 and the screw fixing part 1003 constituting the fixing structure of the U-shaped base 1001 are formed so as to protrude in the horizontal direction from the side surface 1001b in close contact with the first side wall 540 of the U-shaped base body 1001, Compared to the case where the locking structure is formed on the side surface 1001b that is in close contact with the first side wall 540, the locking device 1000 can be fixed to the main body frame 3 so that the backlash does not occur.

  By the way, the operation of the lock device 1000 attached to the back surface of the main body frame 3 will be described with reference to FIGS. First, the opening / closing operation of the main body frame 3 and the opening / closing operation of the door frame 5 will be described with reference to FIG. In the state where the main body frame 3 is closed with respect to the outer frame 2 and the door frame 5 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3, as shown in FIG. The hook portions 1054 and 1065 of the main body frame sliding rod 1050 are locked, and the door frame hook portion 1041 of the door frame sliding rod 1040 and the hook cover 227 of the door frame 5 are locked. Yes. In this state, when a key (not shown) is inserted into the cylinder lock 1010 and the first engagement protrusion 1017 of the engagement cam 1016 is rotated in a direction to enter the insertion vertical opening 1020, as shown in FIG. The tip of the first engagement protrusion 1017 engages with the lower engagement hole 1062 of the main body frame sliding rod 1050 to push the lower hook member 1052 downward against the urging force of the spring 1048. The connecting wire rod 1053 and the upper hook member 1051 which are connected are also pushed down and lowered. For this reason, since the locking projections 38, 41 of the outer frame 2 and the hook portions 1054, 1065 of the main body frame sliding rod 1050 are released, the main body frame 3 is pulled by pulling the main body frame 3 to the front side. 3 can be opened to the outer frame 2.

  When the main body frame 3 is closed, the hook portions 1054 and 1065 are lifted by the urging force of the spring 1048 (the same lifted position as in the state shown in FIG. 70A). , 1065 is inclined downward toward the outer side, so that the upper side inclined portion of the hook portions 1054, 1065 is forced into the closing projections 38, 41 by forcibly pressing the main body frame 3 against the outer frame 2. Since the main body frame sliding rod 1050 is lowered downward, the upward claw portions of the hook portions 1054 and 1065 and the closing projections 38 and 41 are locked again. The body frame sliding rod 1050 rises and returns to the locked state.

  On the other hand, when a key (not shown) is inserted into the cylinder lock 1010 and the second engagement protrusion 1018 of the engagement cam 1016 is rotated in a direction to enter the insertion vertical opening 1020, as shown in FIG. The front end of the two engaging protrusions 1018 engages with the ascending engagement hole 1045 of the door frame sliding rod 1040 and pushes the door frame sliding rod 1040 upwardly against the urging force of the spring 1048. For this reason, since the hook state 227 of the door frame 5 and the door frame hook portion 1041 of the door frame sliding rod 1040 are released, the door frame 5 is pulled by pulling the door frame 5 to the front side. The main frame 3 can be opened.

  When the door frame 5 is closed, the door frame hook portion 1041 is lowered by the urging force of the spring 1048 (the same lowered position as in the state shown in FIG. 70A). Since the lower side of the hook portion 1041 for the slope is inclined upward toward the outside, the lower side slope portion of the door frame hook portion 1041 is hooked to the hook cover 227 by forcibly pressing the door frame 5 against the main body frame 3. The door frame sliding rod 1040 rises upward, and finally the downward claw portion of the door frame hook portion 1041 and the hook cover 227 are locked again. The sliding rod 1040 moves down and returns to the locked state. The door frame sliding rod 1040 according to the present embodiment is formed to have substantially the same length as the entire length of the U-shaped base 1001, and the U-shaped base 1001 is substantially the side surface in the vertical direction of the main body frame 3. The door frame hook portion 1041 that is attached over the entire length and that is a locking portion with the door frame 5 is formed at three locations of the upper end portion, the center portion, and the lower end portion of the door frame sliding rod 1040. For this reason, the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3 are securely locked in the entire length in the vertical direction, and an illegal act of forcibly opening the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3 and inserting an unauthorized tool such as a piano wire from there There is also the advantage that it cannot be done.

  As described above, the lock device 1000 according to this embodiment releases the lock of the main body frame 3 with respect to the outer frame 2 by rotating the key inserted into the cylinder lock 1010 in one direction, and rotates in the other direction. By doing so, locking of the door frame 5 with respect to the main body frame 3 can be cancelled | released. In this case, an illegal act of hooking a piano wire or the like on the hook portions 1054 and 1065 of the main body frame sliding rod 1050 without inserting the key into the cylinder lock 1010 and lowering it may be performed. Are not allowed to perform such cheating. The first structure for preventing such fraud is a lock mechanism composed of a first fraud prevention member 1023 and a second fraud prevention member 1032, and the second fraud prevention structure is a U-shaped base 1001. The door frame sliding rod 1040 and the body frame sliding rod 1050 are accommodated in the closed space.

  First, the operation of the lock mechanism, which is the first fraud prevention structure, will be described with reference to FIG. First, in a state where the outer frame 2 and the main body frame 3 are closed, as shown in FIG. 71 (A), the closing projection 41 of the outer frame 2 and the contact portion 1037 of the second fraud prevention member 1032 are It is in a contact state. In this state, the first tamper-proof member 1023 is rotated counterclockwise by the biasing force of the spring 1035 so that the stopper piece 1027 enters the tamper-proof notch 1007 and the stopper piece 1027 is tamper-proof notch. The main body frame sliding rod 1050 at a position corresponding to 1007 is engaged with an engagement notch 1066 formed on the lower hook member 1052. Therefore, even if the piano wire or the like is hooked onto the main body frame sliding rod 1050 and pulled down, the stopper piece portion 1027 and the engagement notch portion 1066 are engaged. Unauthorized pulling down (unlocking) becomes impossible, and an illegal act of opening the main body frame 3 cannot be performed.

  On the other hand, when the main body frame 3 is normally unlocked by inserting the key into the cylinder lock 1010, the first engagement protrusion of the engagement cam 1016 is rotated by rotating the key as shown in FIG. The piece 1017 is rotated so as to enter the insertion vertical opening 1020. When the first engagement protrusion 1017 is rotated, the inclined portion 1024 of the first fraud prevention member 1023 and the side surface of the first engagement protrusion 1017 come into contact with each other. The stopper piece 1027 starts to rotate around the angle 1025 in the clockwise direction shown in the figure, and the stopper piece 1027 also moves away from the tamper-proof cutout 1007. For this reason, the engagement between the stopper piece 1027 and the engagement notch 1066 is released. At this time, the second fraud prevention member 1032 is in a position where the spring 1035 is extended and the contact portion 1037 is retracted. When the engagement cam 1016 is further rotated in this state and the first engagement protrusion 1017 is also rotated, the tip of the first engagement protrusion 1017 is engaged with the lower engagement hole 1062 of the lower hook member 1052. Since the entire body frame sliding rod 1050 is lowered, the locking state between the hook portions 1054 and 1065 and the closing projections 38 and 41 of the outer frame 2 is released, and the main body frame 3 is attached to the outer frame 2. Can be opened.

  Note that when the main body frame 3 is closed with respect to the outer frame 2, the second fraud prevention member 1032 is in contact with the restriction protrusion 1031, and thus the first fraud prevention member 1023 and the second fraud prevention member The positional relationship with 1032 is substantially the same as the state shown in FIG. When the main body frame 3 is closed in this state, the closing projection 41 of the outer frame 2 and the contact portion 1037 of the second fraud prevention member 1032 contact from the front, and finally the state shown in FIG. 71 (A) is obtained. . For this reason, the first fraud prevention member 1023 and the second fraud prevention member 1032 do not get in the way when the main body frame 3 is closed. In the present embodiment, the first tamper-proof member 1023 and the second tamper-proof member 1032 prevent only the lowering operation of the main body frame sliding rod 1050 from being illegally performed. If the frame sliding rod 1050 is opened improperly, the door frame sliding rod 1040 can be easily opened manually after being released, and the illegal act of raising the sliding rod with a piano wire or the like is practically difficult to perform. For this reason, it has been devised to prevent unauthorized operation of the body frame sliding rod 1050.

  Even in the lock mechanism that is the first tamper-proof structure described above, it is impossible to disable the function of the lock mechanism by swinging the first tamper-proof member 1023 with a piano wire or the like. Absent. Therefore, assuming that the lock function of the lock mechanism is disabled by an unauthorized action, in the present embodiment, in the state where the lock device 1000 is attached to the main body frame 3, the door frame provided inside is used. Since the sliding rod 1040 and the body frame sliding rod 1050 are housed in the closed space of the U-shaped base 1001 except for the hook portions 1041, 1054, and 1065, they are completely covered. Even if an attempt is made to pull down the main body frame sliding rod 1050 provided inside the closed space of the U-shaped base body 1001 by inserting a piano wire or the like, the both sides 1001a and 1001b of the U-shaped base body 1001 close the closed space Since the intrusion is prevented, fraudulent acts cannot be easily performed.

  As described above in detail, the lock device 1000 according to the present embodiment has an extremely thin U-shaped base 1001 for a door frame, compared with a lock device whose lateral width is concentrated on a conventional L-shaped base. The sliding hook 1040 and the main body frame sliding hook 1050 are slidably provided, and the mounting position of the cylinder lock 1010 for operating the locking device 1000 to the U-shaped base 1001 is lower than the lower end side of the game board. Therefore, even if the size of the game board 4 in the horizontal direction and the vertical direction is extremely large and the space surrounded by the side walls 540 to 543 of the main body frame 3 is increased, the lock device 1000 can be 3 can be firmly attached to the back side. And since it is attached so that the open side of the U-shaped cross section faces the back surface of the main body frame 3, when the lock device 1000 is attached to the main body frame 3, the door frame sliding rod 1040 provided inside and the main body Since the frame sliding rod 1050 is completely covered with the U-shaped base body 1001 except for the hook portions 1041, 1054, and 1065, a main body provided inside by inserting a piano wire or the like. Unauthorized acts such as lowering the frame sliding rod 1050 cannot be easily performed.

  Further, when the locking device 1000 is attached, the locking protrusions 1004 formed at the upper, middle, and lower three positions on the open side (front portion) of the U-shaped base 1001 are inserted into the locking holes 548 to be positioned and locked. Since the screw fixing portions 1003 and the screw fixing portions 1003 formed at the upper, middle, and lower portions of the closed side (rear portion) of the U-shaped base 1001 are fixed to the lock mounting holes 547 with screws, the locking device 1000 The front portion of the lock device is locked by the locking protrusion 1004 and the lock locking hole 548, and the rear portion of the locking device 1000 is fixed by the screw fixing portion 1003 and the screw fixing portion 1003 and the lock mounting hole 547, so that the structure is extremely simple. The locking device 1000 can be firmly fixed to the main body frame 3.

  In the embodiment described above, the screw fixing portion 1003 formed in the lock mounting piece 1008 and the upper portion of the cylinder lock through hole 526 of the main body frame 3 are formed as a structure for screwing the lower portion of the U-shaped base 1001. However, instead of this, a screw 1012 for attaching the cylinder lock 1010 to the lock attachment piece 1008 is used, and the tip of the screw 1012 penetrates the lock attachment piece 1008. The structure may be such that the lock mounting holes to be screwed are formed above and below the cylinder lock through hole 526. Further, even if the lower portion of the U-shaped base body 1001 is not screwed, the locking device 1000 can be attached to the back surface of the main body frame 3 only by fixing the screwing portion 1003 and the lock mounting hole 547 at the rear portion of the locking device 1000. It is confirmed that it is firmly fixed.

  In the above-described embodiment, the door frame sliding rod 1040 and the body frame sliding rod 1050 are completely covered with the U-shaped base body 1001 having the left and right side surfaces 1001a and 1001b. The door frame sliding rod 1040 and the main body frame sliding rod 1050 are slidably mounted on the opposite side surface 1001a not in close contact with the first side wall 540 with a rivet or the like, and the side surface 1001b in close contact with the first side wall 540 The L-shaped base (lock base) is omitted, and the door frame sliding rod 1040 and the main body frame are formed in a closed space formed by the side surface 1001a and the first side wall 540 of the L-shaped base (lock base). It is good also as a structure which accommodates the sliding rod 1050. FIG. Even in this case, the same mounting structure and tamper-proof structure as in the embodiment can be obtained.

<Board unit>
Next, the substrate unit 1100 that is attached to the lower part of the back surface of the main body frame 3 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 72 and 73. 72 is a perspective view of the substrate unit 1100 as viewed from the back side, and FIG. 73 is a perspective view of the substrate unit 1100 as viewed from the front side.

  The substrate unit 1100 is attached to a plurality of holder mounting holes 527 (see FIGS. 22 and 24) formed in the lower portion of the back surface of the main body frame 3, and as shown in the figure, the frame unit is made of synthetic resin. The board holder 1101 is configured by attaching various boards such as a door relay board, a power board box 1103, a terminal board box 1104, a payout control board box 1105, a main drawer relay board, and a sub drawer relay board. Among the above boards, the door relay board, the power board box 1103, the terminal board box 1104, and the payout control board box 1105 are attached to the rear side of the frame board holder 1101 in the front-rear direction, and are attached to the main drawer relay board The auxiliary drawer relay board is attached to the front side of the frame board holder 1101. A shield plate is attached to the back surface of the payout control board box 1105 to prevent the influence of electromagnetic waves from a power supply board or the like, and the main drawer relay board and the sub drawer relay board are covered with a board cover 1109. Attached.

  First, the frame substrate holder 1101 is formed of a synthetic resin in a horizontally long shape, and as shown in the drawing, a wiring opening 1124 is formed on one side of the rear surface side. A recess for a relay board for attaching the door relay board to the door is formed. At both the left and right sides and the lower side of the frame substrate holder 1101, attachment pieces 1122 for attaching the substrate unit 1100 to the main body frame 3 are projected outward, and the attachment pieces 1122 are attached to the attachment hole portions of the main body frame 3. The board unit 1100 is attached to the lower part of the back surface of the main body frame 3 by fastening with screws (not shown) corresponding to 527 (see FIG. 22). As shown in FIG. 24, the attachment hole 527 is formed with an outer peripheral wall that matches the outer shape of the attachment piece 1122. Furthermore, a wiring latching piece 1123 for locking the wiring is formed on the outside of the side wall on the other end side (right side in FIG. 73) of the frame substrate holder 1101.

  Further, an out-sphere passage 1119 is formed in an inverted L shape substantially at the center of the front side of the frame substrate holder 1101. The out ball passage 1119 is formed broadly at the upper side so as to correspond to the out port 606 (see FIG. 31), the downstream side of the ball discharge passage 524 (see FIG. 22), and the drop port 629 (see FIG. 29). The downstream side is formed narrow so that the spheres are discharged in a row. Therefore, when the board unit 1100 is attached to the main body frame 3, as shown in FIG. 25, the wide upstream portion of the out ball passage 1119 is positioned behind the passage support protrusion 513 that supports the lower surface of the out port 606. ing. Then, an out ball, a winning ball, or a ball without ball is discharged from the downstream end of the out ball passage 1119 toward the outside of the pachinko gaming machine (generally, an island recovery basket).

  The board cover 1109 includes a main drawer relay connector 1200 and a payout control board connector 1201 provided on the main drawer relay board, and a sub drawer relay connector 1202 and a door frame connector 1203 provided on the sub drawer relay board. A rectangular connector opening for projecting outward is formed.

  The payout control board box 1105 includes a box main body to which a horizontally long rectangular payout control board is fixed, and a cover body that is attached to the box main body and covers the surface of the payout control board. The box main body and the cover body are engaged with each other on one side, and are fixed to the other side by caulking with a separation cutting portion 1183. Thus, in order to separate the box main body and the cover body, the separation cannot be performed unless the separation cutting portion 1183 is cut. However, caulking and fixing in the separation / cutting portion 1183 may be performed by caulking any one of a plurality of locations (in the illustrated case, four locations indicated by numerals 1 to 4) with a caulking member. If necessary, it can be done up to 3 times. Of course, in the case of illegal separation, a cut trace remains, so that it is possible to immediately know whether there has been an illegal act.

<Cover body>
Next, the cover body 1250 will be described with reference to FIGS. 6, 24, and 28. The cover body 1250 covers the rear surface opening 580 of the main body frame 3, and is inserted from above into a cover body supporting cylinder portion 575 formed on one side of the back surface of the main body frame 3 at one of the upper, middle, and lower sides on one side. A shaft support pin 1251 is formed, and an engagement piece 1252 that engages with a cover body engagement groove 785 formed in the spherical passage unit 770 is formed at substantially the center of the other side. Thus, by inserting the shaft support pin 1251 of the cover body 1250 into the cover body support cylinder portion 575, the cover body 1250 is pivotally supported by the main body frame 3 so as to be freely opened and closed, and the engagement piece 1252 is inserted into the cover body engagement groove 785. By locking, the cover body 1250 can be closed to the main body frame 3, and the back of various components provided on the game board 4 can be protected. In the case of releasing, the engagement between the engagement piece 1252 and the cover body engagement groove 785 may be released.

  Further, in the cover body 1250 in the illustrated case, a locking hole 1253 is formed on the upper and lower sides of the engagement piece 1252 on the open side, and a locking protruding hook piece 570 protruding from the locking wall 569 of the main body frame 3 is provided. A through hole 1254 to be penetrated is formed, and although not shown in detail, a connection operation opening 1255, a standing wall, an abutting protrusion, and a reinforcing rib are formed in the same manner as a cover body 1270 according to a second embodiment described below. Has been. The connection operation opening 1255, the standing wall, the contact protrusion, and the reinforcing rib are provided at the same position as the connection operation opening 1283, the standing wall 1284, the contact protrusion 1285, and the reinforcing rib 1286 of the cover body 1270 according to the second embodiment. Have the same function. Then, in a state where the cover body 1250 is closed, the stop hole 1253 of the cover body 1250 and the stop hole 568 on the main body frame 3 side are matched and fixed with a screw (not shown), whereby the cover body 1250 is attached to the main body frame 3. The rear opening 580 can be closed and fixed. Since the locking protrusion 570 passes through the through hole 1254 of the cover body 1250 with the cover body 1250 closed with respect to the main body frame 3, for example, a lock such as a padlock is locked. The cover body 1250 can be opened only by the person in charge having the padlock key.

<Detailed configuration of game board>
A detailed configuration of the game board 4 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 74 to 82. 74 is a front view of the game board 4, FIG. 75 is a perspective view of the game board 4 viewed from an oblique front, and FIG. 76 is a perspective view of the game board 4 viewed from an oblique rear. 77 is a cross-sectional view taken along line AA in FIG. 74, FIG. 78 is a cross-sectional view taken along line BB in FIG. 74, and FIG. 80 is an exploded perspective view, FIG. 80 is an exploded perspective view of the exploded view of FIG. 79 viewed obliquely from the rear, and FIG. 81 is an exploded view of the front components and the game panel mainly constituting the game board 4. FIG. 82 is an exploded perspective view as seen from diagonally forward, and FIG. 82 is an exploded perspective view of FIG. 81 as seen from diagonally backward.

  As shown in FIGS. 74 and 75, the game board 4 in the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment has an outer rail 602 and an inner rail 603, and the player operates the operation handle portion 461 (see FIG. 2). The frame-shaped front component member 601 that defines and forms the outer periphery of the game area 605 into which a game ball as a game medium is to be placed, and the front component member 601 are arranged so as to close the frame of the front component member 601 on the rear side. Plate-like game panel 599, a back box 621 attached to the rear side of the game panel 599, and a liquid crystal display device as an effect display means capable of detachably supported on the rear side of the back box 621 and displaying a predetermined effect image The rear unit 2000 having at least 640 and the main control board box 624 (see FIG. 76) are fixed to the rear side of the gaming panel 599, which covers the lower part of the rear unit 200 and covers the lower part. And a board substrate holder 623.

  The game area 605 in the game board 4 includes a center accessory unit 1700 disposed substantially at the center thereof, and a front left side member 1500L and a front right side member 1500R disposed on both the left and right sides in the game area 605. A front side member 1500 and an arcuate start port unit 1600 disposed substantially along the lower outer periphery in the game area 605 are provided. In the game area 605, a chucker 1510 that allows a game ball to pass is disposed closer to the center than the front left side member 1500L and the front right side member 1500R. In addition, a special symbol display 1530 including a plurality of LEDs and two 7-segment LEDs arranged in an arc shape along the outer periphery of the game area 605 is provided on the right side of the game area 605 in the front component 601. ing.

  Although details will be described later, the center accessory unit 1700 has a specific game area 1703 in which the game ball can roll toward the specific entrance 1823b, and the entry of the game ball into the specific game area 1703 A winning opening 1702 serving as a mouth is provided.

  The start port unit 1600 is capable of receiving a game ball, and is disposed immediately above the out port 606 between the two first start ports 1602 and the two first start ports 1602 that are disposed at predetermined intervals in the left-right direction. The second starting port 1604 is provided. The pair of movable pieces 1740a of the center accessory unit 1700 are expanded by receiving the game balls to the first start port 1602 and the second start port 1604, and the game balls can be received to the winning port 1702. It is like that. The second start opening 1604 of the start opening unit 1600 is provided with a pair of movable pieces 1606, and the pair of movable pieces 1606 is provided for a predetermined time according to a normal lottery result drawn by passing a game ball through the chucker 1510. By expanding, the winning probability of the game ball to the second starting port 1604 can be changed. The start opening unit 1600 is also provided with a general winning opening 1520 that is disposed between the left and right first start openings 1602 and the second start openings 1604 and that can receive game balls.

  As shown in FIG. 74, on the special symbol display 1530, the first special symbol for displaying the first special lottery result drawn in response to the start winning of the game ball to the first starting port 1602 in the starting port unit 1600 is displayed. A display 1532 and a second special symbol display 1540 for displaying a second special lottery result that is drawn in response to the start winning of the game ball at the second start opening 1604 in the start opening unit 1600 are provided. . Further, the special symbol display 1530 has a normal symbol display 1536 for displaying a normal symbol corresponding to a normal lottery result that is drawn by passing a game ball through the chucker 1510, and the game ball is a chucker in the normal symbol display 1536. Normal symbol hold display that displays the number of holds that the normal symbol of the normal lottery result related to the passage of the chucker 1510 is held when the normal symbol related to the normal lottery result that is drawn by passing 1510 cannot be displayed A vessel 1538 is also provided.

  In addition, when the first special symbol indicating the first special lottery result corresponding to the start winning to the first starting port 1602 cannot be displayed on the first special symbol display 1532, the first special relating to the starting winning is displayed. A first special symbol hold indicator that displays the number of holds on which the symbol display has been held, and a second special lottery result that indicates the second special lottery result corresponding to the start winning to the second start port 1604 in the second special symbol indicator 1540 There is also a gaming machine equipped with a second special symbol hold indicator for holding the display of the second special symbol related to the start winning when the two special symbols cannot be displayed and displaying the number of holds.

  However, in this embodiment, even if the start winning is awarded when the first special symbol suggesting the first special lottery result cannot be displayed, the starting winning is invalidated (that is, the acquired random number is discarded). Similarly, even if a start prize is awarded when the second special symbol suggesting the second special lottery result cannot be displayed, the start prize is invalidated (that is, the acquired random number is discarded).

  In the first special lottery, the movable piece 1740a of the center accessory unit 1700 is opened only once for a predetermined time (2 seconds in this embodiment), and the movable piece 1740a One of the first special lottery results is selected among “big hit” as an advantageous gaming state that opens and closes in a predetermined pattern, and when the movable piece 1740a is in the open state, a game ball to the winning opening 1702 Can be won.

  In the second special lottery, the movable piece 1740a is opened only once for a predetermined time (in this embodiment, 2 seconds), and the first small hit, and the movable piece 1740a is twice for a predetermined time ( In this embodiment, the second special lottery result is drawn in a lottery state between “second small hit” that is in the open state for two seconds and “big hit” in which the movable piece 1740a opens and closes in a predetermined pattern. Thus, when the movable piece 1740a is in an open state, a game ball can be won in the winning opening 1702.

  In the present embodiment, there are two special symbols, the first special symbol and the second special symbol. However, the present invention is not limited to this.

  In the normal lottery, if the result of the normal lottery is “winning”, the normal symbol indicating the “winning” is displayed on the normal symbol display 1536 for a predetermined time (for example, between 15 seconds and 30 seconds). After the elapse of time, the movable piece 1606 of the start-up unit 1600 is left open for a predetermined time (for example, 0.3 seconds to 1 second in the normal gaming state, and 3 seconds to 4 seconds in the short time gaming state). The winning probability of the game ball at the second starting port 1604 is increased. Note that the lottery probability of “winning” in the normal lottery is 250/256.

  Further, the special symbol display 1530 receives a prize at the winning opening 1702 when the first special lottery result and the second special lottery result are “big hit”, or triggered by the first special lottery result or the second special lottery result. A round indicator 1543 is also provided for displaying the number of times of opening / closing (number of rounds) for opening and closing the movable piece 1740a of the center accessory unit 1700 in a predetermined pattern when the played game ball enters the specific entrance 1823b. It should be noted that the time required for a game ball (but limited to a game ball sent to the survival passage 1797) to win the winning opening 1702 is approximately 2.5 seconds.

  The first special symbol display unit 1532 and the second special symbol display unit 1540 in the special symbol display unit 1530 each have a 7-segment LED, and the first special lottery result and the second special lottery by the lighting pattern indicating alphanumeric characters. The first special symbol and the second special symbol suggesting the result can be displayed. In the first special symbol display 1532 and the second special symbol display 1540, when the game ball starts to win the first start port 1602 and the second start port 1604, each 7-segment LED blinks to cause the first special symbol display. And the second special symbol is variably displayed, the first special symbol indicating the first special lottery result and the second special lottery result after the first special lottery result and the second special lottery result are displayed for a predetermined time. The second special symbol is stopped and displayed.

  Further, the normal symbol display 1536 in the special symbol display 1530 has LEDs capable of emitting two colors, and can display normal symbols according to the emission colors of the LEDs. Further, the normal symbol hold indicator 1538 has two LEDs, and can display the number of hold (for example, a maximum of four) held by the combination of lighting, blinking and extinguishing of these two LEDs. It can be done. Further, the round indicator 1543 has LEDs capable of emitting two colors, and can display “3R big hit”, “8R big hit”, or “15R big hit” depending on the emission color and lighting pattern of the LED. It can be done.

  In the first special lottery, the lottery probability of “first small hit” is 397.5 / 398.5, and the lottery probability of “big hit” is 1 / 398.5. On the other hand, in the second special lottery, the lottery probability (the combined probability of the first small hit and the second small hit) that becomes “first small hit” or “second small hit” is 397.5 / 398.5. The lottery probability of “big hit” is 1 / 398.5. The lottery probability of “first small hit” is 226/251, and the lottery probability of “second small hit” is 25/251. Note that the number of rounds in the “hit” game is drawn in the form included in the first special lottery result and the second special lottery result at each start winning prize.

  Although not shown, a plurality of obstacle nails are planted in a predetermined arrangement on the front surface of the game panel 599 in the game board 4. The gaming panel 599 has a plurality of openings 599e (see FIG. 81, FIG. 82, and the like) that penetrate in the front-rear direction and have a predetermined inner peripheral shape. The left side member 1500L, the front right side member 1500R, and the start port unit 1600 are respectively fixed to the game panel 599 from the front side.

  In addition, an opening window 599f (see FIGS. 81 and 82, etc.) that opens to a predetermined shape is formed in the approximate center of the game panel 599. It is fixed.

  Further, the back unit 2000 disposed on the rear side of the game panel 599 in the game board 4 is provided with a liquid crystal display device 640 disposed on the rear side of the game panel 599 so as to be visible from the player side through the opening window 599f. A back box 621 that supports the liquid crystal display device 640 at a position away from the rear surface of the game panel 599 by a predetermined distance and is attached and fixed to the rear side of the game panel 599.

  Note that the game board 4 in the pachinko machine 1 according to the present embodiment includes a vibration sensor 2538 (see FIG. 76) and a magnetic sensor 2302 that detect fraudulent acts by shaking the pachinko machine 1 or using magnets. (See FIG. 130), and a fraud warning indicator 2005 (see FIG. 130) that turns on when fraud is detected by these sensors. The cheating warning indicator 2005 is difficult for a player to visually recognize, and even if a player sits in front of the pachinko machine 1, an attendant of the game hall or the like is cheating from the back of the player. The warning indicator can be seen with certainty.

  As shown in FIGS. 81 and 82, the front component 601 is provided with a plurality of positioning bosses 601a and positioning protrusions 601b protruding rearward on the rear surface side. The positioning boss 601a and the positioning projection 601b can be positioned with the game panel 599 disposed on the rear side.

  The game panel 599 in the game board 4 has substantially the same outer shape as the front component 601 and is formed of a plywood board or the like. The game panel 599 has a thickness that is the same as the thickness of the front component 601 and is sufficiently thick (about 20 mm) even if an obstacle nail is implanted.

  The game panel 599 is provided with a plurality of inner rail fixing holes 599d at predetermined positions. The inner rail 603 can be fixed at a predetermined position by fitting and fixing a positioning projection 601b protruding from the rear side of the inner rail 603 into the inner rail fixing hole 599d.

  Further, the gaming panel 599 is formed with a plurality of openings 599e having a predetermined inner shape and penetrating in the front-rear direction so that the front left side member 1500L, the front right side member 1500R, the start port unit 1600, and the like are provided. In addition, fixing holes for fixing them are formed at appropriate positions. In addition, the game panel 599 is formed with an opening window 599f having a predetermined inner shape and larger than the opening 599e at substantially the center thereof, and a center accessory unit 1700 on the front side substantially along the periphery of the opening window 599f. Is supposed to be fixed.

  As shown in FIG. 76, the board substrate holder 623 supports the main control board box 624 and is attached and fixed to the rear side of the game panel 599. As shown in FIG. It is an open box-like shape, and its bottom portion is inclined so as to be lowered toward the front side at the approximate center in the left-right direction. After receiving the game balls discharged to the rear side of the game panel 599, the left-right direction It is possible to discharge downward from the approximate center.

  The main control board box 624 is supported on the rear surface of the board substrate holder 623, and the sealing portion 624a of the main control board box 624 is sealed to the sealed portion of the caulking base member (not shown). It has become. When the main control board box 624 is removed from the board substrate holder 623 in this state, an opening mark is left in the sealed portion of the caulking base member, and the main control board box 624 has been illegally removed. Whether or not it is visible.

  Further, in a state where the main control board box 624 is fixed to the board substrate holder 623, the head of the screw fixing the caulking base member to the board board holder 623 is between the caulking base member and the main control board box 624. The main control board box 624 can be prevented from being removed together with the caulking base member. In addition, since the caulking base member is formed of a metal plate, the sealing portion 624a of the main control board box 624 can be firmly sealed by the sealed portion, and a structure in which unauthorized actions are difficult to be performed is obtained. Yes.

  As shown in FIGS. 79 and 80, the front left side member 1500L and the front right side member 1500R, which are front side members, each have an arcuate outer shape along the outer periphery of the game area 605. The front left side member 1500L and the front right side member 1500R include decorative bodies 1502 and 1503 having different shapes, and each of the decorative bodies 1502 and 1503 is a three-dimensionally shaped object that does not transmit light or a light-transmitting lens portion. It is configured in combination. In addition, an LED board (not shown) assembled to the back unit 2000 is disposed behind the front left side member 1500L and the front right side member 1500R, and by emitting light from the LED board through the lens unit, It is possible to perform a light emission effect according to the gaming state.

  The structure of the start port unit 1600 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 79 and 80. The starter unit 1600 abuts the front surface of the game panel 599 and closes a predetermined opening 599e in the game panel 599 from the front side, and has an arc-shaped opening covering portion 1608 substantially along the outer periphery of the game area 605, and an opening A first start port 1602 that is disposed in the vicinity of both left and right ends of the covering portion 1608 and that is open upward and is capable of receiving a game ball flowing down in the game area 605; The second start port 1604 that can receive the game balls in the game area 605 and the first start port 1602 and the second start port 1604 are disposed between the first start port 1602 and the second start port 1604, and can receive the game balls in the game region 605. And a general prize opening 1520. In addition, the start port unit 1600 includes a guide portion 1610 that guides the game ball received in the first start port 1602 to the rear, and a pair of movable pieces that are arranged on both the left and right sides of the second start port 1604 and that can be expanded. 1606, a start-up solenoid 1612 that moves the pair of movable pieces 1606 and is supported on the rear side of the second start-up port 1604, and supports the start-up solenoid 1612 and moves the game ball received in the second start-up port 1604 behind A guiding unit 1614 for guiding to the side, a second start port sensor 1616 for detecting and discharging the gaming ball guided by the guiding unit 1614, and a gaming ball received in the general winning port 1520 to the rear side. And a guiding portion 1609.

  Further, the starter unit 1600 includes a rib 1618 having a shape substantially along the inner periphery of the opening 599e of the game panel 599 on the rear side of the opening covering portion 1608, and the rib-shaped opening covering portion 1608 is formed by the rib 1618. It is in a reinforced state. In addition, from the rear side of the opening covering portion 1608, a guide portion 1610, a guide portion 1614, a guide portion 1609, and a rib 1618 protrude rearward, and the guide portion 1610, the guide portion 1614, and the like are game panels. 599 is inserted into the opening 599e from the front side. Note that the guide portion 1610 and the rib 1618 have substantially the same rear projection amount as the thickness of the game panel 599.

  The pair of movable pieces 1606 in the start port unit 1600 are configured such that the upper end side is a free end and the lower end side is rotatable about an axis extending in a direction perpendicular to the panel surface of the game panel 599. When the plunger (not shown) moves in the front-rear direction, the lower ends of the pair of movable pieces 1606 rotate via a predetermined link mechanism (not shown) so that the upper ends approach or separate from each other. ing. In a normal state, the pair of movable pieces 1606 are substantially upright, and the distance between the upper ends is substantially the same as the opening width of the second starting port 1604 (a width slightly larger than the diameter of the game ball). The upper end of the pair of movable pieces 1606 is rotated in a direction away from each other by driving the start opening solenoid 1612 so as to be in a state of opening in an inverted C shape (expanded state). As a result, the probability of receiving a game ball at the second start port 1604 (winning probability) is increased.

  The back unit 2000 in the game board 4 is a box shape that is attached to the rear side of the game panel 599 and has a front side opened, and has a predetermined shape opening (not shown) formed in the approximate center of the rear wall 621a; A back drive unit base (not shown) which is disposed so as to cross the opening of the back box 621 and has a horizontally long rectangular opening formed in the center, and a liquid crystal display device 640 which can be visually recognized by the player through the opening of the back drive unit base. And a liquid crystal display unit that is detachably attached to the rear side of the back box 621.

  In addition, a plurality of LED boards 621K are arranged on both the left and right sides in the back box 621, and the gaming state is achieved by irradiating light toward the front left side member 1500L and the front right side member 1500R arranged in front. Depending on the situation, various light emission effects can be produced. Further, in the back box 621, a movable decorative body 1737 (see FIG. 124) that can appear in front of the liquid crystal display device 640 according to the gaming state is disposed, and control for controlling the light emission effect, the movable effect, and the like. Various board boxes (not shown) in which the boards are accommodated, relay terminal boards (not shown) for connecting and relaying the boards, and the like are fixed.

  Further, on the rear side of the back box 621, a lamp driving board (not shown) for controlling the light emission effect, a board cover 2052 covering the lamp driving board, and a vibration sensor 2538 for detecting the vibration of the pachinko machine 1 due to fraud The movable decorative body relay terminal plate 1737a (see FIG. 127) for relaying the electrical connection with the movable decorative body 1737, and the lamp driving substrate 2050, the vibration sensor 2538, the movable decorative body relay terminal plate 1737a, etc. A panel relay terminal plate 2066 that relays electrical connection between the rear unit 2000 side and the main control board 1350 is provided.

  In addition, the liquid crystal display unit that is detachably attached to the back drive unit base includes a liquid crystal display device 640 and a liquid crystal display control for controlling display of an effect image or the like that is disposed on the rear side and displayed on the liquid crystal display device 640. A liquid crystal control board set member 640a mounted with a board 2612 (see FIG. 127), a peripheral board set member (not shown) with a peripheral control board 2600 (see FIG. 127) described later, and a board cover covering the peripheral control board 2600 2613.

  Further, the back unit 2000 is fixed to the left side in the rear view of the opening on the rear side of the rear wall 621a in the back box 621, and supports one side of the liquid crystal control board set member, and a liquid crystal support member 2030. Is further provided with a liquid crystal lock mechanism (not shown) disposed on the opposite side of the opening and detachably supporting the other side surface of the liquid crystal control board set member.

  In the back box 621 of this example, the front side is brought into contact with the rear side of the game panel 599, and then a predetermined screw is passed through a fixing hole (not shown) to the mounting hole (not shown) of the game panel 599. The back box 621, that is, the back unit 2000 can be attached and fixed to the rear side of the game panel 599.

  In addition, the back box 621 receives game balls that are received in the general winning opening 1520 of the start opening unit 1600 and discharged from a discharge unit (not shown) disposed on the rear side of the game panel 599, and A winning ball guide bar (not shown) is provided that guides the vehicle to the rear side and then guides it downward and discharges it to the outside of the game board 4. A general winning opening sensor 2532 (see FIG. 126) is provided in the middle of the winning ball guiding bowl, and the game balls received in the general winning opening 1520 are guided through the receiving member (not shown). The winning in the general winning opening 1520 is determined by being detected by the general winning opening sensor 2532 in the basket.

  Further, the back box 621 receives a game ball that is received in the first start port 1602 of the start port unit 1600 and released from the guide portion 1610 to the rear side of the game panel 599 and receives the game board 4 from the lower surface of the back box 621. A first starting winning ball guiding rod (not shown) is provided for guiding and discharging outside. A first starting port sensor 2534 (see FIG. 126) is provided in the middle of the first starting winning ball guiding rod, and the game ball received in the first starting port 1602 is the first starting winning ball guiding rod in the first starting winning ball guiding rod. As a result of detection by the one start opening sensor 2534, a winning to the first starting opening 1602 is confirmed, and a predetermined first special lottery result is drawn as a start winning.

<Configuration of center accessory unit>
Next, the center accessory unit 1700 will be described. First, a schematic configuration of the center accessory unit 1700 will be described with reference to FIGS. 83 to 89. FIG. 83 is a front view of the center accessory unit 1700, FIGS. 84 and 85 are perspective views of the center accessory unit 1700 as viewed from the diagonal front, and FIG. 87 is a cross-sectional view taken along line AA of FIG. 83, FIG. 88 is a cross-sectional view taken along line BB of FIG. 83, and FIG. 89 is a cross-sectional view taken along line CC of FIG. It is.

  A center accessory unit 1700 disposed approximately at the center of the game area 605 (see FIG. 74) is mainly a frame-shaped decoration frame 1701 and a game ball formed on the decoration frame 1701 and flowing down the game area 605. Are arranged along the left inner peripheral surface of the decorative frame 1701 and a specific game area 1703 in which a game process is performed using a game ball disposed below the decorative frame 1701. The left-hand guide path 1704 that can guide the game ball won in 1702 to the lower specific game area 1703, and the game ball that is placed along the right inner peripheral surface of the decorative frame 1701 and wins the winning hole 1702 in the specific game area 1703 The right guiding path 1705 that can be guided and the game balls that have won the winning hole 1702 are distributed to the left guiding path 1704 and the right guiding path 1705. That the distribution device 1707, and is configured by including the. Further, the center accessory unit 1700 includes a delay device 1708 between the distribution device 1707 and the right guidance route 1705, and the right ball guidance by stopping the game ball distributed to the right guidance route 1705 side for a predetermined time. The time required to reach the specific game area 1703 through the route 1705 is later than the time required to reach the specific game area 1703 through the left guidance route 1704 and the predetermined game process is completed in the specific game area 1703. It is supposed to be. Here, the delay device 1708 corresponds to the delay means of the present invention.

  Although details will be described later, the specific game area 1703 is provided with a specific entrance 1823b (see FIG. 111) for generating a game state (so-called “big hit”) advantageous to the player by entering the ball. Thus, whether or not to enter the specific entrance 1823b is assigned by the rotary sorter 1709. Further, in the specific game area 1703, in addition to the rotary sorter 1709, a discharge unit 1710 for discharging game balls from the specific game area 1703, and game balls discharged to the discharge unit 1710 to the specific game area 1703 A game medium recovery means 1711 that can be recovered is provided.

  The overall configuration of the center accessory unit 1700 will be described in more detail with reference to FIGS. 90 and 91. FIG. FIG. 90 is an exploded perspective view of the center accessory unit 1700 disassembled in units and viewed from obliquely forward, and FIG. 91 is an exploded perspective view of FIG. 90 viewed obliquely from behind.

  The center accessory unit 1700 can close the main body unit 1720 including the decoration frame 1701, the winning opening 1702, the left guiding path 1704, the right guiding path 1705, the sorting apparatus 1707, the delaying apparatus 1708, and the winning opening 1702. An open / close prize-winning unit 1721 that is provided and allows a game ball to be won when opened, a game area unit 1722 that forms a specific game area 1703 and enables game processing by the rotary sorter 1709, the discharge unit 1710, and the like, The relay board unit 1723 is arranged on the rear side of the accessory unit 1700 and relays a signal for driving each unit.

(Decoration frame)
A configuration of the decoration frame 1701 in the main body unit 1720 will be described with reference to FIGS. 92 and 93. FIG. 92 is a perspective view of the main unit 1720 disassembled and viewed obliquely from the front, and FIG. 93 is a perspective view of the main unit 1720 with the winning opening cover 1730 and the inner peripheral lens 1731 removed from the oblique front. is there.

  The decorative frame 1701 includes a base plate 1725 as a base member, a left shoulder decorative portion 1726 attached to the left shoulder portion 1725a of the front surface of the base plate 1725, and a right shoulder decorative portion 1727 attached to the right shoulder portion 1725b of the base plate 1725. The lower decorative portion 1728 attached to the lower portion 1725c of the base plate 1725 and the inverted U-shaped upper decorative portion 1724 attached to the upper portion 1725e of the base plate 1725 are provided. Although the base plate 1725 is formed in a substantially annular shape, the upper portion thereof protrudes upward in a mountain shape and is provided with an opening 1725g having a size that allows an upper game area 1729 to be described later to be visually recognized. . The left shoulder decorative portion 1726 is a light-transmitting colored left shoulder lens 1726a, a golden opaque gold ornament 1726b, an LED substrate that is disposed between the left shoulder lens 1726a and the base plate 1725 and emits light through the left shoulder lens 1726a. (Not shown). The right shoulder decorative portion 1727 includes a light-transmitting colored right shoulder outer lens 1727a and right shoulder inner lens 1727b, a golden opaque gold ornament 1727c, a right shoulder outer lens 1727a, and a right shoulder inner lens 1727b. An LED substrate (not shown) disposed between the base plate 1725 and emitting light through these lenses 1727a and 1727b is provided. The lower decorative portion 1728 is attached to the front lower cover 1728a that covers the lower portion 1725c of the base plate 1725 from the front, the lower lens 1728b that is attached to the front lower cover 1728a and has light transmittance, and the front lower cover 1728a A character lens 1728c that forms the outline of the character “Lelere” and has an optical transparency inside, and an LED substrate that is disposed between the front lower cover 1728a and the base plate 1725 and emits light through the lower lens 1728b and the character lens 1728c ( (Not shown).

  In addition, the front space of the upper game area 1729 is closed on the front side of the upper portion of the base plate 1725, the front of the pair of winning holes 1702 opened to the side is covered, and the game balls that have won the winning holes 1702 are guided. A colorless and transparent prize opening cover 1730 is provided. The prize opening cover 1730 is arranged so as to cover a prize opening sensor 1741 (see FIG. 93) that detects that a game ball has won the prize opening 1702, and the winning game ball is directed toward the prize opening sensor 1741. It comes to guide you. Further, the lower left end portion of the winning opening cover 1730 extends in an arc shape along the inner peripheral portion 1725d of the base plate 1725, and forms a left guiding path 1704 by combination with a left path forming member 1753 described later. ing.

  A colorless and transparent inner periphery that has an appearance substantially along the inner peripheral portion 1725d of the base plate 1725 on the front side of the center of the base plate 1725 and that has a circular cross section as if a game ball passes through the inside. A lens 1731 is provided.

  Note that the upper decorative portion 1724, the left shoulder decorative portion 1726, the right shoulder decorative portion 1727, the lower decorative portion 1728, and the inner peripheral lens 1731 all protrude forward from the game area 605, whereby the center accessory unit The inside of 1700 and the outside game area 605 are partitioned. That is, the game ball flowing down the game area 605 is prevented from jumping into the center accessory unit 1700 from a portion other than the winning opening 1702. In addition, gaps are formed between the lower end of the upper decorative portion 1724 and the upper ends of the left shoulder decorative portion 1726 and the right shoulder decorative portion 1727 so that a game ball can enter. A pair of winning openings 1702 (see FIG. 93) are formed. Each winning opening 1702 can be closed by the movable piece 1740a of the open / close winning unit 1721.

  On the inner peripheral portion 1725d of the base plate 1725, a left side path forming member 1753 that is a main part of the left side guide path 1704 and a right side path forming member 1755 that is a main part of the right side guide path 1705 are arranged. The game balls that have won a prize are guided to the specific game area 1703 along the inner peripheral portion 1725d of the base plate 1725. Although details of the left path forming member 1753 and the right path forming member 1755 will be described later, both are formed of a colorless and transparent member and are disposed on the rear side of the inner peripheral lens 1731, and the left guide path 1704 is formed. The behavior of the game ball guided by the right guide path 1705 can be viewed through the inner peripheral lens 1731.

  On the rear side of the base plate 1725, a liquid crystal frame 1733 having a box shape with an open front surface and a rectangular opening 1734 formed in the approximate center of the rear wall is disposed. The opening 1734 of the liquid crystal frame 1733 is large enough to allow the screen of the liquid crystal display device 640 (see FIG. 78) to be inserted, and the liquid crystal display device 640 can be seen through the opening 1734. The front surface shape of the liquid crystal frame 1733 substantially matches the front surface shape of the base plate 1725, but the depth dimension of the liquid crystal frame 1733 is considerably larger than the thickness of the base plate 1725, and a specific game area 1703 is disposed on the lower side inside, The upper game area 1729 having various mechanism units 1736 can be arranged on the upper side inside. Although details will be described later, a right notch 1735 cut out from the rear end to the center in the front-rear direction is formed on the right peripheral surface of the liquid crystal frame 1733, and a movable decorative body 1737 provided in the back box 621. (See FIG. 124) can appear in front of the liquid crystal display device 640.

  As shown in FIG. 93, the upper game area 1729 is formed in a space surrounded by a transparent rear lens cover 1743 that forms a rear wall, a transparent side lens cover 1744 that forms both left and right walls, and the like. In addition, the distribution device 1707 that distributes the game balls won in the winning opening 1702 to the left guide route 1704 and the right guide route 1705 and the game balls distributed to the right guide route 1705 are stopped in the specific game area 1703 by stopping for a predetermined time. A delay device 1708 that delays the time until induction is provided, and a spherical lamp 1742 that is disposed above the delay device 1708 and emits red light. In addition, a reflective seal 1745 capable of reflecting and reflecting the state of the back side of the delay device 1708 is attached to the left side of the front surface of the rear lens cover 1743. Note that the right half of the rear lens cover 1743 is transparent, and the operation of a decorative accessory 1746 (details will be described later) that can appear behind the rear lens cover 1743 is visible.

(Composition of open / close winning unit)
The configuration of the open / close winning unit 1721 will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 93 and 94. FIG. 94 is a perspective view of the open / close winning unit 1721 as viewed obliquely from the front. The open / close winning unit 1721 includes a movable piece 1740a that closes the winning opening 1702, and a drive mechanism portion 1740b that drives the movable piece 1740a. The pair of movable pieces 1740a are vertically positioned (closed state) by the drive mechanism portion 1740b. ) To an inclined position (open position). More specifically, the movable piece 1740a includes a left wing body 1750a and a right wing body 1750c that can close the left and right winning openings 1702, and a plate-like left wing arranged and decorated in front of the wing bodies 1750a and 1750c. It consists of a front plate 1750b and a right blade front plate 1750d. The left wing front plate 1750b and the right wing front plate 1750d are formed larger than the left wing main body 1750a and the right wing main body 1750c, and reliably shield the wing main bodies 1750a and 1750c and prevent the movable piece 1740a from being played by the player. The attention to the winning opening 1702 is increased by making it look bigger.

  The drive mechanism 1740b includes a pair of solenoids 1750e disposed with a plunger (not shown) protruding downward, a rod-shaped blade link 1750f that is connected to the plunger and can be displaced vertically by the solenoid 1750e, and a left blade A left wing pin 1750i that extends rearward from the main body 1750a and is rotatably supported by passing through the base plate 1725, and a rotatively supported by extending rearward from the right wing main body 1750c and through the base plate 1725. The left blade pin 1750j is connected to the rear end of the left blade pin 1750i and the left end of the blade link 1750f, and the left blade body 1750a rotates counterclockwise when the connecting blade link 1750f moves upward. Left blade arm 1750g for rotating 1750i and right blade pin A right blade arm 1750h that connects the rear end of 1750j and the right end of the blade link 1750f and rotates the right blade pin 1750j so that the right blade body 1750c rotates clockwise when the connecting blade link 1750f moves upward. ing. That is, by operating the solenoid 1750e to raise the blade link 1750f, the pair of movable pieces 1740a can be rotated from the vertical state (closed position) to the inclined state (open position). Since the movable piece 1740a is inclined at the open position, the game ball flowing down on the movable piece 1740a rolls along the inclination of the movable piece 1740a and is smoothly guided toward the winning port 1702. .

(Configuration of left and right guidance routes)
The configurations of the left guide route 1704 and the right guide route 1705 will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 95 and 96. FIG. 95 is a perspective view of the left-side path forming member 1753 constituting the main part of the left-side guidance path 1704 as viewed obliquely from the front. FIG. 96 (a) shows the right-side path forming member 1755 constituting the right-side guidance path 1705 and FIG. 96 (b) is an exploded perspective view of the right path forming member 1755 and the right path cover 1756 disassembled and viewed obliquely from the rear.

  As shown in FIG. 95, the left path forming member 1753 in the left guiding path 1704 is formed of a colorless and transparent resin, and the inflow portion 1753d into which a game ball won in the winning opening 1702 (see FIG. 93) is inserted is formed on the upper surface. An outflow portion 1753e that flows out of the game ball to the specific game area 1703 (see FIG. 90) is provided at the lower end, and guides the game ball from the inflow portion 1753d toward the outflow portion 1753e. The left path forming member 1753 has a gently inclined upper rolling surface 1753a that relatively slowly rolls the game ball flowing in from the inflow portion 1753d toward the inner peripheral surface of the decorative frame 1701 (see FIG. 90), and the decorative frame. A longitudinally curved rolling surface 1753b that is formed along the inner circumferential surface of 1701 and drops a game ball is provided as an inner circumferential wall surface in the left guide path 1704, and is provided on the upper rolling surface 1753a and the longitudinally curved rolling surface 1753b. On the other hand, a back surface portion 1753c formed in a substantially vertical direction is provided as a rear wall surface in the left guide path 1704. Note that the front wall surface of the left guide path 1704 is formed by a portion extending particularly to the lower left of the prize opening cover 1730 (see FIG. 92), and the outer peripheral wall surface of the left guide path 1704 is the inner wall of the base plate 1725. It is formed by a peripheral portion 1725d. In addition, a plate-like guide piece 1753g formed substantially in parallel with the upper rolling surface 1753a is formed on the left side portion of the back surface portion 1753c of the left path forming member 1753, and this guide piece 1753g is formed to protrude forward. Thus, it is possible to guide the game ball more smoothly by regulating the rolling direction of the game ball.

  By the way, the left guide path 1704 rolls the game ball along the inner peripheral surface of the decoration frame 1701, so that the game ball falls in a substantially vertical downward direction, and enters the specific game area 1703 in an instant. There is a possibility to reach. In this case, it may be difficult to clearly see the behavior of the game ball in the left guidance path 1704, or the game processing in the specific game area 1703 may be difficult. Therefore, in the left guide path 1704 of the present example, a speed reduction part 1753h is projected forward from the back surface part 1753c of the left path forming member 1753 so as to flow down while reducing the speed of the game ball. The speed reduction portion 1753h protrudes from the back surface portion 1753c so as to block the left guide path 1704, and collides with the game ball flowing down along the longitudinally curved rolling surface 1753b and forwards the rolling direction of the game ball (game). To the person side). Note that a winning opening cover 1730 constituting the front wall of the left guide path 1704 and an inner peripheral lens 1731 disposed in front of the winning opening cover 1730 are provided with openings (not shown) at positions facing the speed reducing portion 1753h, thereby reducing the speed. The game ball whose direction is changed by the portion 1753h can be sent into the inner peripheral lens 1731. Further, a guide portion (not shown) for guiding the game ball passing through the inner peripheral lens 1731 to the left path forming member 1753 side is formed in a portion of the inner peripheral lens 1731 below the speed reducing portion 1753h. Thus, the game ball can be returned from the inner peripheral lens 1731 to the left path forming member 1753. That is, the game ball whose flow speed has been reduced by the speed reduction unit 1753h once passes through the inner lens 1731 so as to bypass the speed reduction unit 1753h, and then flows out from the outflow part 1753e of the left guide path 1704. It has become.

  Further, an upper notch 1753f with the upper side notched in a concave shape is formed in the vicinity of the inflow portion 1753d in the back surface portion 1753c, so that a ball receiving portion 1760 described later can be inserted and removed.

  On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 96, the right guide path 1705 includes a right path forming member 1755 that constitutes a main part of the right guide path 1705, and a right path cover 1756 that covers an open portion on the rear side of the right path forming member 1755. And is configured to guide a game ball flowing in from an inflow passage portion 1756a formed in the upper portion of the right path cover 1756 to an outflow portion 1755i formed in the lower end of the right path forming member 1755. Yes. The right path forming member 1755 has a gently inclined upper rolling surface 1755a for rolling the game ball flowing in from the inflow passage portion 1756a toward the inner peripheral surface of the decorative frame 1701 (see FIG. 90), and the decorative frame 1701. A longitudinally curved rolling surface 1755b that is formed along the inner peripheral surface and drops a game ball is provided as an inner peripheral wall surface in the right guiding path 1705, and an outer peripheral wall surface and a front wall surface in the right guiding path 1705. An outer peripheral surface portion 1755d and a front surface portion 1755e are provided. Further, the right path forming member 1755 is provided with a rear extending portion 1755g extending rearward from the lower end of the front surface portion 1755e, and a game ball guided along the inner peripheral surface of the decorative frame 1701. Is guided to a guide passage forming member 1789 disposed on the upper rear side of the specific game area 1703 (see FIG. 85). The rear extension 1755g has a gentle downward slope toward the rear so that the game ball rolls relatively slowly, and the upper surface (inner peripheral surface) stabilizes the rolling of the game ball. Two protrusions 1755h are formed along the longitudinal direction of the rear extension 1755g (that is, the rolling direction of the game ball).

  Further, a speed reducing portion 1755f having the same configuration as that of the speed reducing portion 1753h in the left path forming member 1753 projects from the front surface portion 1755e of the right path forming member 1755, and extends along the longitudinally curved rolling surface 1755b. The speed of the game ball flowing down is reduced. The left path forming member 1753 is configured to bypass the speed reducing unit 1753h by passing the game ball whose rolling direction has been changed by the speed reducing unit 1753h once through the inner peripheral lens 1731. The forming member 1755 is configured to make a detour inside the right path forming member 1755. Specifically, the right path cover 1756 that covers the rear of the right path forming member 1755 includes an upper cover portion 1756b that faces the upper rolling surface 1755a of the right path forming member 1755 and a vertical surface that faces the longitudinally curved rolling surface 1755b. Although it has a cover 1756c and an extended cover 1756d that faces the rear extension 1755g, the bypass further bulges back to ensure a bypass that bypasses the speed reduction unit 1755f. A portion 1756e is provided.

(Composition of upper game area)
The configuration of the upper game area 1729 including the distribution device 1707 and the delay device 1708 will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 97 is a front view of the main part in the upper game area 1729, FIG. 98 is a perspective view of the main part shown in FIG. 97 as viewed obliquely from the front, and FIG. 99 is a distribution device 1707 and a delay device 1708. FIG. 100 is a right side view of the distribution device 1707 and the delay device 1708, and FIG. 101 shows the main part of the upper game area 1729 including the winning hole cover 1730 from the upper surface. FIG. 102 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line AA in FIG. 101.

  As shown in FIGS. 97 and 98, in the upper game area 1729, a ball receiving portion 1760 capable of receiving a game ball won in the winning opening 1702, and a ball receiving portion 1760 disposed above and supported rotatably. And a support member 1762 that supports the ball receiving portion 1760 and the rotation combination 1761 and forms the outer wall of the upper game area 1729.

  The ball receiving portion 1760 is arranged with the longitudinal direction as the front-rear direction, and has a hemispherical dish-like portion 1760a that has a slightly larger diameter than the diameter of the game ball on the top surface of the tip and holds the game ball in a stable state. And a braking wall 1760b that suppresses the behavior of the game ball that protrudes upward from the peripheral edge of the dish-shaped part 1760a and enters the dish-shaped part 1760a. The ball receiver 1760 is disposed through the upper notch 1753f of the left path forming member 1753 (see FIG. 95) so that the dish-shaped part 1760a protrudes into the left guide path 1704. Further, the ball receiving portion 1760 is pivotally supported by a rotation support pin 1768 (see FIG. 99) whose axial direction is the horizontal direction, and the dish-shaped portion 1760a is won in the winning opening 1702. It is possible to displace between a receivable position (lower limit position) where the game ball can be received and a reception prohibited position (upper limit position) where the game ball cannot be received. In other words, it is possible to receive the game ball by rotating the ball receiving portion 1760 downward and displacing it to the receivable position at a predetermined timing according to the gaming state, and then rotating the ball receiving portion 1760 upward. Then, the game ball is prohibited from being received by being displaced to the reception prohibited position.

  In this example, as shown in FIG. 99 and FIG. 100, a solenoid 1766 in which a plunger (not shown) is protruded downward, and a plunger as a mechanism for moving (turning) the ball receiving portion 1760 vertically. And a lift lever 1767 which connects the front end of the ball and the rear end of the ball receiving portion 1760 and is displaced in the vertical direction. Although not shown, the solenoid 1766 is provided with a spring that biases the plunger toward the protruding side. That is, in a state where the solenoid 1766 is not operated, the plunger is protruded by the biasing force of the spring, so that the rear end of the ball receiving portion 1760 is displaced downward with the rotation support pin 1768 as the rotation axis. When the plate-like portion 1760a side of the portion 1760 is held at the non-receptive position and the solenoid 1766 is operated, the plunger is retracted against the urging force of the spring, so that the support pin 1768 is used as a pivot shaft. The rear end of the receiving portion 1760 is rotated upward, and as a result, the dish-like portion 1760a of the ball receiving portion 1760 is displaced to a receivable position. The lift lever 1767 is provided with a projecting piece 1767a, and the height of the projecting piece 1767a is detected by the photosensor 1769, so that the state of the ball receiving portion 1760, that is, whether it can be received or not can be received. The position is determined.

  On the other hand, the rotation accessory 1761 is rotatably supported by a rotation support shaft 1774 (see FIG. 99) whose axial direction is the horizontal direction, and a part of the peripheral surface (specifically, a central portion in the horizontal direction). In addition, a permanent magnet 1761a is embedded in a portion corresponding to about 1/8 of the circumferential direction). For this reason, when the permanent magnet 1761a faces the ball receiving portion 1760 that has been displaced to the receiving prohibited position due to the rotation of the rotating accessory 1761, the game ball (made of a magnetic body) received by the ball receiving portion 1760 is magnetically applied. It becomes possible to suck and hold by suction. In particular, since the rotating combination 1761 is disposed above the ball receiving portion 1760, when the position of the permanent magnet 1761 a reaches the lowest point due to the rotation of the rotating combination 1761, the game ball received by the ball receiving portion 1760. The game ball is attracted and held at the lower end position of the rotating accessory 1761. The rotating combination 1761 rotates clockwise as viewed from the right side, and the game balls attracted and held by the rotating combination 1761 are gradually raised as the rotating combination 1761 rotates. The player can clearly see the game ball rising.

  As shown in FIGS. 99 and 100, in this example, as a mechanism for rotating the rotating combination 1761, a motor 1771, a gear 1772 externally fitted to the rotation support shaft 1774 of the rotating combination 1761, and the rotation of the motor 1771 And a transmission gear 1773 that is externally fitted to the shaft and meshed with the gear 1772. By supplying driving power to the motor 1771, the rotating member 1761 can be moved at a low speed via the transmission gear 1773 and the gear 1772. It can be rotated. Note that the transmission gear 1773 is provided with a protruding piece 1773a. By detecting the protruding piece 1773a by the photo sensor 1775, it is determined whether or not the rotating accessory 1761 is located at the rotation reference position. .

  On the other hand, as shown in FIGS. 97 and 98, the support member 1762 includes a support base 1762 a that forms the bottom surface of the upper game area 1729 and a support base 1762 a, which is opposed to each other, and is a rotation support shaft of the rotary accessory 1761. A pair of side walls 1762b that support 1774; an upper surface portion 1762c that connects the upper surfaces of the side walls 1762b and covers the upper game area 1729 from above; a colorless transparent rear lens cover 1743 that forms the rear wall of the upper game area 1729; And has a box-like shape with an open front surface. The dish-like portion 1760a of the ball receiving portion 1760 and the front half of the rotating combination 1761 protrude forward from the front surface of the support base 1762a, and the game ball is attracted and held by the permanent magnet 1761a of the rotating combination 1761a. Only the upper game area 1729 surrounded by the support member 1762 can be transported. In addition, the support base 1762a has an outlet (not shown) that is transferred into the upper game area 1729 and flows out of the upper game area 1729 to the outside and communicates with the right guide path 1705. Is provided. The left side wall 1762b is provided with a side lens cover 1744 having a light emitting means (not shown) inside, and illuminates the inside of the upper game area 1729. Further, on the left side of the front surface of the rear lens cover 1743, a reflective sticker 1745 is attached to make the player visually recognize the state of the rear side of the rotating accessory 1761 by reflection, so that the game ball is sucked and held. It is possible to visually recognize all the behaviors until the detachment, and it is possible to enhance the production effect by the rotating agent 1761.

  Note that the distance between the peripheral surface (lower end) of the rotating accessory 1761 in which the permanent magnet 1761a is embedded and the upper surface of the support base 1762a is narrower than the diameter of the game ball. In other words, the game ball attracted and held by the permanent magnet 1761a cannot pass between the rotating accessory 1761 and the support base 1762a, and comes out of the permanent magnet 1761a by contacting the support base 1762a. It has become.

  In this way, by combining the ball receiving portion 1760 and the rotating accessory 1761, the game ball received by the ball receiving portion 1760 is sent to the right guide path 1705, while the game ball not received by the ball receiving portion 1760. Can be sent to the left guidance path 1704. In addition, in the case of sending to the right guidance path 1705, it is possible to delay the time until it is sent to the right guidance path 1705 via the rotating accessory 1761. In other words, the sorting device 1707 and the delay device 1708 are configured by combining the ball receiver 1760 and the rotating accessory 1761.

  Therefore, even if a plurality of game balls wins the winning opening 1702 at the same time and one of them is sent to the right guidance route 1705, the specific game area 1703 can be reached simultaneously through the left guidance route 1704 and the right guidance route 1705. Can be prevented, and the behavior of the game ball in the specific game area 1703 can be enjoyed in order. In particular, since the operation of the rotating role 1761 and the rotation of the game ball due to the rotating role 1761 can be visually recognized even while the game ball is stopped, the player has a sense of security compared to the case where the game ball is simply stopped. As well as giving, you can enhance the visual interest.

  As will be described in detail later, the left guide route 1704 and the right guide route 1705 have different advantages in the specific game area 1703, and are more advantageous when guided by the right guide route 1705. ing. For this reason, while raising interest in the ball receiving part 1760 and the rotation accessory 1761, when sent to the right side guidance path | route 1705, an expectation can be heightened and it can be excited about subsequent expansion | deployment. Further, when the ball receiving portion 1760 is moved up and down, it is possible to visually distinguish between a state in which the game ball can be received and a state in which the game ball cannot be received, and the game can be sharpened. In addition, since the timing for winning a prize at the winning opening 1702 and the operation of the ball receiving unit 1760 are associated with each other, the operation of the ball receiving unit 1760 can be further noticed. Here, the left guide route 1704 corresponds to the first guide route of the present invention, and the combination of the right guide route 1705 and the connection passage portion 1836 described later corresponds to the special guide route of the present invention.

  Further, the game ball received by the ball receiving unit 1760 is attracted to the permanent magnet 1761a of the rotating accessory 1761 after the ball receiving unit 1760 returns to the reception prohibiting position. Even if another game ball wins immediately after being received, it is possible to prevent the received game ball from being played. That is, the game ball stopped on the ball receiving portion 1760 can be adsorbed in a stable state, and the possibility of falling during adsorbing can be prevented. In addition, since the holding time at the receivable position can be arbitrarily set regardless of the operation of the rotating accessory 1761, the probability of being received by the ball receiving portion 1760 (that is, the ratio sent to the right guiding path 1705). It can be set to an appropriate value.

  Further, by setting the ball receiving portion 1760 displaced upward as the receiving prohibition position, it becomes possible to dispose the rotating accessory 1761 above the ball receiving portion 1760, and as a result, a series of operations (ie, game balls) Is received by the ball receiving portion 1760, adsorbed to the rotating combination 1761, and a series of operations of rotating together with the rotating combination 1761) can be clearly seen. Further, since the suction is performed from above the ball receiving portion 1760, the ball receiving portion 1760 can have a relatively simple configuration. Moreover, since the rotating accessory 1761 can be brought close to the ball receiving portion 1760, even when the magnetic force of the permanent magnet 1761a is relatively weak, the game ball can be reliably attracted.

  In addition, since the support base 1762a for detaching the game ball from the permanent magnet 1761a is disposed at the lower rear part of the rotating combination 1761, the movement range (rotation angle) of the gaming ball rotating together with the rotating combination 1761 Can be made relatively large, and even when the rotating accessory 1761 has a relatively small diameter, an appropriate delay time can be secured.

  In addition, when the ball receiving portion 1760 is in the reception prohibition position (that is, the position where the game ball can be sucked), it is biased upward by a spring provided in the solenoid 1766, and the game ball is placed. The height of the ball receiving portion 1760 is different between the state (that is, the state where the gravity of the game ball is applied) and the state where the ball receiving portion 1760 is empty. For this reason, when the game ball is attracted upward by the permanent magnet 1761a, the ball receiving portion 1760 also rises to some extent, and it is possible to give the impression that the game ball is pushed up by the ball receiving portion 1760. Become.

  Further, the rotating accessory 1761 rotates once with a reference position as a starting point after a predetermined time has elapsed since the winning opening 1702 is opened. For this reason, the rotation start position and rotation stop position of the rotating accessory 1761 can always be adjusted to the reference position, and the time from when the rotating accessory 1761 starts to rotate until the game ball is sucked and held is always constant. be able to. Therefore, the difference between the time required to reach the specific game area 1703 through the left guidance path 1704 and the time required to reach the specific game area 1703 via the right guidance path 1705 is too short or more than necessary. Can be prevented from being too long.

  By the way, as shown in FIGS. 101 and 102, a colorless and transparent prize port cover 1730 is provided in front of the upper game area 1729, and on the inner surface (rear surface) of the prize port cover 1730, a prize port is provided. A guide portion 1777 that guides the game ball won in 1702 to a dish-like portion 1760a of a ball receiving portion 1760 (shown by a dotted line in FIG. 102) located at a position where it can be received is formed to protrude rearward. In other words, the winning holes 1702 are provided on both sides of the upper game area 1729, whereas the ball receiving portion 1760 is disposed at the center in the width direction of the upper game area 1729, so that the game balls can be drawn from any of the winning holes 1702. Even when winning, the guide portion 1777 is provided so that the game ball rolls from the side of the upper game area 1729 toward the center. For this reason, the ball receiving portion 1760 at the receivable position can be more reliably received by the ball receiving portion 1760, and can be less affected by the momentum of the game ball. The guide portion 1777 has a rolling surface 1777a for rolling the game ball and a curved portion 1778 curved in the front-rear direction so that the game ball can be smoothly guided from the front side to the back in the center. It is possible. Further, since the winning opening cover 1730 is colorless and transparent, the ball receiving portion 1760 can be visually recognized through the guide portion 1777. In particular, since the curved portion 1778 formed in the guide portion 1777 is curved in the front-rear direction, the curved portion 1778 functions as a lens, and an enlarged image of the ball receiving portion 1760 can be visually recognized. Therefore, it becomes possible to emphasize the presence of the ball receiving portion 1760 and attract more attention.

(Specific game area configuration)
Next, the configuration of the specific game area 1703 will be described with reference to FIGS. FIG. 103 is a perspective view of the specific game area 1703 as viewed obliquely from the front, FIG. 104 is a plan view of the specific game area 1703 as viewed from above, and FIG. 105 shows the stage member 1785 of the specific game area 1703. It is the perspective view seen from diagonally forward.

  The specific game area 1703 is for performing a predetermined game process with a game ball on the stage member 1785, and a first specific game for performing the first game process with the game ball guided by the left guide path 1704 (see FIG. 95). The second game process is performed by the area 1786 and a game ball guided by the right guidance path 1705 (see FIG. 96) or a game ball having a predetermined game result by the first game process in the first specific game area 1786. The second specific game area 1787 to be performed is configured. The first specific game area 1786 is located on the left side of the stage member 1785 and is arranged in the movable accessory 1788 capable of changing the rolling direction of the game ball and the discharge unit 1710 and discharged to the discharge unit 1710. A game medium revival means 1711 or the like that can receive a game ball and send it to the second specific game area 1787 side is provided. The second specific game area 1787 is arranged on the right side of the stage member 1785, and a rotary sorter 1709 that distributes game balls to a specific entrance 1823b (see FIG. 111) or a normal entrance 1823c, which will be described later, and a game medium revival. A guide passage forming member 1789 for dropping the game ball revived by the means 1711 or the game ball guided by the right guidance path 1705 onto the upper surface of the rotary sorter 1709 is provided. Below the stage member 1785, a movable accessory driving unit 1791 for operating the movable accessory 1788, a restoring means driving unit (not shown) for operating the game medium restoring unit 1711, other various mechanical units 1793, and A discharge passage forming member 1794 and the like for discharging the game balls that have entered the specific entrance 1823b or the normal entrance 1823c to a predetermined passage are mounted.

  As shown in FIG. 105, the stage member 1785 has an inflow portion 1801 connected to the outflow portion of the left guide path 1704 (see FIG. 84) in the vicinity of the left front corner, and constitutes a part of the discharge portion 1710. A groove-shaped opening 1796 having a rectangular shape in plan view is formed on the left side of the center, and a large circular opening 1799 in which the rotary sorter 1709 (see FIG. 103) is accommodated is formed in the right part. ing. Further, on the upper surface of the stage member 1785, a discharge guide path 1795 connecting the inflow portion 1801 and the groove-shaped opening 1796, and a branching from the front side of the groove-shaped opening 1796 in the discharge guide path 1795, the rotary sorter 1709 is branched. A + connected to the inflow port 1798 is formed. More specifically, the discharge guide path 1795 includes a front passage portion 1795a for guiding the game ball guided to the inflow portion 1801 along the front side (player side) edge of the stage member 1785, and the back of the stage member 1785. A straight passage portion 1795b extending in the front-rear direction so as to roll the game ball straight toward the groove-shaped opening portion 1796 formed on the side, and the survival passage portion 1797 is formed on the discharge guide passage 1795. The straight path portion 1795b branches off and is formed in the left-right direction (that is, the direction perpendicular to the straight path portion 1795b) along the front edge of the stage member 1785. Further, the discharge guide path 1795 is provided with a gently inclined surface that is slightly inclined downward toward the downstream as a rolling surface, so that the game ball sent from the inflow portion 1801 can be rotated relatively slowly. It is supposed to be moved. Further, the discharge guide path 1795 has a bowl shape having wall surfaces on both sides in order to prevent the game ball from deviating, and the wall surface is circular when viewed from above, particularly at the boundary between the front passage portion 1795a and the straight passage portion 1795b. It is formed in an arc shape and smoothly guides the game ball.

  The movable accessory 1788 is supported so as to be displaceable between a protruding position of the discharge guide path 1795 that protrudes to the straight path portion 1795b and a retracted position that does not protrude to the straight path portion 1795b. It abuts on the game ball passing through 1795b and can send the game ball to the survival passage 1797 side.

  The survival passage 1797 has a substantially arc shape in plan view and is formed to have a slight downward slope toward the downstream side, allowing the game ball to roll large and relatively slowly. . Further, the inflow port 1798 corresponding to the outflow side of the survival passage 1797 is one step lower than the height of the downstream end of the survival passage 1797, and the game ball that has reached the inflow port 1798 faces the upstream side of the survival passage 1797. It does not flow backward.

  As described above, the discharge guide path 1795 and the survival path 1797 are formed in the stage member 1785, and the movable member 1788 capable of changing the rolling direction of the game ball with respect to the branching portion is provided on the left side. While the advantage of the game ball guided by the guide path 1704 is relatively low, the expectation can be maintained until the end, and the behavior of the game ball can be enjoyed. In particular, since the game ball is rolled toward the survival path 1797 by the movement of the movable accessory 1788, the timing of the game ball is predicted by associating the timing at which the movable accessory 1788 is displaced to the protruding position with the rolling position of the game ball. The movement of the movable accessory 1788 can be visually recognized while pounding. Further, since the game ball is guided to the second specific game area 1787 side via the survival passage 1797, it is possible to enjoy the behavior of the remaining game ball. In other words, by providing the survival passage 1797, the movable accessory 1788 and the rotary sorter 1709 can be arranged apart from each other. It becomes possible to give to the player. In particular, the discharge guide path 1795 has a rectilinear passage portion 1795b extending in the front-rear direction, and the survival passage 1797 extends in a substantially vertical direction from the rectilinear passage portion 1795b, so that the game flows down the discharge guide passage 1795. Whether the ball is sent to the discharge unit 1710 or guided to the rotary sorter 1709 via the survival passage 1797 is determined only by the operation of the movable accessory 1788. It becomes possible to pay more attention to the operation, particularly the timing at which the discharge guide path 1795 protrudes. In addition, when the game ball flowing down the discharge guide path 1795 moves to the survival path 1797, the advancing direction of the game ball changes in the vertical direction, so that the visual interest is enhanced by a sudden change and the momentum of the game ball is increased. (Kinetic energy) is greatly reduced, and it is possible to roll at a relatively slow speed. In addition, since the survival passage 1797 is formed along the edge of the stage member 1785 on the player side, the game ball guided by the survival passage 1797 is conspicuous, and the survival passage 1797 is performed at the center portion of the specific game area 1703. A sufficiently long passage can be secured without interrupting the game processing.

(Composition of movable accessory)
The configuration of the movable accessory 1788 will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 106 is a perspective view of the movable accessory 1788 as viewed obliquely from the front, FIG. 107 is a rear view of the movable accessory 1788, and FIG. 108 is a right side view of the movable accessory 1788. FIG. 109 is an AA cross-sectional view of FIG. 108.

  The movable accessory 1788 is arranged above the stage member 1785 (see FIG. 105) and is visible from the player side, and the character body 1805 and broom 1806, and below the stage member 1785 or the character body so as not to be seen from the player side. A movable accessory driving unit 1791 that is arranged behind 1805 and operates the character body 1805 and the broom 1806 is provided. The character body 1805 is a three-dimensional model of a cartoon character, and a body 1805a that models the body of the character, and a face that is placed above the body 1805a and models the face and head of the character. 1805b and an arm 1805c which is arranged on the front side of the body 1805a and which models the arm of the character. The body 1805a is provided in a state of being fixed to the stage member 1785, but the face 1805b and the arm 1805c are supported so as to be swingable with respect to the body 1805a. Further, the face 1805b is formed hollow and an opening 1805d is provided on the back side.

  The broom 1806 is a model of a cleaning broom and is attached to the arm 1805c of the character body 1805 in a fixed state and can be swung in the left-right direction together with the arm 1805c with respect to the body 1805a. It has become. An abutting portion 1806a formed of a front inclined plane is formed on the right side surface of the lower end of the broom 1806 so that the game ball flowing down the guide path 1795 can be smoothly sent toward the survival passage 1797. In other words, the contact portion 1806a is formed obliquely with respect to the flow direction of the game ball so that when the game ball flowing down the discharge guide path 1795 comes into contact, it rebounds toward the survival path 1797. The contact portion 1806a is displaced between a protruding position where the contact portion 1806a protrudes into the discharge guide path 1795 and a retracted position where it does not protrude into the discharge guide path 1795 due to the swing of the broom 1806.

  The movable accessory driving unit 1791 is disposed on the rear side of the body 1805a of the character body 1805, supports the body 1805a, a support plate 1809 disposed below the stage member 1785, and a support plate 1809. The tip of the plunger 1811 and the broom 1806 are rotatably supported by a solenoid 1810 that is attached to the lower surface of the actuator 1810 so that the plunger 1811 faces rearward and a rotation support shaft (not shown) whose axial direction is the vertical direction. And a ring portion 1812 for connecting the two. The ring portion 1812 includes a cylindrical rotation center portion 1812a through which the rotation support shaft is inserted, a connection portion 1812b connected to the plunger 1811, and a rotation center portion extending in a direction perpendicular to the connection portion 1812b. The arm part 1812c extended ahead from 1812a, and the latching | locking part 1812d formed in the front-end | tip of the arm part 1812c and latched by the lower end part rear surface of the broom 1806 are provided. The solenoid 1810 is provided with a spring (not shown) that urges the plunger 1811 to protrude.

  According to this, in a state where the solenoid 1810 is not operated, the plunger 1811 protrudes due to the urging force of the spring, so the ring portion 1812 rotates in the clockwise direction in plan view around the rotation support shaft. This acts to keep the broom 1806 in the retracted position. On the other hand, when the solenoid 1810 is operated, the plunger 1811 moves forward (retreats) against the biasing force of the spring, so that the ring portion 1812 rotates counterclockwise in plan view around the rotation support shaft. Thereby, the broom 1806 is displaced to the protruding position. That is, the contact portion 1806a can be brought into contact with the game ball only when the solenoid 1810 is operated.

  As shown in FIG. 109, the character body 1805 has a face link 1813 that connects the torso 1805a and the face 1805b, and a broom link 1814 that connects the torso 1805a and the arm 1805c (broom 1806). However, the face link 1813 and the broom link 1814 are connected to each other. That is, when the broom 1806 swings in the left-right direction by the movable accessory driving unit 1791, the movement is transmitted to the face 1805b via the broom link 1814 and the face link 1813, and the face 1805b is swung in the left-right direction. It has become.

  As shown in FIG. 108, the back support portion 1808 is formed with an extension portion 1808a that extends upward and is bent forward from the upper end thereof, and the tip portion of the extension portion 1808a is a face portion 1805b. Is inserted into the face 1805b from the back side through the opening 1805d. The face portion 1805b is a light-transmitting member, and a light emitting means 1808b (see FIG. 109) such as an LED is provided at the distal end portion of the extending portion 1808a. In other words, the entire face part 1805b or a part of the face part 1805b can be illuminated by turning on the light emitting means 1808b.

(Configuration of rotary sorter)
The configuration of the rotary sorter 1709 will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 110 and 111. 110 is a perspective view of the rotary sorter 1709 as seen from an oblique front, and FIG. 111 is an exploded perspective view of the rotary sorter 1709 as seen from an obliquely forward position.

  The rotary sorter 1709 is housed in a circular opening 1799 of a stage member 1785 (see FIG. 105) and is rotatably supported. The rotary sorter 1709 is provided at the center of rotation of the rotary body 1820 and extends downward from the rotary body 1820. Rotating body shaft pin 1822 extended to the rotating body, a rotating body base 1823 that houses a mechanism for rotating the rotating body 1820, and a ball entry detecting means 1831 for detecting the entering state of the game ball. And a lower passage forming member 1825 that forms a passage for discharging a game ball that has entered the rotating body 1820. Here, the inner peripheral surface of the circular opening 1799 corresponds to the outer peripheral wall of the present invention, and the ball entry detection means 1831 corresponds to the ball entry state detection means and the winning state detection means of the present invention.

  The rotating body 1820 has one specific entrance area 1820a that opens in the radial direction and the planar direction and a plurality (seven in this example) of regular entrance areas 1820b that are equally spaced in the circumferential direction (specifically, 45 degree intervals). ), And the game ball that has reached the inflow port 1798 formed in the stage member 1785 (see FIG. 105) can enter the specific entrance area 1820a or the normal entrance area 1820b. Yes. That is, the inner peripheral surface of the circular opening 1799 in the stage member 1785 acts as an outer peripheral wall that surrounds the outer periphery of the rotating body 1820, but the inflow port 1798 formed in the inner peripheral surface is a rotation of the rotating body 1820. Accordingly, it is provided so as to be in temporary communication with the specific entry area 1820a or the normal entry area 1820b, and the game ball enters the specific entry area 1820a or the ordinary entry area 1820b via the inflow port 1798. Is allowed to enter and can be rotated around the axis together with the rotating body 1820. Note that the normal entrance area 1820b penetrates in the vertical direction and is formed in a notch shape in plan view with the outer peripheral side completely open, but the specific entrance area 1820a is closer to the radial center than the normal entrance area 1820b. It is formed in a through-hole shape that penetrates in the vertical direction at the position and leaves the outer peripheral edge.

  In addition, the rotating body 1820 is provided with a ball restricting wall 1820c that guides the game ball that has fallen on the upper surface 1821 of the rotating body 1820 and restricts the number of normal ball entering areas 1820b that can be entered to three in the circumferential direction. It is formed intermittently. That is, when the ball enters from the peripheral surface side of the rotating body 1820 and is guided to the inflow port 1798 through the survival passage 1797, and the case where the ball enters from the upper surface side of the rotating body 1820, the entire entrance area that can be entered The ratios of the specific entrance areas 1820a with respect to the number of golf balls are different from each other. Specifically, it is 1/8 when entering from the peripheral surface side, but it is 1/4 when entering from the upper surface side, and the expected value for entering the specific entrance area 1820a is high.

  In addition, the rotating body 1820 is based on the result of the special lottery based on the winning of the game ball to the first starting port 1602 being “first small hit” or based on the winning of the game ball to the second starting port 1604 When the result of the special lottery is “first small hit” or “second small hit”, each time the first special symbol or second special symbol is displayed, the “first small hit” or “second small hit” After the image indicating that it is “winning” is displayed (including simultaneously with the display), the clockwise rotation is started. The rotational speed of the rotating body 1820 is 8 [seconds / circumference] in this embodiment. Further, in this embodiment, the rotating body 1820 rotates clockwise as soon as the change display ends (when an image indicating “first small hit” or “second small hit” is displayed). Rotation starts.

  In addition, the rotation of the specific body 1820a is always stopped at the same position so that the specific field 1820a always starts rotating from the same position when starting to rotate clockwise. Specifically, the rotator 1820 is stopped when the specific ball entering area 1820a is at a position (specific position) facing the inflow port 1798, and rotation is started from this specific position.

  The rotating body base 1823 includes a housing portion 1823a that houses a mechanism for rotating the rotating body 1820, and a specific entrance ball that is formed in a part of the periphery of the rotating body base 1823 (on the back left side) and communicates with the specific entrance area 1820a. A normal entrance area formed on a specific entrance 1823b having a circular arc shape in plan view that allows a game ball entering the area 1820a to fall and a part of the periphery of the rotating body base 1823 (in the vicinity of the inlet 1798). A normal entrance 1823c is formed which communicates with 1820b and allows a game ball entered into the normal entrance area 1820b to fall. The specific entrance 1823b and the normal entrance 1823c are formed so as to match the specific entrance area 1820a and the normal entrance area 1820b, respectively, and the specific entrance area 1820b and the normal entrance area 1820b, respectively. The mouth 1823b is located closer to the center in the radial direction than the normal entrance 1823c. That is, even if a part of the specific entry area 1820a overlaps the normal entry area 1823c, the game ball that has entered the specific entry area 1820a does not fall into the normal entry area 1823c. Even if a part of 1820b overlaps with the specific entrance 1823b, the game ball entered into the normal entrance area 1820b does not fall into the specific entrance 1823b.

  In the housing portion 1823 a of the rotating body base 1823, a motor 1826 that rotates the rotating body 1820 at a constant rotation number, a motor gear 1827 provided on the rotating shaft of the motor 1826, and a rotating body shaft pin 1822 of the rotating body 1820 are externally fitted. At the same time, a mechanism portion including a rotating body gear 1828 and the like meshed with the motor gear 1827 is disposed. That is, by operating the motor 1826, a rotational force is applied to the rotating body shaft pin 1822 via the motor gear 1827 and the rotating body gear 1828, and the rotating body 1820 can be rotated relatively slowly. The accommodating portion 1823a also accommodates light emitting means including an LED substrate 1829 and a lens 1830, rotational position detecting means (not shown) for detecting the rotational position of the rotating body 1820, and the like. Further, the switch case 1824 accommodates a plurality of entrance detection means 1831 for detecting that a game ball has entered the specific entrance 1823b or the normal entrance 1823c, respectively. A game ball that has passed 1831 is guided to a predetermined discharge position by a lower passage forming member 1825. As will be described in detail later, when the entrance detection means 1831 detects that a game ball has entered the specific entrance 1823b, an advantageous game state (so-called “hit”) advantageous to the player occurs. It is like that. Here, the motor 1826 corresponds to the rotational driving means of the present invention.

  In this way, the game balls sent to the survival path 1797 are then distributed to the specific ball entering area 1820a and the normal ball entering area 1820b by the rotary sorter 1709, so that the behavior of the game ball can be further enjoyed. be able to. Further, whether the game ball enters the specific ball entering area 1820a or the normal ball entering area 1820b is determined by the rotational position of the rotating body 1820 and the timing of the game ball entering the inflow port 1798 through the survival passage 1797. Therefore, the behavior of the game ball rolling in the survival path 1797 can be related to the rotational position of the rotating body 1820. Therefore, when a game ball is sent to the survival path 1797 by the movable accessory 1788, the expectation can be gradually increased and attention can be paid to the behavior of the game ball.

  Further, in the case of being guided to the inflow port 1798 by the surviving passage 1797 and the case of being guided to the upper surface of the rotating body 1820 by the right guiding path 1705, the ratio of the specific entrance area 1820a to the total number of the entrance areas is mutually Unlikely, the expected value of the game ball guided by the right guide route 1705 can be made relatively high.

(Configuration of guide passage forming member)
With reference to FIGS. 112 to 115, a guide passage forming member 1789 for transporting a game ball to the upper surface of the rotating body 1820 and an opening / closing member driving mechanism 1843 capable of opening and closing the outflow through hole 1840 of the guide passage forming member 1789 will be described. This will be described in detail. 112 is a plan view of the guide passage forming member 1789, FIG. 113 is a cross-sectional view taken along line AA in FIG. 112, FIG. 114 is a cross-sectional view taken along line BB in FIG. 112, and FIG. It is the perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the guide channel | path formation member 1789 and the opening-and-closing member drive mechanism 1843, and was seen from diagonally forward. In FIG. 115, the solenoid is omitted.

  The guide passage forming member 1789 is made of a colorless and transparent resin member. The guide passage forming member 1789 has a bowl-shaped restoration guide path 1834 for guiding a game ball restored by a game medium restoration means 1711 described later to the upper surface of the rotating body 1820 and a right guidance path 1705. It is integrally formed with a bowl-shaped connection passage portion 1836 for guiding the guided game ball to the revival guide passage 1834. Further, the guide passage forming member 1789 is connected to the left leg 1838 having an inner wall that extends forward from below the inflow side (left end) of the restoration guide path 1834 and has a curved inner wall along the periphery of the rotating body 1820. A right leg 1837 that extends forward from below the inflow side (right side) of the passage portion 1836 and has an inner wall curved along the periphery of the rotating body 1820 is provided. The right leg portion 1837 and the left leg portion 1838 are provided. Thus, the restoration guide path 1834 and the connection passage portion 1836 are supported at a position higher than the upper surface of the rotating body 1820. Here, the restoration guide path 1834 corresponds to the second invitation path of the present invention, and the connection passage portion 1836 corresponds to the connection path of the present invention.

  In this way, since the revival guide path 1834 and the connection passage portion 1836 communicate with each other, the game ball guided by the right guide path 1705 has the same expected value as the game ball guided by the revival guide path 1834. Is granted. Therefore, it is possible to greatly enhance the expectation on the game ball guided by the right guide route 1705. Further, by sharing a part of the passage, it is possible to suppress a complicated arrangement of a plurality of routes and to prevent a reduction in the visibility with respect to the specific game area 1703.

  By the way, the game ball guided by the recovery guide path 1834 is sent via the first game process (specifically, the process by the game medium recovery means 1711) in the first specific game area 1786, whereas the connection path Since the game ball guided by the portion 1836 is directly supplied from the right guide route 1705, the rolling time of the game ball guided by the right guide route 1705 and the connection passage portion 1836 becomes relatively short, and the right guide route It becomes difficult to appeal to the player the appeal of being assigned to 1705. That is, there is a possibility that it will flow out before arousing pleasure due to the distribution to the right guidance route 1705, and this may reduce the interest of the right guidance route 1705.

  On the other hand, in this example, the game ball guided by the connection passage portion 1836 joins the revival guide path 1834 and then rolls toward the upstream side of the revival guide path 1834. For this reason, while being able to extend the rolling distance until it flows out, it becomes possible to roll large. Therefore, it is possible to appeal to the player that the player has been assigned to the right guidance route 1705, and the game ball flows backward through the revival guide path 1834, so that the behavior of the game ball can be conspicuous.

  In particular, a rolling direction restricting portion 1839 for preventing the game ball from rolling from the resurrection guide passage 1834 toward the upstream side of the connection passage portion 1836 is provided near the junction of the resurrection guide passage 1834 and the connection passage portion 1836. Is provided. This is composed of a step portion formed by increasing the height of the connection passage portion 1836 to be higher than the height of the merging portion in the revival guide path 1834. By restricting the rolling direction by such a rolling direction restricting portion 1839, the movement of the game ball guided by the revival guide path 1834 and the movement of the game ball guided by the connection passage portion 1836 are made different. Can enhance visual interest. Further, since the rolling time of the game ball guided by the revival guide path 1834 is relatively long due to passing through the first specific game area 1786, It is possible to prevent the time required for the game processing from becoming redundant. Further, by forming the rolling direction restricting portion 1839 by the step portion, it is possible to restrict the rolling from the restoration guide path 1834 to the connection passage portion 1836 with an extremely simple configuration, and to restore from the connection passage portion 1836. The guide path 1834 can be sent smoothly without reducing the momentum of the game ball.

  Further, the revival guide path 1834 includes a linear upstream passage portion 1835a from the inflow port through which the game ball flows into the joining portion and a straight downstream passage portion 1835b from the joining portion to the outflow through hole portion 1840. In addition, the upstream passage portion 1835a and the downstream passage portion 1835b have a substantially L-shaped shape in a plan view in which they are perpendicular to each other, while the connection passage portion 1836 is a straight line on an extension line of the upstream passage portion 1835a. It is formed in a shape. For this reason, it is possible to smoothly and greatly roll the game ball from the connection passage portion 1836 to the upstream side of the recovery guide path 1834. Further, the downstream-side passage portion 1835b extends in a direction perpendicular to the upstream-side passage portion 1835a and the connection passage portion 1836, and an outflow through-hole portion 1840 is provided at the tip thereof, so that it is restored from the connection passage portion 1836. It is possible to prevent the game ball from flowing out during rolling to the guide path 1834. Here, the upstream-side passage portion 1835a corresponds to the upstream-side passage of the present invention, and the downstream-side passage portion 1835b corresponds to the downstream-side passage of the present invention.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 113, the upstream passage portion 1835a and the connection passage portion 1836 are integrally formed, and are curved in a substantially arc shape in the vertical direction with the merging point of the restoration guide passage 1834 as the lowest point. . As described above, the upstream passage portion 1835a and the connection passage portion 1836 that are continuous with each other are formed to be curved in a substantially circular arc shape, so that energy loss during rolling of the game ball is suppressed as much as possible, and smoother rolling is achieved. It becomes possible to move. In addition, since the descending slope toward the junction point in the upstream passage portion 1835a and the connection passage portion 1836 is extremely gentle, it is possible to roll the game ball relatively slowly.

  Further, since the upstream-side passage portion 1835a and the connection passage portion 1836 are formed in a bowl shape and are arranged on the back side of the guide passage-forming member 1789, the game ball can be clearly seen through the open portion on the upper surface side. In addition, the guide passage forming member 1789 can prevent the visibility of the second game process from being lowered.

  On the other hand, the downstream-side passage portion 1835b is formed linearly toward the front (player side) and has a slight downward slope toward the outflow through-hole portion 1840 as shown in FIG. It is possible to roll the game ball sent from the passage portion 1835a relatively slowly and straight. In addition, a regulation wall 1835c that is higher than the rolling surface is continuously formed along the rolling direction at the left and right edges of the rolling surface in the downstream passage portion 1835b. That is, the downstream-side passage portion 1835b has a narrower rollable passage width than the upstream-side passage portion 1835a, and the game ball moves toward the center of the outflow through-hole portion 1840 by suppressing blurring of the game ball. Is to guide you.

  By the way, when the game ball jumps out of the outflow through hole 1840 of the revival guide path 1834, it may be difficult to entertain the second game process by the rotary sorter 1709. Therefore, in this example, as shown in FIG. 115, an opening / closing member 1842 for opening / closing the outflow through hole portion 1840 is provided, and the opening / closing member 1842 is opened and closed at a predetermined timing. Specifically, the opening / closing member 1842 is a plate-like member disposed below the downstream-side passage portion 1835b, and is supported by the lower guide 1848 so as to be slidable in the front-rear direction, and the opening-closing member driving mechanism 1843. Thus, the outflow through hole 1840 is switched between a closed state and an open state. The opening / closing member drive mechanism 1843 includes a solenoid (not shown) arranged so that the plunger 1844 faces rearward, a plunger head 1845 connected to the tip of the plunger 1844 and displaced in the front-rear direction, and a rod-like slide link extending in the left-right direction. 1847 and a vertical rotation shaft (not shown) are rotatably supported, and the plunger head 1845 and the left end of the slide link 1847 are connected to each other, and the movement of the plunger head 1845 in the front-back direction is the movement of the slide link 1847 in the left-right direction. A drive arm 1846 that converts to a vertical axis and a rotary shaft (not shown) that is pivotally supported, is connected to the right end of the slide link 1847, and meshes with a meshing portion 1842a formed on the side surface of the opening / closing member 1842. Gear 1 having tooth portion 1849a And it is configured to include a 49, a. The solenoid is provided with a spring (not shown) that urges the plunger 1844 to protrude. According to this, when the solenoid is not operated, the plunger head 1845 is displaced (projected) backward by the biasing force of the spring, the slide link 1847 is moved to the right side, and the opening / closing member 1842 is slid backward. That is, the outflow through hole 1840 is held open. On the other hand, when the solenoid is operated, the plunger head 1845 is displaced (retracted) forward against the biasing force of the spring, so that the slide link 1847 moves to the left side, and the opening / closing member 1842 is slid forward. That is, the outflow through hole 1840 is closed.

  As described above, since the opening / closing member 1842 is disposed in the outflow through hole portion 1840 of the revival guide path 1834, the game ball guided by the revival guide path 1834 or the connection passage portion 1836 is braked before the rotating body. It can be dropped on the upper surface of 1820. Accordingly, the game ball can be released gently to the rotating body 1820, and the second game process by the rotary sorter 1709 can be performed slowly in a stable state. In addition, the timing at which the game ball guided by the revival guide path 1834 or the connection passage portion 1836 falls on the rotating body 1820 is determined by the timing at which the opening / closing member 1842 is opened. The behavior of the sphere can be visually recognized while being associated with the operation of the opening / closing member 1842, that is, the open / closed state of the outflow through hole portion 1840, and as a result, attention to the game ball can be further enhanced.

  By the way, as will be described in detail later, the game medium revival means 1711 for sending a game ball to the revival guide path 1834 is disposed in the discharge portion 1710 so as to be displaceable in the front-rear direction. There is a case where the inflow side of the revival guide path 1834 is released from the inflow side of 1834. For this reason, when a game ball sent from the connection passage portion 1836 to the revival guide path 1834 flows backward in the revival guide path 1834, if the momentum of the game ball is relatively strong, the game ball moves out of the path from the inflow side of the revival guide path 1834. There is a risk of jumping out. Therefore, in this example, a protrusion 1834a is formed on the inflow side of the revival guide path 1834 to prevent the game ball sent from the connection passage portion 1836 from deviating from the inflow side. For this reason, it is possible to roll a game ball largely using the whole upstream channel | path part 1835a.

(Composition of game media revival means)
The game medium restoration means 1711 will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 103 and 116 to 119. FIG. 116 is a perspective view of the state in which the guide passage forming member 1789 and the like are removed from the specific game area 1703 as seen obliquely from the front, and FIG. 117 is a perspective view of the game medium restoration means 1711 as seen from the oblique front. 118 is a longitudinal sectional view of the game medium restoring means 1711, and FIG. 119 is a perspective view showing the relationship between the ball transport portion 1862 and the guide path forming member 1789 of the game medium restoring means 1711.

  As shown in FIG. 103, the game medium revival means 1711 is arranged in the discharge part 1710 of the first specific game area 1786, picks up the game balls discharged to the discharge part 1710, and uses the game balls as the second specific game area. 1787 is configured to be sent to a guide passage forming member 1789. Generally, the discharge unit 1710 is a place where a game ball is discharged from the specific game area 1703, that is, a place meaning the end of the game process in the specific game area 1703, so when the game ball is discharged to the discharge part 1710, The player loses his expectation and feels pessimistic. However, in the case where the player is provided with the game medium revival means 1711 as in this example, even if the game ball is discharged to the discharge unit 1710, the player picks it up. In the case of being played, the game is returned to the specific game area 1703, so that the possibility of causing the game ball to enter the specific entrance 1823b again occurs. Therefore, the player can be relieved and a high preference can be generated.

  The discharge portion 1710 has a substantially rectangular shape in plan view and is elongated in the front-rear direction, and includes a groove-shaped opening 1796 having inner walls on both sides. In FIG. 116, the guide passage forming member 1789 and the block-shaped decorative wall body 1872 are removed in order to clearly show the ball transporting portion 1862, but actually, as shown in FIG. A part of the right wall surface (upper wall) of the groove-shaped opening 1796 is formed by the left leg 1838 of the guide passage forming member 1789, and a part of the left wall surface of the groove-shaped opening 1796 is formed by the decorative wall body 1872. (Upper side wall) is formed. Thus, since the discharge part 1710 is long in the front-rear direction, even if the width of the discharge part 1710 is narrow, the state inside the discharge part 1710 can be easily seen from the player side, and the ball transport part in the discharge part 1710 The movement of 1862 can be enjoyed. Here, the opposing surfaces of the decorative wall 1872 and the left leg 1838 correspond to the inner wall of the present invention.

  Further, the game medium revival means 1711 is supported so as to be displaceable in the discharge portion 1710, receives a game ball at an inflow position that is the tip of the discharge portion 1710, and plays a game at a discharge position that is an upper part of the rear end of the discharge portion 1710. A ball transport unit 1862 for discharging a ball is provided. Here, the inflow position is lower than the upper surface of the inner wall in the discharge part 1710, and the discharge position is higher than the upper surface of the inner wall. In other words, the game ball transported by the ball transport unit 1862 is discharged beyond the upper surface of the inner wall (the upper surface of the left leg 1838). As shown in FIG. 117, the ball transport unit 1862 places a game ball, and at least at the release position, the bottom surface portion 1862a is inclined downward toward the guide passage forming member 1789 side, and the tip of the bottom surface portion 1862a. A pair of fall preventions that stand from the side (player side) and the rear end side and prevent the game ball from dropping from the bottom surface portion 1862a until the ball transport portion 1862 is displaced from the inflow position to the discharge position. And a wall 1862b, and has a concave shape when viewed from the side, with the side surface on the guide passage forming member 1789 side being open.

  Thus, by providing the ball transfer unit 1862 so as to be displaceable, when the game ball discharged to the discharge unit 1710 enters the ball transfer unit 1862, the game ball is transferred to the discharge position while remaining stationary. Therefore, it is possible to slowly show the game ball reviving and to further enhance the visual interest. Further, since the ball transport unit 1862 moves in the longitudinal direction in the groove-shaped discharge unit 1710, not only the vertical motion of lifting the game ball but also the horizontal motion is added to enhance the visual interest. Can do. In addition, since the game ball transported by the ball transport unit 1862 is released beyond the upper surface of the inner wall, it is possible to clearly see how the game ball is revived, as if it is under the cliff. By showing the player the action of a fallen game ball climbing a cliff, the player can feel the strength of the game ball and increase the expectation of the game ball. Further, since the bottom surface portion 1862a of the ball transport unit 1862 has a downward slope toward the guide passage forming member 1789, the game balls placed on the bottom surface portion 1862a naturally flow out toward the guide passage forming member 1789. It becomes possible to make it. That is, since the game ball can be released without providing a special discharge mechanism, the configuration of the game medium revival means 1711 can be made relatively simple.

  In addition, as shown in FIG. 117, an arm portion 1863 extends downward from the bottom surface of the ball transport portion 1862, and a rotating shaft portion 1864 extending in the horizontal direction from the lower end portion of the arm portion 1863 is rotatable. It is supported by. That is, the arm portion 1863 can be rotated within the discharge portion 1710, and the ball transport portion 1862 can be displaced along the arc. That is, the ball transport unit 1862 can be moved along the longitudinal direction of the discharge unit 1710 while being raised.

  A discharge port 1710a (see FIG. 87) is formed below the inflow position in the discharge unit 1710 to discharge game balls that have not flowed into the ball transport unit 1862 from the bottom surface of the discharge unit 1710. A pivot shaft 1864 that rotatably supports 1863 is disposed below the discharge position. According to this, it is possible to smoothly discharge the game ball that has fallen without flowing into the ball transport unit 1862 from the discharge port without contacting the arm unit 1863 and the rotation shaft unit 1864. Further, since the rotation shaft portion 1864 of the arm portion 1863 is below the discharge position, the ball transport portion 1862 reaches the discharge position when the arm portion 1863 is in a substantially vertical state. Therefore, the release position can be set to the highest position, and the length of the arm portion 1863 can be shortened as much as possible, so that the game medium restoration means 1711 can be downsized.

  As shown in FIGS. 117 and 118, the game medium restoring means 1711 rotatably supports the rotating shaft portion 1864 of the arm portion 1863 as a mechanism for displacing the ball transport portion 1862 between the inflow position and the discharge position. And a motor 1865 capable of normal rotation and reverse rotation, and a motor link 1866 for transmitting the rotation of the motor 1865 to the arm portion 1863. According to this, when the motor 1865 is rotated in a predetermined direction, the arm portion 1863 rotates backward via the motor link 1866, and the ball transport portion 1862 can be displaced from the inflow position toward the discharge position. On the other hand, when the motor 1865 is rotated in the opposite direction, the arm portion 1863 rotates forward via the motor link 1866, and the ball transport portion 1862 can be displaced from the discharge position toward the inflow position. In particular, the position of the ball transport unit 1862 is controlled by the restoration process control means 2586 (see FIG. 128). Specifically, a standby step, a ball receiving step, and a discharging step are sequentially performed on the ball transport unit 1862. The standby step is a step until a predetermined gaming state occurs, and the ball transport unit 1862 is made to wait at an intermediate position between the inflow position and the discharge position. In this step, the motor 1865 is not energized and is held at an intermediate position by a spring 1869 hooked to a spring hooking portion 1863a of the arm portion 1863. Further, the game medium restoration means 1711 is provided with a photo sensor 1871 for detecting that the motor link 1866 is at a predetermined position, whereby it is possible to determine whether or not the ball transport unit 1862 is at an intermediate position. It is possible.

  On the other hand, the ball receiving step is a step after a predetermined gaming state occurs, and the ball transport unit 1862 is displaced from the intermediate position to the inflow position and stopped at the inflow position for a predetermined time. Accordingly, the game ball discharged to the discharge unit 1710 can be received by the ball transfer unit 1862. The discharging step is a process executed after the ball receiving step is completed, and the ball transport unit 1862 is displaced from the inflow position to the discharging position and is stopped at the discharging position for a predetermined time. As a result, the game ball can be released naturally. As described above, the movement of the ball transport unit 1862 is associated with the game state in order to move the ball transport unit 1862 to the inflow position and receive the game ball only when the predetermined game state is reached. It becomes possible to make it. In addition, since the ball transport unit 1862 waits at an intermediate position, the ball can be prevented from colliding and can be moved relatively quickly to the inflow position, and a series of processing times becomes more redundant than necessary. Can be suppressed.

  In this example, as shown in FIG. 119, the game ball transported to the release position by the ball transport unit 1862 not only returns to the specific game area 1703 but also rotates by the guide passage forming member 1789 to rotate the sorter 1709. (See FIG. 103). For this reason, the feeling of expectation for the revived game ball is enhanced, and as a result, it becomes possible to pay more attention to the operation of the game medium reviving means 1711. In particular, as described above, the guide passage forming member 1789 is set to have a higher expected value for entering the specific entrance 1823b than the survival passage 1797. Can continue to have expectations.

  By the way, since the movable accessory 1788 and the survival passage 1797 are disposed on the upstream side of the discharge portion 1710, the game medium reviving means 1711 operates to allow the game ball to be revived in a state where the expected value is high. However, when the movable accessory 1788 is displaced to the projecting position and the game ball is sent to the survival path 1797, the game medium revival means 1711 cannot be profited. In this case, there is a concern that the movement of the movable accessory 1788 that hinders the advantageous state may be annoying.

  On the other hand, in this example, when the game medium restoring means 1711 operates, that is, when the game ball can be guided to the upper surface of the rotary sorter 1709 by the guide passage forming member 1789, the movable accessory 1788 is used. Is displaced to the protruding position, that is, it is prohibited to guide the game ball to the inlet 1798 of the rotary sorter 1709 via the survival passage 1797. Therefore, the guidance to the guide passage forming member 1789 having the higher expected value is preferentially performed, and dissatisfaction with the movable accessory 1788 can be avoided.

(Configuration of ingress prevention mechanism)
The configuration of the intrusion prevention mechanism 1851 will be described with reference to FIGS. 104, 120, and 121. FIG. 120 is a front view of the intrusion prevention mechanism 1851, and FIG. 121 is a perspective view of the intrusion prevention mechanism 1851 disassembled and viewed from an oblique front.

  Incidentally, as shown in FIG. 104, in the case where the surviving passage 1797 is branched from the discharge guide passage 1795, the surviving passage 1797 is formed vertically with respect to the discharge guide passage 1795. When an impact or vibration is applied from the outside, the rolling direction of the game ball may change and enter the survival path 1797 even though the movable accessory 1788 is not operating. That is, there is a concern that an illegal act such as hitting the pachinko machine 1 with the aim of forcibly guiding it to the survival passage 1797 is performed.

  On the other hand, in this example, a convex portion 1852a having a triangular shape in plan view is provided on the entrance side of the survival passage 1797 so as to protrude upward. Therefore, even if an illegal act such as hitting the pachinko machine 1 is performed, it is possible to reliably prevent the game ball from being sent to the surviving passage 1797 due to an external impact or vibration. Further, the convex portion 1852a is supported so as to be able to appear and retract, and is adapted to be immersed in accordance with the displacement of the movable accessory 1788 to the protruding position. For this reason, it is possible to smoothly send the game ball in contact with the movable accessory 1788 to the remaining passage 1797.

  More specifically, as shown in FIG. 120 and FIG. 121, the convex portion 1852a is formed on the upper surface of the convex link 1852 having a substantially inverted L shape in a side view, and the entrance side of the survival passage 1797 (see FIG. 104). It is arranged so as to protrude above the survival passage 1797 through a through hole (not shown) formed in the bottom surface. The convex link 1852 is supported by the link cover 1860 so as to be slidable in the vertical direction, and is moved up and down by the operation of the solenoid 1854. Specifically, a solenoid 1854 disposed on the solenoid base 1853 so that the plunger 1855 faces the front side (player side), a plunger head 1856 provided at the tip of the plunger 1855, a plunger head 1856, and a shaft pin 1858 A first arm 1857 that connects the left end side and converts the linear motion of the plunger head 1856 in the longitudinal direction into a rotational motion and transmits it to the shaft pin 1858, and a connecting portion 1852b on the right end side of the shaft pin 1858 and the lower end of the convex link 1852 are connected. And a second arm 1859 that converts the rotational movement of the shaft pin 1858 into the vertical linear movement of the convex link 1852. A sliding portion 1856a is provided on the right side surface of the plunger head 1856 so as to be slidable in the front-rear direction with a flat guide piece 1853a formed on the solenoid base 1853 interposed therebetween. Guided. The solenoid 1854 is provided with a spring 1854a that urges the plunger 1855 in a protruding direction.

  According to this, when the solenoid 1854 is not operated, the plunger head 1856 projects forward by the biasing force of the spring 1854a, and the convex link 1852 is held in a displaced state. On the other hand, when the solenoid 1854 is operated, the plunger head 1856 is retracted against the biasing force of the spring 1854a, and the convex link 1852 can be lowered.

(Composition of decorative objects)
The configuration of the decorative accessory 1746 will be described with reference to FIGS. 122 and 123. FIG. 122 is a perspective view of the decorative accessory 1746 as viewed obliquely from the front, and FIG. 123 is a rear view of the decorative accessory 1746. The decorative accessory 1746 is arranged behind the upper game area 1729 (see FIG. 93), and causes a character body 1873 to appear when a predetermined game state occurs. Specifically, the character body 1873 is supported by a bar-like support arm 1880 provided in the vertical direction, and is provided from the front with a rotation shaft 1880a provided at the lower end of the support arm 1880 and having the axial direction as the front-rear direction. It can be turned counterclockwise as seen. As a mechanism for rotating the character body 1873, a solenoid 1875 attached to the solenoid base 1874 and arranged with the plunger 1876 facing downward, a spring 1877 for biasing the plunger 1876 in a protruding direction, and a tip of the plunger 1876 The slider 1878 that is connected, and the lower end portion of the slider 1878 and the arm pin 1879 that connects the upper portion of the support arm 1880 above the rotary shaft 1880a and converts the linear motion of the slider 1878 into the rotational motion of the support arm 1880 are provided. ing. According to this, when the solenoid 1875 is not in operation, the slider 1878 is held in the lowered position by the urging force of the spring 1877, the support arm 1880 is supported in the vertical direction, and the character body 1873 is visually behind the solenoid base 1874. It becomes possible to hold in an impossible position. On the other hand, when the solenoid 1875 is operated, the slider 1878 rises against the urging force of the spring 1877, and the support arm 1880 is rotated counterclockwise, so that the character body 1873 can be visually recognized.

<Configuration of movable decorative body>
A configuration of the movable decorative body 1737 will be described with reference to FIGS. 124 and 125. 124 is a front view showing a state in which the movable decorative body 1737 protrudes toward the inside of the center accessory unit 1700 and is visible from the player side. FIG. 125 shows the movable decorative body 1737 and its drive mechanism. It is the perspective view seen from diagonally forward.

  The movable decorative body 1737 is normally disposed on the right side of the liquid crystal frame 1733 and cannot be visually recognized from the player side. For example, when a specific gaming state advantageous to the player occurs, When the expected value for the big hit is high in the big hit lottery performed by entering the starting port 1602 (see FIG. 74) or the second starting port 1604, the right notch formed on the right peripheral surface of the liquid crystal frame 1733 It is inserted into the liquid crystal frame 1733 through the portion 1735 (FIG. 92) and appears on the front side of the liquid crystal display device 640.

  As shown in FIG. 125, the movable decorative body 1737 includes a windmill decoration unit 1890 that three-dimensionally models a windmill, and a character decoration unit 1891 that is arranged on the right side of the windmill decoration unit 1890 and three-dimensionally models a cat character. It is configured. In particular, the windmill decoration portion 1890 is formed of a light transmissive member, two types of lens portions 1890a of different colors, a non-transparent frame portion 1890b that forms the outline of each lens portion 1890a, and a lens portion 1890a. And a light emitting device (not shown) capable of emitting light toward the lens portion 1890a. That is, by operating the light emitting device, light can be emitted to the player side through the lens portion 1890a.

  As a mechanism for moving the movable decorative body 1737, a horizontal sliding mechanism 1892 for moving the entire movable decorative body 1737 in the horizontal direction, and a windmill rotating mechanism 1893 for rotating the windmill decorative portion 1890 are provided. The horizontal sliding mechanism 1892 includes a rail-shaped support rail 1895 arranged with the longitudinal direction set to the left and right above the movable decorative body 1737, and a guide arranged below the movable decorative body 1737 and in parallel with the support rail 1895. A rail 1896, an upper end supported by a support rail 1895 and a lower end supported by a guide rail 1896, a gear base 1897 having a plurality of gears (not shown), and the gear base 1897 along the guide rail 1896 in the left-right direction. And a movable unit 1898 that is movable. More specifically, the movable unit 1898 includes a sliding motor (not shown) disposed in the motor box 1899, a motor gear 1900 attached to the rotation shaft thereof, a rack 1903 formed on the upper surface of the gear base 1897, and the like. And a pinion 1901 that meshes and converts the rotation of the motor gear 1900 into a linear motion of the rack 1903. That is, by rotating the sliding motor, the gear base 1897 having the rack 1903 can be slid in the left-right direction. An extension portion 1906 extending in the left direction is formed on the upper side of the gear base 1897, and a movable decorative body 1737 is disposed at the tip portion thereof. For this reason, the movable decorative body 1737 can move in the left-right direction together with the gear base 1897 and can be made to appear and disappear with respect to the center accessory unit 1700.

  On the other hand, the windmill rotating mechanism 1893 includes a motor 1905 disposed below the gear base 1897, and a plurality of gears (not shown) that reduce the rotation of the motor 1905 and transmit it to the windmill decoration 1890. By operating 1905, the windmill decoration 1890 can be rotated. A base cover 1904 covering a plurality of gears is attached to the front side of the gear base 1897.

  Thus, based on the gaming state and the lottery result, the movable decorative body 1737 appears in front of the liquid crystal display device 640, and the windmill decoration portion 1890 is rotated and turned on, so that the visual effect is greatly enhanced. be able to. In particular, by making the image effect by the liquid crystal display device 640 and the effect by the movable decorative body 1737 visible, it is possible to further enhance the interest of the three-dimensional effect.

<Control configuration with main board and peripheral control board>
A detailed control configuration by the main board 2500 and the peripheral control board 2600 in the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 126 and 127. FIG. 126 is a block diagram schematically showing a control configuration around the main board in the pachinko machine 1. FIG. 127 is a block diagram schematically showing a control configuration around the peripheral control board in the pachinko machine 1. In these drawings, bold arrows indicate connection and direction of the power source, and thin arrows indicate connection and direction of the signal.

  The control of the pachinko machine 1 according to the present embodiment is roughly divided into a group of main boards 2500 including a main control board 1350 and a payout control board 1186, and peripheral control including a first decoration control board 2050, a second decoration control board 2054, and the like. It is shared by a group of substrates 2600. The group of the main board 2500 controls game operations (winning detection, winning judgment, special symbol display, prize ball payout, movable control of the movable accessory 1788, etc.), and the peripheral control board 2600 group performs the rendering operation (light emission). Decoration, sound output, liquid crystal display, etc.).

  As shown in FIG. 126, the main control board 1350 of the main board 2500 includes a CPU 2502 as a central processing unit, a ROM 2504 as a read-only memory, and a RAM 2506 as a readable / writable memory. The CPU 2502 controls various games performed in the pachinko machine 1 by executing a control program stored in the ROM 2504, and creates a command signal to be output to the peripheral control board 2600 and the payout control board 1186. The RAM 2506 temporarily stores information such as various data and input signals generated in various processes executed on the main control board 1350. The main control board 1350 is connected to the power supply board 2530 via the relay terminal board 625 and the payout control board 1186, and the operation power is supplied from the power supply board 2530.

  The input interface of the main control board 1350 includes a passage sensor 1512 that detects a game ball that has passed through the chucker 1510 and a general prize opening sensor 2532 that detects a game ball won in the general prize opening 1520 via the panel relay terminal board 2066. The first start port sensor 2534 for detecting a game ball that has won a start at the first start port 1602, the second start port sensor 1616 for detecting the game ball that has won a start at the second start port 1604, and a prize for the center accessory unit 1700 A winning mouth sensor 1741 for detecting a game ball won in the mouth 1702, a left side sensor 1704a for detecting a game ball distributed to the left guidance route 1704, and a right route sensor 1705a for detecting a game ball distributed to the right guidance route 1705. , A frame for detecting the position of the ball receiving portion 1760 disposed in the upper game area 1729. 2 sensors for detecting the game balls entering the specific entrance 1823b and the normal entrance 1823c in the rotary sorter 1709, respectively. The unit 1831, the photo sensor 1871 for detecting the position of the ball transport unit 1862 in the game medium revival unit 1711, the vibration sensor 2538 for detecting unauthorized vibration under a predetermined condition, the magnetic sensor 2302 for detecting unauthorized magnetism, and the like are connected. ing.

  Furthermore, the input interface of the main control board 1350 has an operation sensor 2510 for detecting an operation state of the operation handle portion 461 operated by a player for driving a game ball into the game area 605 via the relay terminal board 625. A body frame opening switch 2512 for detecting the opening state of the body frame 3 and a door frame opening switch 2514 for detecting the opening state of the door frame 5 are also connected.

  On the other hand, the output interface of the main control board 1350 includes a start port solenoid 1612 that drives a pair of movable pieces 1606 that change the winning probability to the second start port 1604 via the panel relay terminal plate 2066, a center accessory unit A solenoid 1750e that opens and closes a pair of movable pieces 1740a that opens and closes a winning opening 1702 of 1700, a solenoid 1766 that displaces the ball receiving portion 1760 between a receivable position and a receptive prohibiting position, and a rotating accessory 1761 that is a reference position Motor 1771 that rotates once starting from the start point, solenoid 1810 that swings the broom 1806 of the movable accessory 1788 and the like to send the game ball to the survival path 1797, motor 1826 that rotates the rotating body 1820 in the rotary sorter 1709, and game media In the resurrection means 1711, the ball transport unit 1862 is moved to the inflow position. A motor 1865 that is displaced between the discharge position, a solenoid 1854 that protrudes and retracts a convex portion 1852a provided on the inflow side of the survival passage 1797, and a peripheral control board 2600 are connected, and a drive signal is transmitted from the main control board 1350. It can be output.

  Further, a special symbol display 1530 attached to the front board 1550 in the main body is connected to the output interface of the main control board 1350 via the panel relay terminal board 2066. A display signal can be output to the symbol display 1532, the normal symbol display 1536, the normal symbol hold display 1538, the second special symbol display 1540, the round display 1543, and the like. Further, the fraud warning indicator 2005 is connected to the output interface of the main control board 1350 via the panel relay terminal board 2066, and the drive signal is based on the detection signals from the vibration sensor 2538 and the magnetic sensor 2302. It is output.

  On the other hand, the payout control board 1186 includes a CPU 2518 as a central processing unit, a ROM 2520 as a read-only memory, and a RAM 2522 as a readable / writable memory. Then, the payout control board 1186 processes the command signal input from the main control board 1350 and outputs a drive signal to the payout motor 815 and the firing motor 695 connected to the firing control board 2524. Accordingly, the payout motor 815 pays out the game ball according to the drive signal, and the launch motor 695 can fire the game ball according to the drive signal.

  The payout control board 1186 is connected to a ball break switch 778 that detects that there are no more game balls stored in the prize ball tank 720. Based on the detection of the ball break switch 778, the player In addition, the ball side is notified to the hall side (hall computer). The payout control board 1186 is connected to a full tank switch 916 for detecting that the game ball stored in the storage unit 381 of the dish unit 300 is full. Based on this, a notification that “please remove the game ball from the storage unit 381” is made.

  In addition, bi-directional communication is performed between the main control board 1350 and the payout control board 1186 via the respective input / output interfaces. For example, when the main control board 1350 transmits a prize ball command, it responds to this. An ACK signal is returned from the payout control board 1186 to the main control board 1350.

  Furthermore, an external terminal board 2526 is connected to the payout control board 1186, and each state such as the state of entering the start opening 1602, 1606, the fluctuation state of the normal symbol / special symbol, the special lottery result, the normal lottery result, etc. Various information such as a gaming state based on the lottery result and detection of fraud is output to a hall computer or the like provided in the gaming facility.

  On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 127, the peripheral control board 2600 has electronic components such as a CPU 2602, a ROM 2604, and a RAM 2606, and a predetermined effect control program can be executed by these electronic components. . In addition, the peripheral control board 2600 is provided with a ROM 2608 that stores a sound source that is the basis of voice and music, and a sound source IC 2610 that outputs the sound and music according to the production content based on the sound source stored in the ROM 2608. It has been. Note that communication is performed in only one direction between the input / output interface and the input interface between the main control board 1350 and the peripheral control board 2600, and the main control board 1350 and the peripheral control board 2600. Even if a command is sent to, the reverse is not done. The peripheral control board 2600 is also supplied with operating power from the power supply board 2530 via the main control board 1350.

  Note that either the first decoration control board 2050 and the second decoration control board 2054 constituting the peripheral control board 2600 may be provided with the CPU 2602 or the sound source IC 2610, or only one of them may be provided with the CPU 2602 or the sound source IC 2610. You may do it.

  The peripheral control board 2600 is connected to a liquid crystal display control board 2612 that controls display of effect images on the liquid crystal display device 640. A liquid crystal display device 640 is connected to the liquid crystal display control board 2612. The liquid crystal display control board 2612 processes a command signal transmitted from the peripheral control board 2600, and outputs a drive signal to the liquid crystal display device 640. To do. More specifically, the liquid crystal display control board 2612 includes a CPU 2614, a RAM 2616, a ROM 2618, a VDP 2620, and an image ROM 2622.

  The CPU 2614 of the liquid crystal display control board 2612 receives the command signal sent from the peripheral control board 2600 via the input / output interface and performs arithmetic processing based on the command to control the VDP 2620. The RAM 2616 provides a work area for the CPU 2614 and temporarily stores information included in the display command. The ROM 2618 holds a program for the CPU 2614 (for display control).

  A VDP (video display processor) 2620 is a drawing circuit that directly operates an LCD driver (liquid crystal driving circuit) incorporated in the liquid crystal display device 640. A register is provided in the VDP 2620, and it is possible to hold the operation mode of the VDP 2620, setting information of various display functions, and the like. The CPU 2614 rewrites various information held in the register, whereby the display mode in the liquid crystal display device 640 can be changed variously. The image ROM 2622 is a nonvolatile memory that stores various image data, and stores bitmap image data of various display designs, JPEG image data for a background image, and the like.

  Note that bidirectional communication is performed between the peripheral control board 2600 and the liquid crystal display control board 2612 with each input / output interface. The liquid crystal display control board 2612 is also supplied with operating power from the power supply board 2530 via the peripheral control board 2600 and the main control board 1350.

  The peripheral control board 2600 is connected to a door frame decoration lamp 2624 provided in the door frame 5 and a speaker 163 via a frame decoration relay terminal plate 290. From the peripheral control board 2600, these lamps are connected. A drive signal is output to the speaker 163 and the like.

  The peripheral control board 2600 has operation buttons 330 including three push buttons 330a, 330b, and 330c (signs are in order from the left) arranged on the front surface of the door frame 5 through the frame decoration relay terminal plate 290. These are connected to each other so that operation signals of the push buttons 330a, 330b, and 330c are inputted.

  Further, the peripheral control board 2600 is arranged in the front side member 1500 and has an LED mounted on the rear surface thereof, and the upper extension portion inner board 1554 for emitting and decorating the upper side of the front side member 1500, and the lower side of the front side member 1500 by emitting light The lower extension internal substrate 1556 to be connected is connected, and the LED provided on each substrate can be turned on, blinked, and turned off in a predetermined emission color by outputting a drive signal.

  Further, the peripheral control board 2600 includes a start opening unit decoration board 2630 for illuminating the start opening unit 1600, a right shoulder decoration portion 1726, a left shoulder decoration portion 1727, a lower decoration portion 1728, and the like of the center accessory unit 1700, respectively. A plurality of light emitting decoration boards 2632 to be decorated with light emission are connected, and by outputting a drive signal, the LEDs provided on each board can be turned on, blinking, and turned off in a predetermined light emission color.

  The peripheral control board 2600 is connected with a sliding motor or a motor 1905 for the movable decorative body 1737 via the movable decorative body relay terminal board 1737a. It is possible to rotate the windmill decoration portion 1890 which is a part of the movable and movable decoration body 1737.

<Game contents>
The game contents in the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 126 to 130. 128 is a block diagram illustrating a functional configuration on the main control board, and FIG. 129 is a block diagram illustrating a functional configuration on the peripheral control board. FIG. 130 is a block diagram showing a functional configuration related to the display of the fraud warning display on the main control board.

  First, a functional configuration related to game effect control on the main control board 1350 will be described with reference to FIG. 128 and the like. Note that a functional configuration relating to payout of game balls will be omitted. In the main control board 1350 of this example, various game controls, performance controls, and the like are implemented by executing predetermined programs stored in the ROM 2504 in advance by the CPU 2502. When a game ball detection signal is input from the passage sensor 1512, the main control board 1350 corresponds to a normal random number generator 2550 that generates a predetermined normal random number and a normal random number generated by the normal random number generator 2550. Normal symbol variation pattern selecting means 2552 for selecting a normal symbol variation pattern from a predetermined ordinary symbol variation pattern table stored in the ROM 2504, and normal symbol retention means for temporarily storing and retaining the selected normal symbol variation pattern 2554.

  The normal symbol holding means 2554 described above receives a predetermined number (for example, four) of the normal symbol variation pattern selected by the detection signal of the game ball from the passage sensor 1512 while the normal symbol is displayed on the normal symbol display 1536 as a variation. And the number of holds is displayed on the normal symbol hold indicator 1538, and the execution of the stored normal symbol variation pattern is suspended until the normal symbol can be changed. When the ordinary symbol variation pattern (ordinary random number) held by the ordinary symbol holding means 2554 is executed, after the ordinary symbol on the ordinary symbol display 1536 is variably displayed based on the ordinary symbol variation pattern (ordinary random number). When the normal symbol displayed in a stopped state is “normal hit”, the start port solenoid 1612 is driven to expand the pair of movable pieces 1606 to increase the winning probability to the second start port 1604. It has become.

  In addition, a first special random number that generates (acquires) a predetermined first special random number on the main control board 1350 based on a detection signal detected by the first start port sensor 2534 by a start winning to the first start port 1602. Generating means 2556, and first special symbol lottery means 2558 for performing lottery based on the first special random number acquired by the first special random number generating means 2556. Further, the first special symbol lottery means 2558 displays a first special symbol fluctuation pattern corresponding to the first special random number generated by the first special random number generation means 2556 as a predetermined special symbol fluctuation display pattern stored in the ROM 2504 in advance. First special symbol variation pattern selecting means 2559 selected from the table, and first special symbol winning determining means 2560 for determining a winning based on the first special random number acquired by the first special random number generating means 2556 Yes. Then, when the first special symbol variation pattern (first special random number) is variably displayed, the first special symbol on the first special symbol display unit 1532 is variably displayed based on the first special symbol variation pattern. It is displayed so that one of “first jackpot”, “second jackpot”, and “big jackpot” can be suggested.

  Further, a second special random number is generated on the main control board 1350 to generate (acquire) a predetermined second special random number based on a detection signal detected by the second start port sensor 1616 by a start winning to the second start port 1604. Generating means 2562 and second special symbol lottery means 2564 for performing lottery based on the second special random number acquired by the second special random number generating means 2562. Further, the second special symbol lottery means 2564 displays a second special symbol variation pattern corresponding to the second special random number generated by the second special random number generator 2562 as a predetermined special symbol variation display pattern stored in the ROM 2504 in advance. Second special symbol variation pattern selection means 2565 selected from the table, and second special symbol winning determination means 2566 for determining a winning based on the second special random number acquired in the second special random number generation means 2562 Yes. Then, when the second special symbol variation pattern (second special random number) is executed, the second special symbol on the second special symbol indicator 1540 is displayed in a variable manner based on the second special symbol variation pattern, and then stopped. Thus, any one of “first small hit”, “second small hit”, and “big hit” can be suggested.

  The first special symbol variation pattern and the second special symbol variation pattern described above include “first small hit”, “second small hit”, “second small hit”, “second small hit”, and “second small hit”. The number of opening and closing of the movable piece 1740a that opens and closes the winning opening 1702 (see FIG. 74) at the time of “hit” or “hit”, the number of rounds at the time of “hit” game, the variation time of the first special symbol and the second special symbol, Etc., and various information included in the first special symbol variation pattern and the second special symbol variation pattern is the movement of the movable piece 1704a, which will be described later, as a lottery result by starting winning, the liquid crystal display device 640, It is used to select effects such as effect images and effect sounds by the speakers 163 and the like.

  The main control board 1350 receives a detection signal from the entrance detection means 1831 when a game ball enters the specific entrance area 1820a of the rotator 1820, or the first start port 1602 When the first special random number (first special symbol variation pattern) or the second special random number (second special symbol variation pattern) due to the start winning at the second starting port 1604 suggests “big hit”, Advantageous gaming state generation means 2568 for generating a special advantageous gaming state, generation of a special advantageous gaming state by the advantageous gaming state generation means 2568, or a first special by a start winning to the first starting port 1602 or the second starting port 1604 If the random number (first special symbol variation pattern) or the second special random number (second special symbol variation pattern) suggests "first small hit" or "second small hit" Includes a winning opening closing control means 2570 for the movable piece 1740a is opened and closed to allow acceptance of game balls to winning openings 1702, a by driving the de 1750e.

  Further, when the winning opening 1702 can be received at least by the winning opening opening / closing control means 2570, the ball receiving portion 1760 supported at the receiving prohibited position can be received on the main control board 1350 by the driving of the solenoid 1766 ( The ball receiver drive control means 2581 that performs the operation of shifting to the lower limit position and holding it for a predetermined time (for example, twice), and after the constant time has passed since the change of the special symbol has stopped, the motor 1771 By driving, the rotating tool 1761 is rotated once or twice from the reference position so that the game ball received by the ball receiving portion 1760 is attracted to the permanent magnet 1761a and rotated together with the rotating tool 1761. A control means 2582. As a result, the game ball received by the ball receiver 1760 can be sent to the right guide path 1705, while the game ball that has not been received by the ball receiver 1760 can be sent to the left guide path 1704. In addition, in the case of sending to the right guidance path 1705, it is possible to delay the time until it is sent to the right guidance path 1705 via the rotating accessory 1761. Therefore, even if a plurality of game balls wins the winning opening 1702 at the same time and one of them is sent to the right guidance route 1705, the specific game area 1703 can be reached simultaneously through the left guidance route 1704 and the right guidance route 1705. Can be prevented, and the behavior of the game ball in the specific game area 1703 can be enjoyed in order. In particular, since the operation of the rotating role 1761 and the rotation of the game ball due to the rotating role 1761 can be visually recognized even while the game ball is stopped, the player has a sense of security compared to the case where the game ball is simply stopped. As well as giving, you can enhance the visual interest.

  The main control board 1350 operates the broom 1806 of the movable accessory 1788 (see FIG. 106) by driving the solenoid 1810 after a predetermined time has elapsed since the winning port 1702 can be received. A movable accessory drive control means 2583 is provided that continuously performs the operation of causing the contact portion 1806a to protrude into the discharge guide path 1795 for a certain short period of time (for example, four times). Thereby, while the advantage of the game ball guided by the left guide route 1704 is relatively low, the expectation can be maintained until the end, and the behavior of the game ball can be enjoyed. In particular, since the game ball is rolled toward the survival path 1797 by the movement of the movable accessory 1788, the timing of the game ball is predicted by associating the timing at which the movable accessory 1788 is displaced to the protruding position with the rolling position of the game ball. The movement of the movable accessory 1788 can be visually recognized while pounding.

  In addition, the movable accessory drive control means 2583 moves the movable accessory 1788 when the game medium revival means 1711 operates, that is, when the game ball can be guided to the upper surface of the rotating body 1820 by the revival guide path 1834. Is displaced to the protruding position, that is, it is prohibited to guide the game ball to the inlet 1798 of the rotating body 1820 through the survival passage 1797. Therefore, the guidance to the revival guide path 1834, which has a higher expected value, is given priority, and dissatisfaction with the movable accessory 1788 can be avoided.

  The main control board 1350 is also provided with an entry permission control means 2584 as a functional configuration. By driving the solenoid 1854 in synchronization with the initial activation of the broom 1806 in the movable accessory 1788, the convex link 1852 is provided. , And the game ball in contact with the contact portion 1806a of the broom 1806 can be sent to the survival passage 1797.

  Further, the main control board 1350 has the first special symbol variation pattern selected by the first special symbol variation pattern selection unit 2559 or the second special symbol variation pattern selected by the second special symbol variation pattern selection unit 2565. In the case of “second small hit”, a return processing control means 2586 that operates the game medium recovery means 1711 after the winning opening 1702 can be received by the second opening operation of the winning opening 1702 is provided. The restoration process control means 2586 drives the motor 1865 to pick up the game balls discharged to the discharge unit 1710 and return them to the specific game area 1703. Specifically, a standby step, a ball receiving step, and a discharge step are sequentially performed on the ball transport unit 1862, and the standby ball transport unit 1862 is set to the inflow position at an intermediate position between the inflow position and the discharge position. In addition to being displaced, the game ball is stopped at the inflow position for a predetermined time, and the game ball discharged to the discharge unit 1710 can be received by the ball transfer unit 1862. Thereafter, the ball transport unit 1862 is displaced from the inflow position to the discharge position and stopped at the discharge position for a predetermined time, so that the game ball is naturally discharged toward the guide passage forming member 1789. Thus, only when the special symbol variation pattern is “second small hit” and the winning opening 1702 is opened for the second time, it is possible to move the ball transport unit 1862 to the inflow position and receive the game ball. Therefore, attention can be paid to the movement of the ball transport unit 1862 in association with the lottery result, and the expectation in the “second small hit” can be significantly increased.

  The main control board 1350 operates the open / close member 1842 (see FIG. 115) by driving the solenoid 1844a after a predetermined time has elapsed since the winning port 1702 can be received, thereby allowing the guide passage forming member 1789 to flow out. A storage control means 2585 is provided that repeats a predetermined number of times (for example, three times) of closing the hole 1840 and opening it after a predetermined time. As a result, the game ball guided by the revival guide path 1834 or the connection passage portion 1836 can be braked and dropped onto the upper surface of the rotating body 1820, and the gaming ball is gently released to the rotating body 1820. Therefore, the second game process by the rotary sorter 1709 can be performed slowly in a stable state. In this example, since the closing time of the outflow through hole 1840 at the third time is set to be considerably longer than the closing times at the first time and the second time, the winning opening 1702 is opened by the third time. Even when the played game ball is restored by the game medium restoring means 1711, the game ball flowing out from the outflow through hole 1840 can be reliably stopped by the opening / closing member 1842. Here, the storage control means 2585 corresponds to the opening / closing control means of the present invention.

  In addition, the main control board 1350 includes a normal symbol variation pattern, a first symbol variation pattern, a second symbol variation pattern, and detection signals from the sensors according to the ordinary random number, the first special random number, and the second special random number, Peripheral control is performed by generating predetermined control commands based on control signals from the winning opening / closing control means 2570, the advantageous game state generating means 2568, and the drive control means 2581 to 2586 in the center accessory unit 1700. Command transmission means 2576 for transmitting to the substrate 2600 is further provided.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 130, the main control board 1350 includes an abnormality determination means 2578 for determining whether or not an abnormality such as an illegal act has occurred based on detection signals from the vibration sensor 2538 and the magnetic sensor 2302. Further, a game stop means 2580 for urgently stopping the game when the abnormality determination means 2578 determines that an abnormality has occurred is further provided. In this abnormality determination means 2578, the detection signal from the magnetic sensor 2302 is always received, and the detection signal from the vibration sensor 2538 is received in response to the detection signal of the game ball from the winning hole sensor 1741. ing.

  Further, when it is determined by the abnormality determination means 2578 that an abnormality has occurred, the cheating warning indicator 2005 comprising an LED emits light in a predetermined manner, and the vibration sensor 2538 and the magnetic sensor 2302 are controlled by the light emission manner. It is possible to determine which sensor has detected an abnormality.

  In the abnormality determination means 2578, a predetermined threshold is set for the detection signal from the vibration sensor 2538 or the magnetic sensor 2302, and an abnormality occurs depending on whether or not the detection signal exceeds the predetermined threshold. Is determined.

  If the abnormality determination unit 2578 determines that an abnormality has occurred, the command transmission unit 2576 transmits a predetermined command to the peripheral control board 2600 and the abnormality determination unit 2578 determines that an abnormality has occurred. If it is determined that the abnormality has occurred for a plurality of times or within a predetermined time, a predetermined warning image is displayed on the liquid crystal display device 640, and at the same time, a door frame decoration lamp 2624, which will be described later, blinks red. The player or a hall hall attendant or the like recognizes that a visual abnormality (injustice) has occurred due to light emission, and a predetermined warning sound (siren, warning voice, etc.) is output from the speaker 163. It is emitted and can be recognized audibly.

  On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 129, the peripheral control board 2600 has a command receiving means 2650 for receiving a control command transmitted from the main control board 1350, and a command received by the command receiving means 2650. Based on the effect pattern selection means 2652 for selecting the effect pattern stored in the ROM 2604, the effect pattern selected by the effect pattern selection means 2652, etc. Light emission effect control means 2654 for controlling the light emission driving of the LEDs provided on the decoration board 2630, the light emission decoration board 2632, and the like, and the light emission effect control means 2654 for causing the light emission decoration body to emit light, and the liquid crystal display device 640 selected by the effect pattern selection means 2652. Effect display control means for displaying a predetermined effect image based on the effect pattern and the like And 656, based on the selected effect pattern like in the effect pattern selection unit 2652, and a sound effect control unit 2658 drives the speaker 163 to control sound effects by such predetermined music and sound effects, a.

  Also, the peripheral control board 2600 includes a winning opening information acquisition unit 2661 for acquiring opening information of the winning opening 1702 by the opening / closing operation of the movable piece 1740a from a control command transmitted from the main control board 1350, and a game ball. Whether or not the game ball has been received by the route information acquisition unit 2664 for acquiring the route information indicating which of the left guide route 1704 and the right guide route 1705 is guided, and the ball transport unit 1862 of the game medium revival unit 1711 Revival information acquisition means 2666 for acquiring revival information indicating

  The peripheral control board 2600 also has a winning opening opening control means 2668 for controlling a winning opening opening effect composed of an effect image and an effect sound based on the effect pattern selected by the effect pattern selecting means 2652, and a winning opening opening. Based on the opening information acquired by the information acquisition unit 2662, the winning combination opening opening effect continuation unit 2670 for continuing (extending) the winning combination opening opening effect control unit 2668 by the winning port opening opening control unit 2668 is further provided. .

  Further, the peripheral control board 2600 has a predetermined pattern based on the effect pattern selected by the effect pattern selection unit 2652 and the route information acquired by the route information acquisition unit 2664 (that is, guided by the right guide route 1705). Expected large effect control means 2672 that performs an expected great effect consisting of effect images and effect sounds, the effect pattern selected by the effect pattern selection means 2652, and the revival information acquired by the revival information acquisition means 2666 (that is, the game ball is a sphere Revival effect control means 2673 for controlling the revival effect comprising the effect image and the effect sound, based on the fact that the image is received by the transport unit 1862).

  Then, the game content in the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment having the above-described functional configuration will be specifically described. In the pachinko machine 1 according to the present embodiment, the game ball stored in the storage unit 381 of the dish unit 300 is transparent when the player rotates the operation handle unit 461 disposed at the lower right of the door frame 5. A game with a game ball is started by being driven into an upper portion of a game area 605 disposed on the front surface of the game panel 599. As shown in FIG. 74, the game ball that has been driven into the upper part of the game area 605 flows down in the game area 605 on the left or right side of the center accessory unit 1700 depending on the driving strength. Note that the game ball driving strength can be adjusted by the amount of rotation of the operation handle portion 461, and the game ball can be driven more strongly as it is rotated in the clockwise direction. Further, in the game area 605, a plurality of obstacle nails are planted on the front surface of the game panel 599 with a predetermined gauge arrangement at an appropriate position. The speed is suppressed, and various movements are given to the game ball so that the movements can be enjoyed.

  When a game ball flowing down the side surface of the center frame 1700 passes through the chucker 1510 disposed in the game area 605 and is detected by the passage sensor 1512, the main control board 1350 performs normal lottery based on the detection signal. The ordinary random number used for is obtained. Based on the normal random number, the normal symbol of the normal symbol display 1536 in the special symbol display 1530 is variably displayed. After the variably displayed, a predetermined time (for example, 50 seconds in the normal game state, 5 in the short-time game state). Seconds), the normal symbol based on the acquired ordinary random number (ordinary lottery result) is stopped and displayed. The variation display of the normal symbol is performed based on the normal symbol variation pattern corresponding to the ordinary random number.

  When a normal symbol suggesting a hit is stopped and displayed, the pair of movable pieces 1606 upright to the left and right of the second start port 1604 are reversed in a predetermined time (for example, between 0.3 seconds and 3 seconds). The game ball is expanded so that the winning probability of the game ball to the second start port 1604 can be increased.

  Also, in this example, if the passing symbol 1536 detects the passing of a game ball while the normal symbol display unit 1536 displays the fluctuation of the normal symbol, the normal random number that has been obtained is stopped first. Until the result of is confirmed, the ordinary random number (including the normal symbol variation pattern) acquired based on the detection signal from the passage sensor 1512 is temporarily stored and the display is suspended. The number of stored ordinary random numbers (also called the number of holdings) is displayed on a normal symbol holding display 1538. This normal symbol hold display 1538 is composed of two LEDs, and suggests the number of memories by combining the light emission state of each LED that is turned off / on / flashing. In this example, up to four Memorize and display. When the number of memories exceeds 4, the ordinary random number acquired based on the detection signal from the passage sensor 1512 is discarded.

  By the way, in this embodiment, it is controlled to the short game state when the short time function is activated for a predetermined period after the big hit game is finished. At this time, in the short game state, as described above, the fluctuation time of the normal symbol is shortened (50 seconds → 5 seconds) as compared with the case where the normal game state is controlled, and the movable piece 1606 of the start port unit 1600 is opened. Since the time to be in the state is prolonged (0.3 seconds to 1 second → 3 seconds to 4 seconds), it becomes a state in which the game ball is particularly easy to win a prize at the second starting port 1604 compared to the normal game state, The next jackpot game can be executed at an early stage.

  In the present embodiment, as a theoretical probability, the probability (continuation probability) that a jackpot game will occur in the short-time gaming state is 75% (that is, the probability that the operation of the short-time function stops without generating a big-hit game in the short-time gaming state) 25%). However, when a predetermined number of game balls are acquired in the short game state (when a predetermined number of balls are obtained), the operation of the short time function is forcibly stopped. . Note that details of a mechanism that causes the probability of a big hit game to occur in the short-time gaming state is 75% will be described later.

  Further, when a game ball that has been driven into the game area 605 wins a general winning port 1520 in the start port unit 1600 and is detected by the general winning port sensor 2532, the main control board 1350 is based on the detection signal. A predetermined payout command is transmitted to the payout control board 1186, and the payout control board 1186 controls the payout motor 815 of the award ball unit 800 in accordance with the payout command, so that a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls are received. In this case, the storage unit 381 is paid out.

  In addition, when the first start port sensor 2534 detects that the first start port 1602 disposed at the left and right ends of the start port unit 1600 has won, the main control board 1350 causes the payout control board 1186 to be awarded. And a payout control board 1186 controls the payout motor 815 of the prize ball unit 800 in accordance with the payout command, and a predetermined number (for example, 3) of game balls are sent to the storage unit 381. It is to be paid out. When the second starting port sensor 1616 detects that the game ball has won the second starting port 1604 disposed at the center in the left-right direction of the starting port unit 1600, the main control board 1350 A predetermined payout command is transmitted to the payout control board 1186, and the payout control board 1186 controls the payout motor 815 of the award ball unit 800 in accordance with the payout command, so that a predetermined number (for example, 4) of game balls are received. The storage unit 381 is paid out.

  When a game ball is won at the first start port 1602 or the second start port 1604 and detected by the first start port sensor 2534 or the second start port sensor 1616, the main control board 1350 is based on the detection signal. Then, the 1st special random number used for the 1st special lottery and the 2nd special random number used for the 2nd special lottery result are acquired. Then, based on the acquired first special random number or second special random number, the first special symbol variation pattern selection means 2559 or the second special symbol variation pattern selection means 2565 uses a predetermined first special symbol variation pattern or second special symbol. The variation pattern is selected, and according to the selected variation pattern, the first special symbol or the second special symbol displayed on the first special symbol display 1532 or the second special symbol display 1540 in the special symbol display 1530. After the variable display is started, the first special symbol and the second special symbol corresponding to the acquired first special random number and the second special random number are stopped and displayed as the first special lottery result and the second special lottery result. It has become.

  As a result of the first special lottery by the start winning at the first start port 1602, one of “first small hit” and “big hit” is drawn with a predetermined probability. When the first special lottery result is “first small hit”, the pair of movable pieces 1740a for closing the winning opening 1702 in the center accessory unit 1700 passes through a predetermined interval (for example, this embodiment). In 2 seconds), and a game ball can be won once in the winning opening 1702. Further, when the first special lottery result is “big hit”, the game as “small win” is not performed (that is, the pair of movable pieces 1740a does not move as small hits), and the winning opening 1702 is opened. A special advantageous gaming state (a so-called “hit” game) in which the pair of movable pieces 1740a to be closed move in a predetermined pattern is generated. In other words, it is possible to give a specific profit to the player by opening the winning opening 1702 a plurality of times. By the way, in this example, three types of rounds of 3 rounds (3R), 8 rounds (8R) and 15 rounds (15R) are prepared as the number of rounds, and it is advantageous to the player during the number of rounds. An advantageous gaming state is generated.

  On the other hand, as the second special lottery result by the start winning at the second starting port 1604, one of “first small hit”, “second small hit”, and “big hit” is drawn with a predetermined probability. It is like that. When the second special lottery result is “second small hit”, the pair of movable pieces 1740a for closing the winning opening 1702 in the center accessory unit 1700 passes through a predetermined interval for a predetermined time (for example, 2 in this embodiment). The movable piece 1740a is movable again for a predetermined time (for example, 2 seconds in the present embodiment) to play the game to the winning port 1702. The ball can be won. In other words, the game ball can be won twice in the winning opening 1702. The “first small hit” and “big hit” in the second special lottery result are processed in the same manner as the “first small hit” and “big hit” in the first special lottery result.

  Then, when the winning ball 1702 is open and the game ball wins and is detected by the winning port sensor 1741, one game won from the winning ball unit 800 based on the payout command from the main control board 1350. A predetermined number (for example, 13) of game balls per ball is paid out to the storage unit 381.

  As shown in FIG. 84 and the like, the game balls won in the winning hole 1702 of the center accessory unit 1700 are distributed to the left guide route 1704 and the right guide route 1705 by the ball receiving unit 1760 which is the sorting device 1707. The game balls distributed to the left guidance route 1704 roll along the left inner peripheral surface of the decoration frame 1701 and are guided toward the specific game area 1703. On the other hand, the game balls distributed to the right guide route 1705 roll along the right inner peripheral surface of the decoration frame 1701 and are guided toward the specific game area 1703.

  The game ball on the right guidance path 1705 side is stopped for a predetermined time by a combination of a ball receiving unit 1760 and a rotating accessory 1761 which are delay devices 1708. Specifically, a rotating combination 1761 having a permanent magnet 1761a in part is disposed between the ball receiving portion 1760 and the right guide path 1705, and the rotation position of the rotating combination 1761 is set at a predetermined angle. Then, the game ball received by the ball receiving portion 1760 is attracted by the magnetic force of the permanent magnet 1761a and is attracted and held by the rotating accessory 1761. Then, the game ball held by suction rotates together with the rotating combination 1761, but withdraws from the rotating combination 1761 when rotating to a predetermined position. Then, the game ball that has left the rotating combination 1761 is sent to the right guidance path 1705 and guided to the specific game area 1703 through the right guidance path 1705.

  The game ball guided by the left guide route 1704 reaches the discharge guide path 1795 provided in the first specific game area 1786 and is guided to the discharge unit 1710 by the discharge guide path 1795. However, a survival passage 1797 is provided on the upstream side of the discharge portion 1710 in the discharge guide passage 1795, and a movable accessory 1788 that can contact a game ball passing through the discharge guide passage 1795 is provided at the branch portion. Accordingly, the game ball guided by the discharge guide path 1795 may move to the survival path 1797 by abutting against the movable accessory 1788. In this case, it is guided to the inlet 1798 through the survival passage 1797.

  The game ball that has reached the inflow port 1798 through the survival passage 1797 is allowed to flow toward the specific entrance area 1820a or the normal entrance area 1820b of the rotating body 1820. Then, the game ball that has entered the specific entrance area 1820a flows out to the specific entrance 1823b and generates an advantageous game state that is advantageous to the player. On the other hand, the game ball that has entered the normal entrance area 1820b is discharged from the specific game area 1703 without reaching the specific entrance 1823b.

  On the other hand, the game ball guided by the right guide path 1705 falls on the upper surface of the rotating body 1820. A game ball that has fallen on the upper surface of the rotating body 1820 enters the specific entering area 1820a or the normal entering area 1820b. However, the upper surface of the rotating body 1820 is formed with the entrance restricting wall 1820c. The number of normal entrance areas 1820b that can be entered is limited.

  Even if the game ball is discharged to the discharge unit 1710, when the game ball is picked up by the game medium revival means 1711, the game ball is returned to the specific game area 1703. The game ball revived by the game medium reviving means 1711 is not only returned to the specific game area 1703 but also guided to the upper surface of the rotating body 1820 by the rejuvenation guide path 1834, so that the expectation for the revived game ball is increased. Further, since the right guidance path 1705 and the revival guide path 1834 communicate with each other, the same expected value as the game sphere guided by the right guidance path 1705 is given to the game sphere restored by the game medium revival means 1711. The

  By the way, the CPU 2502 of the main control board 1350 in the present embodiment indicates that the first special lottery result is “first small hit”, or the second special lottery result is “first small hit” or “second small hit”. ”Is provided with interval pattern determining means 2572 for determining the time required for the interval. The interval is the center accessory unit 1700 starting from the time when the special symbol change stops and an image indicating “first small hit” or “second small hit” is displayed on the liquid crystal display device 640. It is the time until the pair of movable pieces 1740a expands and the game ball can be received in the winning hole 1702. The interval pattern determination means 2572 includes a normal time determination means 2573 and a time reduction determination means 2574.

  131 is an interval pattern table that is referred to when the interval pattern is determined by the interval pattern determining means 2572. This interval pattern table is stored in the ROM 2504 of the main control board 1350.

  In the normal gaming state, the interval pattern table of FIG. 131 is referred to, and the normal time determining means 2573 selects any one of the eight patterns with different interval times. At this time, as to which of the eight interval patterns is selected, each of the interval patterns is selected with a probability of 32/256 (1/8).

  Here, as shown in FIG. 131, eight interval patterns are the first pattern (1 second), the second pattern (2 seconds), the third pattern (3 seconds), the fourth pattern (4 seconds), There are 8 patterns of 5th pattern (5 seconds), 6th pattern (6 seconds), 7th pattern (7 seconds), 8th pattern (8 seconds). Note that the time in the parentheses is the interval time.

  In addition, the number of interval patterns (eight patterns) is equal to the reciprocal of the total number of the specific entry areas 1820a and the seven normal entry areas 1820b formed in the rotary sorter 1709. . Since the rotational speed of the rotator 1820 is 8 [seconds / circumference], among the 8 interval patterns, during the smallest time difference (one second) between one interval time and the other interval time, The rotating body 1820 is rotated by the amount corresponding to one specific entry area 1820a or normal entry area 1820b.

  In this way, only when a specific one of the eight interval patterns is selected, the game ball that has won the winning opening 1702 and is sent to the survival path 1797 is entered into the specific pitch area 1820a. It comes to be entered. When any one of the other seven interval patterns other than the one specific interval pattern is selected, the game ball that has won the winning opening 1702 and has been sent to the survival passage 1797 The ball is entered into the ball area 1820b. That is, the probability that a game ball that has won a winning opening 1702 and is sent to the survival passage 1797 enters the specific starting area 1820a is a winning at the first starting opening 1602 (see FIG. 74) or the second starting opening 1604. Regardless of the timing, it is always 1/8. In other words, whether or not the game ball that has won the winning opening 1702 and is sent to the survival passage 1797 enters the specific pitch area 1820a depends on which interval pattern is selected from among the eight interval patterns. It is determined.

  In order for the game ball that has won the winning opening 1702 and is sent to the survival passage 1797 to have a probability of entering the specific pitch area 1820a of 1/8 at all times, it is necessary to enter the specific pitch area 1820a. The reciprocal of the probability and the pattern number of the interval pattern do not necessarily have to be the same number, and the pattern number of the interval pattern to be selected and determined may be an integer multiple of the reciprocal of the probability of entering the specific entrance area 1820a.

  As described above, in this embodiment, when the result of the special lottery in the normal gaming state is “first small hit” or “second small hit”, a plurality of interval patterns (eight patterns having different interval times) are used. Depending on which interval pattern is selected and determined, the interval time from when the change of the special symbol is finished until the pair of movable pieces 1606 for closing the winning opening 1702 is driven is different. Here, the winning interval pattern is only one pattern among the eight interval patterns. In addition, as to which interval pattern is selected and determined from among a plurality of interval patterns, any interval pattern is selected and determined with the same probability (that is, the probability of selecting and determining any interval pattern is 8). 1).

  In addition, the operation of the rotating body 1820 is started when the variation of the special symbol is finished. Therefore, whether or not the game ball that has won the winning opening 1701 enters the specific pitch area 1820a is largely determined by which interval pattern is selected and determined from among a plurality of interval patterns (eight patterns in the present embodiment). Will be dependent.

  By the way, in this embodiment, the specific entrance area 1820a and the inflow port 1798 face each other for 1 second every 8 seconds from the start of the rotation of the rotating body 1802. In other words, the timing at which the game ball that has won the winning opening 1702 and is sent to the survival passage 1797 enters the specific entry area 1820a is 1 second every 8 seconds as long as the rotating body 1802 is rotating. Will come. Here, since it takes about 2.5 for the game ball that won the winning opening 1702 to be sent to the survival passage 1797 to reach the inflow 1798, the specific entering area 1820a and the inflow 1798 face each other. If a game ball can be won at the winning opening 1702 2.5 seconds to 3.5 seconds before the start, the chance of generating a big hit game is great.

  By the way, as in this embodiment, a game ball can be awarded to the winning opening 1702 at a specific timing (in this embodiment, about 2.5 before the specific entrance area 1820a and the inflow port 1798 are opposed to each other). If possible, in a gaming machine that has a great chance of generating a big hit game, it is possible to increase the probability of a game ball entering the specific entrance area 1820a by aiming for a winning timing at the winning opening 1702. is there.

  However, in this embodiment, eight patterns of interval patterns with different interval times are stored. That is, the time from the end of the change of the special symbol until the winning opening 1702 is opened varies depending on the interval pattern selected and determined. The reciprocal of the probability of entering the specific entrance area 1820a when the rotational speed of the rotating body 1820 is constant is the same as the number of interval patterns. In addition, the time of any one of the eight interval patterns matches the time from when rotation of the rotating body 1820 is started until the specific entrance area 1820a and the inflow port 1798 face each other. Therefore, regardless of the winning timing at the first starting port 1602 (see FIG. 74) or the second starting port 1604, the probability of entering the specific entering area 1820a is always a constant one-eighth. Become. As a result, in the normal gaming state, it becomes impossible to play a game with the aim of accepting a game ball in the specific pitch area 1820a, so regardless of the skill of the player, whoever plays the game, The probability of entering the specific entrance area 1820a does not change.

  By the way, conventionally, when a game ball wins an opening like the winning opening 1702 of the present embodiment, for example, the game ball rolls around a plurality of ball entering areas formed inside the rotary type accessory. Thus, it is common to perform a mechanical lottery process for determining whether or not a game ball is received in a specific entry area and won. In such a conventional gaming machine, it is very difficult to predict the lottery result until the game ball is actually accepted in any of the entering areas, and conversely, the player wins the mechanical lottery. The pleasure of predicting whether or not to do was completely undermined.

  In this regard, in the present embodiment, the game ball enters the specific ball entering area 1820a to determine whether or not the game ball enters the specific ball entering area 1820a at the timing when the game ball wins the winning opening 1702. It can be predicted to some extent before. In other words, the player can have fun to expect the winning of the mechanical lottery.

[About game contents in short-time game state]
As described above, when the “first small hit” or “second small hit” is won in the special lottery in the normal gaming state, one of the eight interval patterns is 1/8. By selecting and determining with the probability, the probability that the game ball that has won the winning opening 1702 and is sent to the survival path 1797 will enter the specific pitch area 1820a is reduced to one-eighth.

  On the other hand, in the special lottery in the short-time gaming state, when the “first small hit” or “second small hit” is won, the interval pattern table of FIG. A specific interval pattern (a fifth pattern in the present embodiment) is always selected and determined. In other words, when the result of the special lottery is “first small hit” or “second small hit”, the winning opening 1702 is reached after the change of the special symbol is completed (that is, after the rotation of the rotating body 1820 is started). The interval time until is released is always 5 seconds.

  In addition, as described above, the rotating body 1820 is in a state in which the specific entrance area 1820a faces the inflow port 1798 (more specifically, the game ball in the inflow port 1798 is specified for 1 second from the start of the rotation of the rotating body 1820. In a state where it can enter the ball area 1820a). Furthermore, the opening time of the specific winning opening 1702 is 2 seconds, and the gaming balls sent to the survival passage 1797 among the gaming balls winning the winning opening 1702 reach the inflow 1798 after winning the winning opening 1702. Is approximately 2.5 seconds.

  Therefore, when the result of the special lottery is “first small hit” or “second small hit”, after the change of the special symbol is finished (that is, after the rotation of the rotating body 1820 is started), A game ball won in the winning opening 1702 that is released based on “one small hit” or “second small hit” (limited to the first opening for “second small hit”) is sent to the survival passage 1797. The time to reach the inlet 1798 (limited to game balls) is approximately 7.5 seconds to 9.5 seconds. Here, since the rotation period of the rotating body 1820 starts from 8 seconds to 9 seconds is a chance period (a period during which the player can enter the specific landing area 1820a), the “first” in the special lottery in the short-time gaming state. In the case of winning "small hit" or "second small hit", if the game ball won in the winning opening 1702 is sent to the survival passage 1797, the possibility that this game ball may enter the specific pitch area 1820a. Becomes very high (that is, the possibility that a big hit game will occur is very high).

  As described above, in the present embodiment, when the “first small hit” or “second small hit” is won in the short time gaming state, the short time determining means 2574 always selects and determines the fifth pattern (5 seconds). To do. In other words, when the “first small hit” or “second small hit” is won once in the short-time gaming state, the winning opening 1702 is opened based on the “first small hit” or “second small hit” winning ( As long as the “second small hit” is limited to the first opening), the game ball wins the winning hole 1702 and the game ball that has won the winning hole 1702 is sent to the surviving passage 1797. For each winning of “one small hit” or “second small hit”, a big hit game will occur with a probability of approximately one half (from the above 7.5 seconds to 9.5 seconds, 8 seconds to Since 9 seconds is a chance period, the probability is roughly one half).

  Here, the rotary sorter 1709 is operated by the movable accessory drive control means 2583 in the same operation mode regardless of whether it is a normal gaming state or a short-time gaming state, and in the short-time gaming state, Based on the interval pattern determined by the time reduction determining means 2574, the winning opening 1702 is opened by the winning opening opening / closing control means 2570, and when the game ball enters the winning opening 1702 opened at this timing, the normal gaming state In such a mode that a big hit game is more likely to occur (a mode that is advantageous to the player), the lottery by the rotary sorter 1709 will be performed (as described above, in the normal game state, the “first small For each winning of “winning” or “second small hit”, the game ball that has won the winning opening 1702 and was sent to the survival passage 1797 is the specific winning area 18. The probability of ball entrance to 0a is 1 of 8 minutes). That is, such a state (high expectation state) in which the lottery is performed in an advantageous manner for the player is created by the time reduction determination means 2574, the winning opening opening / closing control means 2570, and the movable accessory drive control means 2583.

  Moreover, since the operation mode of the rotating body 1820 is the same between the normal gaming state and the short-time gaming state, whether or not the lottery drawing by the rotary sorter 1709 is advantageous to the player is determined. It is difficult to grasp only by visually recognizing the operating mode of the rotating body 1820. In addition, whether or not the game ball that is won at the timing when the winning opening 1702 is opened and is sent to the surviving passageway 1797 is entered into the specific entering area 1820a is determined based on whether the winning opening 1702 is opened or not. It is almost determined by the position of the sphere 1820a (that is, the interval time). As a result, in the short-time gaming state, the normal gaming state is determined in such a way that only the interval pattern is determined to be a specific interval pattern (fifth pattern) and the operating mode of the rotator 1820 is not visually recognized by the player. It is possible to increase the probability that a big hit game will be generated.

  Since the operation mode of the rotary sorter 1709 does not change between the normal game state and the high expectation state, the normal time determination means 2573 selects and determines the fifth pattern (5 seconds) even in the normal game state. When the winning prize opening 1702 is opened based on the winning of “first small hit” or “second small hit” (the “second small hit” is limited to the first opening), the winning opening When a game ball wins in 1702 and a game ball won in the winning opening 1702 is sent to the survival passage 1797, it is approximately one-half for each winning “first small hit” or “second small hit”. A jackpot game is generated with a probability of.

  In this embodiment, the short-time gaming state continues until the special symbol change (special symbol lottery) is performed four times.

  Here, in the first “first small hit” or “second small hit” in the short-time gaming state, the probability that the game ball won in the winning opening 1702 is sent to the survival path 1797 is one half, and the survival path 1797 Since the probability that a game ball sent to the specific entrance area 1820a will be one-half is 1/2, the first “first small hit” or “second small hit (when the first winning opening 1702 is opened) ) ", The probability that a big hit game will occur is about one-fourth.

  In addition, the probability of a big hit game occurring in the second “first small hit” or “second small hit” (when the first “first small hit” or “second small hit” is won, The probability that a big hit game will occur at the time of winning the second “first small hit” or “second small hit” is 3/16, so the first or second “first small The probability that a big hit game will occur in “winning” or “second small winning (when the first winning opening 1702 is opened)” is approximately 7/16.

  Also, in the third “first small hit” or “second small hit”, the probability that a big hit game will occur (when the first and second “first small hit” or “second small hit” is won. The probability that a big hit game will not be generated and a big hit game will be generated at the time of winning the third “first small hit” or “second small hit” is 9/64, so the first to third “ The probability that a big hit game will occur in the “first small hit” or “second small hit (when the first winning opening 1702 is opened)” is approximately 37/64.

  Furthermore, in the fourth “first small hit” or “second small hit”, the probability that a big hit game will occur (from the first to third “first small hit” or “second small hit” wins) The probability that a big hit game will not occur at the time of winning the fourth “first small hit” or “second small hit” is 27/256, so the first to fourth “ The probability that a big hit game will occur in the “first small hit” or “second small hit (when the first winning opening 1702 is opened)” is approximately 175/256.

  In addition, when the “second small hit” is won once, the game ball wins the winning opening 1702 when the second winning opening 1702 based on the “second small hit” win is opened, and the winning opening 1702 is also won. If the winning game ball is not sent to the surviving passageway 1797, there is a possibility that a big hit game will be generated by the game medium restoring means 1711. Here, despite the fact that the game ball that was won in the second special lottery and was won when the second prize opening 1702 was opened was discharged to the discharge unit 1710, the game medium revival means 1711. By appropriately adjusting the probability that a jackpot game will occur after being revived by the above, a mechanism is realized in which the probability that a jackpot game will occur in the short-time gaming state becomes 75%.

  As described above, the “first small hit” or the “second small hit” in the short-time gaming state, although the operating mode of the rotating body 1820 is the same between the normal gaming state and the short-time gaming state. ”Is won, it is possible to increase the probability that the game ball that has won the winning opening 1702 and has been sent to the survival passage 1797 will enter the specific pitch area 1820a as compared to the normal game state. In addition, even if the game ball that has won the winning opening 1701 and is sent to the survival passage 1797 does not enter the specific pitch area 1820a, two normal pitch areas adjacent to both sides of the specific pitch area 1820a. It becomes a regrettable state for the player to be accepted in any area of 1820b.

  When a mechanical lottery (combination lottery) like the rotary sorter 1709 of the present embodiment is performed, the player himself can visually recognize the lottery process unlike the internal lottery. When a lottery is performed in a manner that is advantageous to the player in the lottery, the player may grasp that the lottery is advantageous to the player at a glance. However, in the present embodiment, the lottery structure by the rotating body 1820 is the same between the normal gaming state and the short-time gaming state (although the operating mode of the rotating body 1820 is the same). In the short-time gaming state, the lottery is performed in such a manner that the lottery by the rotary sorter 1709 is more advantageous to the player than in the normal gaming state.

  Thus, although it is difficult for the player to grasp whether or not the lottery by the rotating body 1820 is advantageous to the player only by visually recognizing the operation mode of the rotating body 1820, in the short-time gaming state, the game that won the winning opening 1702 As long as the ball is sent to the survival path 1797, the ball always enters the specific ball entering area 1820a or the normal ball entering area 1820b adjacent thereto. It is possible to create a state where the player can feel “?”. That is, a normal game state in which an object lottery is performed with a predetermined winning probability without being noticed by the player while adopting an object lottery by the rotary sorter 1709 that can visually recognize the lottery process, and the normal game state It is possible to create a short gaming state when the lottery is performed in a manner that is more advantageous to the player than the gaming state.

  As for “the operation mode of the rotating body 1820 is the same”, in this embodiment, the operation mode is exactly the same in the normal game state and in the short-time game state, but from the viewpoint of the player, It only needs to be the same level.

  In the short-time gaming state, it is not always necessary to have a high expectation state. For example, the high expectation state may be set in the short game state after the advantageous game state ends only when the condition for the high expectation state is satisfied. In this case, when the player is in a high expectation state, the lottery is performed in such a way that the lottery process such as whether the game ball enters either the specific entry area 1820a or the normal entry area 1820b can be visually recognized. From the operating mode in which the specific ball entering area 1820a is displaced (that is, the operating mode of the rotary sorter 1709), it is difficult to determine whether or not the state is a high expectation state. Thereby, a player's willingness to play is not distracted.

  In addition, even if it is a normal gaming state (even if it is not a short-time gaming state), if the condition for a high expectation state is satisfied, it will be started from the middle of the normal gaming state regardless of the occurrence of the advantageous gaming state Alternatively, a high expectation state may be set. By doing so, it becomes possible for the player to play the game while having a sense of expectation that the player can always be in a highly expected state, and it is possible to suppress a decrease in interest.

  In addition, not only in the short-time gaming state after the advantageous gaming state is ended, but in a gaming machine that is in the high expectation state when the condition for the high expectation state is satisfied, the operation mode of the rotary sorter 1709 is changed. It is difficult for the player to grasp whether or not the game ball that has entered from the winning opening 1702 is likely to enter the specific pitch area 1820a. Therefore, similarly to this, it is difficult for the player to grasp the state change between the normal gaming state and the high expectation state only by looking at the operation mode of the rotary sorting device 1709. Thereby, it becomes possible to make the lottery contents sharp without giving distrust to the player with respect to the lottery itself. In addition, since it is difficult for the player to know the state change described above, it is possible to give the player a sense of expectation that the state is highly expected even in the normal gaming state.

  Although the pachinko machine 1 according to the present embodiment has been described above, the pachinko machine 1 according to the present embodiment has the following effects.

  That is, the pachinko machine 1 according to the present embodiment is different from the lottery process performed internally by software control, in which the lottery process of whether the game ball enters the specific ball entering area 1820a or the normal ball entering area 1820b. Therefore, not only can the distrust given to the player with respect to the lottery process be reduced, but also the process until the advantageous gaming state occurs can be interesting. However, when an object lottery (mechanical lottery) is performed, if an advantageous game state does not occur unless the player wins an object lottery performed in the same way every time, the game may become monotonous and the interest will be reduced. There is a fear.

  Therefore, in this gaming machine, without changing the operation mode of the rotary sorter 1709, the winning ball 1702 has an expected value higher than the expected value of the game ball entering the specific pitch area 1820a in the normal gaming state. It was made possible to create a high expectation state in which a lottery for a character is performed so that an entered game ball enters a specific entry area 1820a.

  However, from the viewpoint of not distrusting the player to the lottery process of the lottery, the game ball that has entered from the winning opening 1702 can be easily entered into the specific pitch area 1820a. Without looking at the operating mode of the rotary sorter 1709, it is highly anticipated that the player cannot grasp whether or not the game ball entering from the winning opening 1702 is likely to enter the specific entrance area 1820a. It is necessary to control the state. In addition, since the player can visually recognize the lottery process of whether the game ball enters either the specific entry area 1820a or the normal entry area 1820b, the player is in the high expectation state when controlled to the above high expectation state. At first glance, this may be grasped by the player, and the interest in the normal gaming state that is not in a high expectation state may be reduced.

  Therefore, in the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment, the game balls are operated in the same manner in the normal gaming state and the high expectation state by operating the rotary sorter 1709 so that the game ball is in the specific entrance area 1820a and the normal entrance area. In spite of the fact that the lottery process such as whether to enter 1820b can be visually recognized, the operation mode of the rotary sorter 1709 is a normal gaming state or a high expectation state. By making it difficult to grasp this, it is made secret that there is high expectation. In this way, regardless of whether the game is in the normal gaming state or the high expectation state, the lottery result by the special symbol lottery means 2559 and 2564 is the first small hit or the second small hit when performing the character lottery. Each time an image indicating the effect is displayed, the rotation of the rotary sorting device 1709 is started so that the displacement of the specific entry area 1820a is started from the same position at the end timing of the variable display. In addition, even in the high expectation state, the specific entry area 1820a is displaced with the same periodic movement as in the normal game state. Therefore, the operation state of the rotary sorter 1709 is in the normal game state. It is difficult to grasp whether it is in a high expectation state.

  Further, when the distribution device 1707 is assigned to the right guidance route 1705, it is directly guided to the second specific game area 1787 without passing through the first specific game area 1786, so that a sense of expectation is enhanced and the subsequent development is performed. Can be exciting. Even when the game is distributed to the left guidance route 1704, when the game medium is revived by the game medium reviving means 1711, it is guided to the second specific game area 1787 via the rebirth guide route 1834. Can be made.

  In addition, according to the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment, since the revival guide path 1834 and the connection passage portion 1836 communicate with each other, the game ball guided by the right guide path 1705 is guided by the revival guide path 1834. The same expected value as a game ball can be given. Therefore, the expectation to the game ball guided by the right guide route 1705 can be greatly enhanced. In addition, by sharing a part of the passage, it is possible to suppress a complicated arrangement of a plurality of routes, and to prevent a decrease in visibility to the first specific game area 1786 and the second specific game area 1787. it can.

  Further, according to the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment, the game ball guided by the connection passage portion 1836 rolls toward the upstream side of the revival guide path 1834 after joining the revival guide path 1834. The rolling distance until it is extended can be extended, and the rolling distance can be greatly increased. Therefore, it is possible to appeal to the player that the player has been assigned to the right guidance route 1705, and the game ball flows backward through the revival guide path 1834, so that the behavior of the game ball can be conspicuous.

  Further, according to the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment, the movement of the game ball guided by the revival guide path 1834 and the movement of the game ball guided by the connection passage portion 1836 can be made different, and the visual It can enhance interest. In particular, the game ball guided by the revival guide path 1834 has a long rolling time by passing through the first specific game area 1786. It can suppress that the time concerning processing becomes redundant. In addition, it is possible to restrict rolling from the revival guide path 1834 to the connection passage portion 1836 with an extremely simple configuration, and without reducing the momentum of the game ball from the connection passage portion 1836 to the revival guide path 1834. It can be sent smoothly.

  Further, according to the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment, the upstream side passage portion 1835a and the connection passage portion 1836 of the restoration guide path 1834 are formed so as to be linear in a plan view, and therefore the upstream side from the connection passage portion 1836. The game ball can be smoothly and largely rolled to the side passage portion 1835a. Further, the downstream-side passage portion 1835b extends in a direction perpendicular to the upstream-side passage portion 1835a and the connection passage portion 1836, and an outflow through-hole portion 1840 is provided at the tip thereof, so that it is restored from the connection passage portion 1836. It is possible to prevent the game ball from flowing out during rolling to the guide path 1834. Further, since the upstream passage portion 1835a and the connection passage portion 1836 are formed in a bowl shape, the game ball can be clearly seen through the open portion on the upper surface side. Further, the upstream side passage portion 1835a and the connection passage portion 1836 are arranged on the upper back side of the second specific game area 1787, thereby preventing the visibility of the second game process in the second specific game area 1787 from being lowered. it can.

  Further, according to the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment, since the opening / closing member 1842 is disposed in the outflow through hole portion 1840 of the revival guide path 1834, the game ball guided by the revival guide path 1834 or the connection passage portion 1836. Can be discharged to the second specific game area 1787 after braking. Therefore, the game ball can be released gently to the second specific game area 1787, and the second game process can be performed in a stable state. In addition, the timing at which the game ball guided by the revival guide path 1834 or the connection passage portion 1836 flows out to the second specific game area 1787 is determined by the timing at which the opening and closing member 1842 is opened, and thus the revival guide path 1834 and the connection passage portion 1836. The behavior of the game ball can be visually recognized while being associated with the operation of the opening / closing member 1842, that is, the open / closed state of the outflow through-hole portion 1840, thereby further increasing the attention to the game ball.

  In addition, according to the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment, the game ball discharged to the discharge unit 1710 is transported to the release position by the ball transport unit 1862, so that the game ball can be slowly seen to be restored, Visual interest can be further enhanced. In addition, since the ball transport unit 1862 moves in the longitudinal direction in the groove-shaped discharge unit 1710, not only the vertical motion of lifting the game ball but also the horizontal motion is added to enhance visual interest. Can do.

  In addition, according to the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment, since the protrusion 1834a is provided on the inflow side of the return guide path 1834, the game ball sent from the connection passage portion 1836 side deviates from the inflow side. It can be prevented. Therefore, the game ball can be largely rolled using the entire upstream side passage portion 1835a of the revival guide path 1834.

  Further, according to the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment, the combination of the survival path 1797 and the movable accessory 1788 can further enhance the interest in the first specific game area 1786, and can enjoy the behavior of the game ball. In particular, since the game ball is rolled toward the survival path 1797 by the movement of the movable accessory 1788, the timing of the game ball is predicted by associating the timing at which the movable accessory 1788 is displaced to the protruding position with the rolling position of the game ball. The movement of the movable accessory 1788 can be visually recognized while pounding. Further, since the second specific game area 1787 is guided through the survival passage 1797, the behavior of the surviving game ball can be enjoyed.

  Further, according to the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment, the game ball sent to the revival guide path 1834 (that is, the game sphere revived by the game medium revival means 1711) is more than the game ball sent to the survival passage 1797. Since the expected value for entering the specific entrance 1823b is set to be high, the expectation can be maintained until the end even if the expected entrance value is not sent to the survival path 1797.

  In addition, according to the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment, the rotary ball sorter 1709 distributes the specific ball entering area 1820a and the normal ball entering area 1820b, so that the behavior of the game ball can be further enjoyed. In addition, since the rotation position of the rotating body 1820 and the timing of the game ball sent to the inflow port 1798 determine whether the game ball enters the specific ball entering area 1820a or the normal ball entering area 1820b, the second specific game area The behavior of the game ball that rolls 1787 can be related to the rotational position of the rotating body 1820, and the behavior of the game ball can be further paid attention. In addition, the ratio of the specific entrance area 1820a to the total number of entrance areas in the case of being guided to the inflow port 1798 via the survival path 1797 and the case of being guided to the upper surface of the rotating body 1820 by the reversion guide path 1834. Are different from each other, and the expected value of the game ball guided by the revival guide path 1834 can be made relatively high.

  In addition, according to the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment, the left guide path 1704, the right guide path 1705, the restoration guide path 1834, and the connection path portion 1836 are all formed of a light-transmitting member. The behavior of the game ball guided by the route can be clearly recognized. Therefore, the behavior of the game ball can be noticed and the whereabouts of the game ball can be noticed.

  Furthermore, according to the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment, the game balls distributed to the left guidance path 1704 and the right guidance path 1705 are rolled along the inner peripheral surface of the decoration frame 1701, and thus surrounded by the decoration frame 1701. The game ball can be guided to the specific game area 1703 without blocking the movable accessory 1788 or the liquid crystal display device 640 in the opening. In particular, since the game balls won at the top of the decoration frame 1701 are distributed and guided in the left-right direction, a sufficiently long path can be secured, and the game balls can flow down naturally in any path. it can. In addition, since the distributed game balls roll in opposite directions along the inner peripheral surface of the decorative frame 1701, it is possible to clearly see which path has been distributed, and consequently the distribution device 1707. The movement can be noticed.

  The present invention has been described with reference to preferred embodiments. However, the present invention is not limited to these embodiments, and various modifications can be made without departing from the spirit of the present invention as described below. And design changes are possible.

  That is, in the above embodiment, the game ball is guided to the first specific game area 1786 by the left guidance path 1704, and the game ball is guided to the second specific game area 1787 by the right guidance path 1705. On the contrary, it may be configured to guide to the second specific game area 1787 by the left side guide route 1704 and to guide to the first specific game area 1786 by the right side guide route 1705. According to this, the right guide route 1705 corresponds to the first guide route of the present invention, and the right guide route 1705 corresponds to the special guide route of the present invention.

  In the above embodiment, the specific game area 1703 is provided with the rotary sorter 1709, and the rotary sorter 1709 distributes the specific entrance 1823b and the normal entrance 1823c. You may make it distribute with the distribution apparatus of the structure of.

  Furthermore, in the above-described embodiment, the gaming machine applied to the pachinko machine 1 is shown. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and is applied to a pachislot machine or a gaming machine in which a pachinko machine and a pachislot machine are fused. Even in this case, the same effects as described above can be obtained.

  The pachinko machine 1 described in the embodiment for carrying out the invention can be expressed as the following technical idea. In the following, the terms described in the mode for carrying out the invention will be described as a general concept, and the terms described in the mode for carrying out the invention will be described. The above-mentioned “terms described in the mode for carrying out the invention” corresponding to “terms conceptualized” are described in parentheses in order to associate “ However, once the above-mentioned “terms described in the mode for carrying out the invention” corresponding to the “generalized terms” are described in parentheses, they are omitted in the subsequent descriptions in order to avoid duplicate descriptions. ing.

[Technology 1]
The gaming machine described in the technical idea 1 includes an entrance capable of accepting a game ball flowing down a game area, an entrance lottery means for performing a predetermined entrance lottery based on acceptance of the game ball into the entrance, and the entrance Based on the fact that a specific result is obtained by the lottery means, the entrance permission control means for allowing the game ball to enter the predetermined entrance by opening the predetermined entrance which is always closed. And an object lottery means for performing an action lottery performed in a predetermined manner using a game ball that has entered from the predetermined entrance, in a form in which the lottery process can be visually recognized; and A bonus game executing means for executing a jackpot game based on winning, and in a normal state, the gaming machine in which the winning lottery is performed so as to win only at a predetermined expected value, In the normal state A high expectation state control means for controlling to a high expectation state in which the lottery is performed so that the winning combination is won with an expectation value higher than a predetermined expectation value, and the high expectation state control means performs the lottery process. In spite of the fact that the feature lottery is performed in a visible manner, it is difficult to grasp whether the high-expected state or the normal state from the operating mode of the accessory lottery means. And a high expectation secret key control means for controlling to the high expectation state.

  This gaming machine is provided with a reception opening (first start opening 1602 and second start opening 1604) in the game area, and when a game ball flowing down the game area 605 is received by the reception opening, A predetermined entry lottery is performed by the entry lottery means (first special symbol fluctuation pattern selection means 2558, second special symbol fluctuation pattern selection means 2564) based on the reception of the game ball. When a specific result (first small hit, second small hit) is obtained in this entry lottery, a predetermined entrance (winning port 1702) that is always closed is an entrance permission control means (winning port opening / closing) Opened by the control means 2570), the game ball is allowed to enter from the entrance.

  The gaming machine also includes display means (liquid crystal display device 640) for displaying a predetermined image, and display control means (liquid crystal display control board) so that at least an image showing the result of the entry lottery is displayed. 2612). When the result of the entrance lottery is a specific result, it is preferable to perform an effect that inspires the player. Then, after an image indicating that the result of the entrance lottery is a specific result is displayed on the display means, a predetermined entrance is displayed after a predetermined waiting time (interval time determined by the interval pattern determining means 2574). Opened.

  Further, the gaming machine includes an accessory lottery means (rotary sorter 1709) for performing an accessory lottery using a game ball that has entered from a predetermined entrance. This accessory lottery means has a winning entrance (specific entry area 1820a) and a lost entrance (ordinary entry area 1820b), and enters from a predetermined entrance to a predetermined receiving position (inlet 1798). This is a lottery for receiving a game ball that has been passed through to a winning or losing mouth. When a game ball that has entered from a predetermined entrance and has reached a predetermined receiving position is received by the winning opening, it is determined that the winning is made, and a big hit game is played by the big hit game executing means (advantageous game state generating means 2568). On the other hand, if it is accepted by the loser, it is discharged out of the gaming machine (at this time, the big hit game is not performed). Such a lottery process can be visually recognized from the outside (for example, a player).

  The accessory lottery means operates so that at least the hitting hole is displaced with a predetermined periodic movement, and in a normal state, a game ball that has entered from a predetermined entrance and has reached a predetermined receiving position. Only a predetermined expected value can be accepted by the winning mouth.

  In detail, the winning lottery means of this gaming machine will be displayed every time an image indicating that a winning result has been obtained in the entrance lottery is that the winning mouth always stops at the same position (specific position). The same timing (ie, when an image indicating that a specific result has been obtained is displayed, or when the image is displayed, so that the contact is displaced with a predetermined periodic movement. When the time has elapsed), the operation of the accessory lottery means is started. Then, when the lottery for lottery is completed, the operation of the lottery for lottery is stopped when the winning slot is at the specific position. And the result of the lottery can depend on the time from when the image indicating that a specific result is obtained in the entry lottery is displayed on the display means until the game ball enters from the predetermined entrance. A lottery will be held. In other words, the accessory lottery means whose operation has been stopped in a state where the contact is always located at a specific position always shows the same timing when an image indicating that a specific result is obtained in the entrance lottery is displayed. Therefore, whether or not a game ball that has entered from a predetermined accessory is received by the winning opening depends on the timing at which the game ball has entered from the predetermined entrance. Note that the time it takes for a game ball that has entered from the entrance to reach the receiving position is also an important factor as to whether or not the game ball is received at the entrance. The time it takes for the game ball that has entered to reach the entrance is almost constant.

  In addition, in this gaming machine, when performing the above-mentioned lottery drawing, in a normal state, a predetermined waiting time that is different each time after an image indicating that a specific result is obtained in the entry lottery is displayed on the display means. After a predetermined time, the predetermined entrance is opened, so that the game balls that have entered from the entrance can be accepted only by the predetermined expected value.

  Specifically, as described above, every time an image indicating that a specific result is obtained in the entry lottery is displayed on the display means, the same timing is used so that the hitting opening is displaced with a predetermined periodic movement. The operation of the accessory lottery means is started. In particular, in a normal state, when one of the plurality of waiting times is selected and an image indicating that a specific result is obtained in the entry lottery is displayed on the display means, the starting point As described above, when one waiting time selected from the starting point has elapsed, the predetermined entrance is opened. Note that there is no bias in the probability that any one of the plurality of waiting times is selected, and any of the waiting times can be selected with the same probability.

  For example, when the number of winning holes included in the accessory lottery means is one and the number of loser openings included in the accessory lottery means is N (N is a natural number), the number of waiting times that can be selected is (N + 1). It is preferable that it is an integral multiple of (this number is M). In the normal state, the M waiting times are equally allocated to any one of (N + 1) hitting holes and losing mouths. Specifically, when an image indicating that a specific result has been obtained in the entry lottery is displayed on the display means, the predetermined entrance is opened after the selected waiting time has elapsed, so in a normal state When a predetermined entrance is opened, a game ball that has entered from the entrance is received at any one of (N + 1) hits and loses at an expected value of (N + 1). Will be. By doing so, in the normal state, only the expected value of 1 / (N + 1) can be accepted by the winning mouth.

  In addition, the big hit lottery is performed based on the fact that the game balls flowing down the game area are received at the entrance, and when the big hit lottery is won, the above lottery lottery is not performed (or the special lottery is performed). The jackpot game may be executed even if the winning lottery result is lost. At this time, a big hit lottery may be performed based on the reception of the game ball at the receiving port, and the entry lottery may be performed when the result of the big hit lottery is lost. Further, when an entry lottery is performed, a specific result may be always obtained.

  In this way, unlike the lottery process internally performed by software control, this gaming machine can visually check the lottery process of the lottery drawing, so that it can only reduce the distrust given to the player for the lottery process. In addition, the process up to the big hit game can be interesting. However, when the lottery is performed, if the big prize game is not performed unless the prize lottery performed in the same manner is won every time, the game may become monotonous and the interest may be reduced.

  Therefore, in this gaming machine, a game ball that has entered from a predetermined entrance is received at a winning opening with an expected value higher than the predetermined expected value in a normal state without changing the operation mode of the accessory lottery means. High expectation state in which a lottery is performed as expected (a state advantageous to the player controlled by the time reduction determination means 2574, the winning opening opening / closing control means 2570 and the movable accessory drive control means 2583) Control means (time reduction time determination means 2574 for realizing a high expectation state, winning opening opening / closing control means 2570 and movable accessory drive control means 2583) are provided.

  However, it is not simply controlled to the high expectation state, but preferably it is controlled to the high expectation state in a form that is not grasped by the player. This is because it is possible to change the operation mode of the accessory lottery means to a high expectation state, but if the operation mode of the accessory is changed, the player will feel distrust in the lottery itself. Because it might be. In addition, as described above, since the lottery is performed in such a way that the lottery process can be visually recognized, if it is controlled to the high expectation state, the player will grasp the high expectation state at a glance, There is a risk that the interest in the normal state will be reduced.

  Therefore, in this gaming machine, the lottery means is operated in the same manner in the normal state and the high expectation state, so that the lottery is performed in such a way that the lottery process can be visually recognized. From the operation mode of the lottery means, it is difficult to grasp whether it is in the normal state or the high expectation state, so that the high expectation secret trap control means (interval depending on the state) A concept including both an interval pattern determining means 2572 for changing the time determining method and a movable accessory driving control means 2583 for operating the rotary sorter 1709 in the same manner even in different states. Yes. Regardless of whether the high expectation secret trap control means is in a normal state or a high expectation state, an image indicating that a specific result has been obtained in the entry lottery is displayed when performing the lottery Each time, the contact opening starts from the same position at the same timing. Furthermore, even in the high expectation state, the contact opening is displaced with the same periodic movement as in the normal state. In this way, it is difficult to grasp whether the state is the normal state or the high expectation state from the operating mode of the accessory lottery means.

  In addition, the high expectation secret trap control means displays an image indicating that a specific result has been obtained in the entry lottery so that an expected value that a game ball entering from a predetermined entrance is accepted by the entrance is increased. The predetermined entrance is opened by the entry allowance control means after a specific waiting time has elapsed since it was displayed on the means. The specific waiting time is a time during which the expected value of a game ball that has entered from a predetermined entrance is received by the winning entrance among the plurality of waiting times. That is, every time an image indicating that a specific result is obtained in the entry lottery is displayed when the bonus drawing is performed, the same timing (an image indicating that the specific result is obtained in the entry lottery is displayed). The game ball that has entered from the entrance is less than the predetermined expected value (1 / N + 1) in the normal state even though the displacement of the hitting opening starts from the same position (specific position) at the displayed timing) Even with high expectations, it will be accepted. As described above, every time an image indicating that a specific result is obtained in the entry lottery is displayed when the accessory lottery is performed, the displacement of the hitting opening is started from the same position at the same timing. The reason why the game ball that has entered from the entrance is accepted by the winning opening at an expected value higher than a predetermined expected value in the normal state is as follows.

  That is, as described above, in the normal state, any waiting time selected from among a plurality of waiting times starts when an image indicating that a specific result is obtained in the entry lottery is displayed. When the time has elapsed, the predetermined entrance is opened. Thereby, in a normal state, a predetermined entrance will be opened with a change so that it may differ each time. On the other hand, in the high expectation state, only a specific waiting time is selected from the plurality of waiting times. The specific waiting time that can be selected in this high expectation state is a time during which the expected value that the game ball that has entered when the predetermined entrance is opened can be increased. For example, among the one hitting hole and N number of lost mouths (preferably a natural number of 3 or more), one of the hitting holes and two hitting openings adjacent to the hitting hole is provided with the predetermined predetermined amount. When the waiting time is selected so that the game ball entering from the entrance is accepted, the expected value that the game ball entering from the predetermined entrance is received at the entrance is 1 / (N) in the normal state. What is present will be raised to one third in the high expectation state.

  In this way, in this gaming machine, despite the fact that the lottery process is performed in such a way that the lottery process can be visually recognized, it is highly expected from the operation mode in which the winning opening is displaced (that is, the operation mode of the accessory lottery means). It is difficult to grasp whether the state is normal or normal. Thereby, the player can play the game while having a sense of expectation that the player is always in a high expectation state without detracting from the player's willingness to play, and the decrease in interest can be suppressed.

  As described above, the above technical idea 1 represents the core part of the technical idea of the gaming machine, but the gaming machine described above is more specifically expressed as, for example, the following technical idea 2. be able to.

  The gaming machine described in the technical idea 2 includes a display unit that displays a predetermined image, a reception port that can receive a game ball flowing down the game area, and a predetermined number based on the reception of the game ball into the reception port. An entry lottery means for performing an entrance lottery and a game to the predetermined entrance by opening a predetermined entrance that is always closed based on a specific result obtained in the entrance lottery An entry admission control means for allowing the ball to enter; a display control means for controlling the display means to display at least an image indicating the result of the entry lottery; and the predetermined entry. At the receiving position where the game ball entered from the mouth can be received, the winning ball is awarded when the game ball entered from the predetermined entrance is received in the normal entrance with a predetermined expected value. Lottery A winning lottery means for performing visual recognition of the lottery process; a jackpot game executing means for executing a jackpot game based on the fact that a game ball that has entered from the predetermined entrance is received by the hit mouth; and A high expectation state in which the lottery lottery is performed so that a game ball that has entered from the predetermined entrance is received by the winning opening with an expectation value higher than the predetermined expectation value in a normal state A game machine comprising a control means, wherein the accessory lottery means starts operation at the same timing each time an image indicating that a specific result is obtained in the entry lottery is displayed, When the game ball enters from the predetermined entrance after the image indicating that a specific result is obtained in the entry lottery is displayed on the display means. In the normal state, the image indicating that a specific result has been obtained in the entry lottery is displayed on the display means. The predetermined entrance is opened after a different predetermined waiting time each time, so that the game balls that have entered from the entrance can be accepted by the hitting door only at a predetermined expected value. Yes, the high expectation state control means operates the accessory lottery means in order to make it difficult to grasp whether the state is the normal state or the high expectation state from the operation mode of the accessory lottery means. By operating the mode in the same manner as in the normal state, it has a high expectation secret key control unit that can make the high expectation state a secret key. Enter from the entrance After a specific waiting time has elapsed since an image indicating that a specific result has been obtained in the approach lottery is displayed on the display means so that an expected value that the game ball can be received at the winning entrance is increased. Further, from the operating mode in which the predetermined entrance is opened by the entry permission control means, and the winning opening is displaced in spite of the fact that lottery is performed in such a way that the lottery process can be visually recognized. Is to make it difficult to grasp whether the state is in the high expectation state or the normal state.

DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1 Pachinko machine 2 Outer frame 3 Main body frame 4 Game board 10 Upper frame board 11 Lower frame board 12 Side frame board 13 Side frame board 14 Lower front board 15 Decoration cover board 16 Fastening protrusion 17 Fastening hole 18 Guide board 19 Connecting member DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 20 Engagement notch part 21 Insertion hole 22 Connection hole 23 Connection screw 24 Mounting hole 25 Connection hole 26 Connection screw 27 Connection screw 28 Space part 29 Groove part 30 Recessed part 31 Installation hole 32 Fastening screw 33 Mounting hole 34 Fastening screw 35 Mounting hole 36 Fixing screw 37 Mounting hole 38 Closing projection 39 Mounting screw 40 Mounting hole 41 Closing projection 42 Mounting screw 43 Mounting hole 44 Fastening screw 45 Upper support bracket 46 Supporting protruding piece 47 Supporting hole 48 Mounting hole 49 Mounting step 50 mounting hole 51 mounting screw 52 holding plate 53 hanging piece 66 lower support bracket 68 support projection 69 mounting hole 70 mounting hole 71 mounting screw 72 Contact piece 100 Door frame main body 101 Game window 102 Speaker opening 103 Prize ball passage opening 104 Opening 105 Lid opening 106 Lock hole 107 Joint unit mounting recess 108 Lever 110 Mounting opening 111 Engaging protrusion 112 Door frame protruding piece 113 Door Frame protruding piece 120 Door lens unit 121 Lens base body 150 Lens cover 151 Upper lens cover part 154 Front molding member 156 Side lens cover part 157 Side lens cover part 163 Speaker 165 Speaker cover 184 Decoration member attachment area 185 Decoration member 200 Back Unit 207 Ground connector 210 Reinforcement sheet metal 211 Upper reinforcement sheet metal 212 Pivot side reinforcement sheet metal 212 Reinforcement sheet metal 213 Opening side reinforcement sheet metal 214 Lower reinforcement sheet metal 215 Bending protrusion 216 Bending protrusion 217 Top axis Support part 219 Shaft pin 220 Lower shaft support part 221 Shaft pin 223 Open side outer bent projecting piece 225 Open side inner bent projecting piece 227 Hook cover 228 Prize ball passing port covering part 229 Lower bent projecting piece 230 Upper bent projecting piece 231 Vertical bent protrusion 250 Glass unit 251 Unit frame 255 Stop protrusion 261 Engaging groove 262 Glass plate 270 Security cover 271 Abutting recess 272 Pre-crime protrusion 273 Mounting elastic piece 274 Anti-crime protrusion 275 Anti-crime rear end protrusion Piece 280 Mounting base 281 Opening for winning ball passage 282 Unit mounting recess 283 Opening for lid 284 Standing wall 285 Crime prevention protrusion 286 Ball flight guide surface 287 Unit 288 Hitting ball supply port 289 Supply swing piece 290 Frame decoration relay board 291 Relay board Cover 300 Dish unit 301 Unit frame 316 First ball removal button 327 Rental unit 329 Operation button unit 330 Operation button 340 Lower speaker unit 380 Dish body 381 Storage part 382 Guide passage part 406 Side opening cover 421 Second ball extraction button 450 Dish cover plate 451 Base unit body 456 Guide hole 460 Handle device 461 Operation handle part 464 Rotation operation member 465 Rotating shaft 466 Cam 480 Joint unit 481 Storage body 483 Slide body 492 Slide protrusion 493 Inclined side 500 Main body frame main body 501 Shaft support mounting step 502 Shaft support mounting step 503 Upper shaft support 504 Shaft Support pin 505 Door shaft support hole 506 Frame support plate 507 Door support plate 508 Shaft support hole 509 Lower shaft support bracket 510 Game board installation recess 511 Plate part 512 Game board mounting part 513 Passage support projection 514 Rail mounting boss 515 Launch rail 516 Connection member 517 Fixing attachment boss 518 Stopper 519 Game board fixing tool 520 Launching device attachment portion 521 槌 Through opening 522 Handle connection window 523 Shaft hole 524 Ball extraction passage 525 Guide protrusion 526 Cylinder lock through hole 527 Installation hole portion 528 Guide protrusion 529 Launcher mounting boss 530 Ball outlet connection opening 531 Full unit mounting portion 532 Unit engagement groove 533 Fastening hole 534 Fastening link 540 First side wall 541 Second side wall 542 Third side wall 543 First Four side walls 544 Open side rear wall 545 Upper rear wall 546 Shaft support side rear wall 547 Lock mounting hole 548 Lock locking hole 549 Door hook hole 550 Tank mounting groove 551 Recess 552 Guide arc projection 553 Rail locking groove 554 Rail engagement Stop groove 555 Rail latching elastic piece 556 Hole 557 Ground wire contact Connecting tool 560 Standing wall 561 Prize ball guide protrusion 562 Passage unit mounting boss 563 Switch-corresponding protrusion 564 Locking claw 565 Engaging protrusion 567 Cover body abutting groove 569 Locking wall 570 Locking protrusion 572 Opening part 573 Locking groove 574 Pin 575 Cover body support cylinder 576 Projection 577 Control projection 578 Tool insertion hole 579 Exit opening / closing device 580 Rear opening 581 Upper security double groove 582 Side security groove 583 Security recess 584 Engagement groove 585 Engagement groove 586 Security space 587 Shaft support 599 Game panel 600 Panel holder 601 Front component member 602 Outer rail 603 Inner rail 604 Backflow prevention member 605 Game area 606 Out port 607 Rail security groove 608 Security projection 609 Connection passage 610 Foul port 611 Recess 612 Speaker notch Part 6 DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 13 Passage notch part 615 Certificate sticking part 616 Mounting notch part 617 Fastening bar 618 Fastening part 619 Fastening band 620 Stop part 621 Back box 622 Liquid crystal display control board box 623 Board board holder 624 Main control board box 625 Relay terminal board 626, 627 Drawer connector 628 Joining guide protrusion 629 Drop port 640 Liquid crystal display device 650 Hitting ball launch device 651 Launch base frame 653 Rubber stopper member 655 Slide guide hole 656 Slide member storage space 656 The slide member storage space 657 Actuating piece opening 658 Operation Piece 659 Pin 660 Mounting portion 661 Motor mounting boss 663 Swing piece boss 664 Connection opening 665 Metal plate 666 Through hole 668 Through hole 670 Through hole 671 Through hole 672 Swing piece 673 Shaft hole 673 The above Shaft hole 674 Connecting hole 675 Contact portion 677 Slide hook 678 Guide locking piece 679 Contacted portion 680 Guide long hole 681 Guide bush 682 Screw 683 Spring locking portion 684 Biasing spring 685 Locking ring 686 Locking ring 687 Ball ６８ 688 Tip 689 Bearing 690 Base plate 691 Motor contact protrusion 692 Spring locking portion 693 Actuation piece contact portion 694 Motor cover 695 Firing motor 696 Motor shaft 697 Motor cam 698 Reverse rotation prevention cam 699 Mounting fixing hole 700 Stopper piece 701 Stopper piece mounting boss 702 Firing position stopper 710 Slide member 711 Elliptical convex portion 712 Connecting convex portion 713 Slide contact protrusion 714 Insertion space 715 First inclined surface 716 Holding piece 717 Second inclined surface 718 Space portion 720 Prize ball tank 721 Front wall 722 Surface wall 723 Downstream side wall 724 Upstream side wall 725 Discharge port protruding wall 726 First inclined bottom surface 727 Second inclined bottom surface 728 Storage portion 729 Notch portion 730 Discharge port 733 Mounting flange 734 Prevention member 735 Mounting shaft 740 Tank rail member 741 Partition wall 743 Inclination Surface 746 Gear cover 747 Alignment gear 748 Shaft pin 749 Locking protrusion 750 Locking protrusion 770 Ball passage unit 771 Bending passage wall 772 Ball drop passage 773 Upper end inlet 775 Notch 776 Detection piece 777 Support shaft 778 Switch 779 Actuator 780 Stopper Insertion groove for projection 781 783 Boss 784 Screw 785 Cover body engagement groove 786 Connection lid member 787 Support projection piece 788 Support piece 789 Projection shaft 790 Road wall 791 Guide projection 800 Prize ball unit 801 Unit base body 802 Bending passage wall 803 Bending passage 805 Distribution space 806 Bearing cylinder 807 Sprocket 808 Rotating shaft 809 Passage partition wall 810 Prize ball passage 811 Ball removal passage 812 Discharge ball detection sensor 813 Locking claw 814 Motor storage space 815 Discharge motor 816 Mounting piece 818 Motor shaft 819 Guide protrusion 820 Locking elastic claw 821 Button insertion engagement hole 822 Removable button 823 Mounting boss 824 Hook-shaped engagement portion 825 Unit sub-plate 826 Relay board area 827 Mounting rib 828 Engagement groove portion 829 Locking claw portion 830 Relay board 831 Mounting hole 832 Mounting boss part 833 Button insertion hole 834 Button insertion hole 835 Board cover 836 Engaging projection 837 Locking projection 838 Button opening 839 Connection opening 840 Gear region 841 Aluminum heat sink 842 Shaft insertion hole 843 One gear 8 44 Second gear 845 Rotating shaft 847 Third gear 850 Detection disk 851 Detection notch 852 Gear portion 854 Sensor substrate 857 Substrate mounting portion 858 Through hole 859 Passage lid plate portion 860 Locking portion 864 Shaft through hole 865 Switch fitting recess 866 Gear cover 867 Mounting hole 869 Wiring processing piece 880 Ball outlet connection passage 900 Filling unit 901 Box main body 902 Side guide passage 903 Side guide receiving portion 904 Buffer member 905 Reverse side guide passage 906 Bottom opening 907 Bottom swing plate 908 Bearing portion 909 Detecting protrusion 910 Spring locking protrusion 911 Shaft support protrusion 912 Spring mounting recess 914 Switch storage space 915 Switch holder 916 Full switch 917 Mounting piece 918 Switch mounting portion 920 Front guide path 921 Exit 922 Foul ball path 923 Fa Ball entry 924 Engagement piece 925 Latching protrusion 926 Lid 927 Prize ball entry 928 Latching piece 929 Communication hole 1000 Locking device 1001 U-shaped base body 1002 Hook through opening 1004 Locking protrusion 1005 Insertion hole 1006 Rivet 1007 Fraud prevention notch Part 1008 Lock mounting piece 1009 Lock insertion hole 1010 Cylinder lock 1011 Lock mounting board 1012 Screw 1013 Mounting hole 1014 Mounting hole 1015 Locking shaft 1016 Engagement cam 1017 First engagement protrusion 1018 Second engagement protrusion 1019 Screw 1020 Insertion vertical Opening 1021 Spring locking piece 1022 Horizontal hole 1023 First fraud prevention member 1024 Inclined portion 1025 Oscillating shaft hole 1026 Projection piece insertion hole 1027 Stopper piece portion 1028 Guide pin 1029 Pin hole 1030 Connection hole 1031 Restriction projection piece 1032 Second illegality Stop member 1033 Connecting hole 1034 Connecting pin 1035 Spring 1036 Spring locking hole 1040 Door frame sliding rod 1041 Door hook portion 1042 Rivet long hole 1043 Guide projection 1045 Lifting engagement hole 1046 Spring hook portion 1047 Contact elastic piece 1048 Spring 1049 Notch 1050 Sliding rod for main body frame 1051 Upper hook member 1052 Lower hook member 1053 Connecting wire rod 1054 Hook portion 1055 Long hole for rivet 1056 Protruding piece moving hole 1057 Spring hook portion 1058 Connecting hole 1059 Abutting portion 1060 Connecting hole 1061 Long hole for rivet 1062 Lowering engagement hole 1064 Projection piece moving hole 1065 Hook part 1066 Engagement notch part 1067 Abutting part 1100 Substrate unit 1101 Frame board holder 1102 Door relay board 1103 Power supply base Box 1104 Terminal board box 1105 Delivery control board box 1109 Board cover 1119 Out ball passage 1122 Mounting piece 1123 Wiring latching piece 1124 Wiring opening 1183 Separation cutting part 1186 Prize ball delivery control board 1186 Delivery control board 1200 Main drawer relay connector 1201 Delivery Control board connector 1202 Sub-drawer relay connector 1203 Door frame connector 1212 Guide hole 1213 Joint guide hole 1250 Cover body 1251 Shaft support pin 1252 Engagement piece 1254 Through hole 1255 Connection operation opening 1270 Cover body 1283 Connection operation opening 1284 Standing wall 1285 Contact protrusion 1286 Reinforcement rib 1350 Main control board 1500 Front side member 1510 Chucker 1512 Pass sensor 1520 General winning opening 1530 Special symbol Indicator 1532 First special symbol indicator 1536 Normal symbol indicator 1538 Normal symbol hold indicator 1540 Second special symbol indicator 1543 Round indicator 1550 Main body front substrate 1554 Upper extension portion substrate 1556 Lower extension portion substrate 1600 Start Mouth unit 1602 first start port 1604 second start port 1606 movable piece 1608 opening covering portion 1609 guide portion 1610 guide portion 1612 start port solenoid 1614 guide portion 1616 second start port sensor 1618 rib 1700 center frame 1700 center accessory unit 1701 decoration Frame 1701 Prize opening 1702 Specific prize opening 1703 Specific game area 1704 Left guidance route 1705 Right guidance route 1707 Sorting device 1708 Delay device 1709 Rotary sorting device 1710 Discharge unit 1711 Game medium Resurrection means 1720 Main unit 1721 Open / close prize unit 1722 Game area unit 1723 Relay board unit 1724 Upper decoration part 1729 Upper game area 1730 Prize opening cover 1731 Inner peripheral lens 1733 Liquid crystal frame 1734 Opening part 1735 Right notch part 1737 Movable decoration body 1743 Rear lens Cover 1744 Side lens cover 1745 Reflective seal 1746 Decorative accessory 1766 Solenoid 1767 Lift lever 1768 Rotating support pin 1769 Photo sensor 1774 Rotation support shaft 1785 Stage member 1786 First specific game area 1787 Second specific game area 1788 Movable accessory 1789 Guide Passage forming member 1791 Movable accessory drive unit 1794 Discharge passage forming member 1795 Guide path 1796 Groove-shaped opening 1798 Inlet 179 Circular opening portion 1801 Inflow portion 1802 Rotating body 1805 Character body 1808 Back support portion 1809 Support plate 1810 Solenoid 1811 Plunger 1820 Rotating body 1822 Rotating body shaft pin 1823 Rotating body base 1824 Switch case 1825 Lower passage forming member 1826 Motor 1827 Rotating body Gear 1830 Lens 1831 Entry detection means 1834 Resurrection guideway 1836 Connection passage part 1837 Right leg part 1838 Left leg part 1839 Rolling direction restricting part 1840 Outflow through hole part 1842 Opening / closing member 1843 Opening / closing member drive mechanism 1844 Plunger 1845 Plunger head 1846 Drive Arm 1847 Slide link 1848 Lower guide 1849 Gear 1851 Intrusion prevention mechanism 1852 Convex link 1853 Solenoid base 1854 Solenoid 1855 Plunger 1856 Plunger head 1857 First arm 1858 Shaft pin 1859 Second arm 1860 Link cover 1862 Ball transport section 1864 Rotating shaft section 1865 Motor 1866 Motor link 1868 Cylindrical member 1869 Spring 1871 Photo sensor 1873 Decorative wall body 1873 Character body 1874 Solenoid base 1875 Solenoid 1876 Plunger 1877 Spring 1878 Slider 1879 Arm pin 1880 Support arm 1890 Windmill decoration part 1891 Character decoration part 1892 Horizontal sliding mechanism 1893 Windmill rotation mechanism 1895 Support rail 1896 Guide rail 1897 Gear base 1898 Movable unit 1899 1900 Motor gear 1901 pin ON 1903 Rack 1904 Base cover 1905 Motor 1906 Extension unit 2000 Back unit 2005 Fraud warning indicator 2030 Liquid crystal support member 2050 Lamp drive board 2050 First decoration control board 2052 Board cover 2054 Second decoration control board 2066 Panel relay terminal board 2302 Magnetic sensor 2500 Main board 2510 Operation sensor 2512 Main body frame opening switch 2514 Door frame opening switch 2524 Launch control board 2526 External terminal board 2530 Power supply board 2532 General prize opening sensor 2534 First start opening sensor 2538 Vibration sensor 2550 Ordinary random number generating means 2552 Normal Symbol variation pattern selection means 2554 Normal symbol retention means 2556 First special random number generation means 2558 First special symbol lottery means 2559 First special symbol variation Turn selection means 2560 First special symbol winning judgment means 2562 Second special random number generation means 2564 Second special symbol lottery means 2565 Second special symbol variation pattern selection means 2565 Second special symbol winning judgment means 2568 Advantageous game state generation means 2570 Winning Mouth opening / closing control means 2572 Interval pattern determination means 2573 Normal time determination means 2574 Time reduction determination means 2576 Command transmission means 2578 Abnormality determination means 2580 Game stop means 2581 Each drive control means 2581 Ball receiving part drive control means 2582 Rotating accessory drive control means 2582 2583 Movable accessory drive control means 2584 Entry permission control means 2585 Storage control means 2586 Restoration processing control means 2600 Peripheral control board 2612 Liquid crystal display control board 2613 Substrate cover 2624 Door frame decoration lamp 26 0 Start opening unit decorative board 2632 Light emitting decorative board 2650 Command receiving means 2650 Production pattern selection means 2654 Light emission production control means 2656 Production display control means 2658 Sound production control means 2626 Award opening opening information acquisition means 2664 Route information acquisition means 2666 Recovery information acquisition Means 2668 Prize opening opening control means 2670 Role winning opening opening effect continuation means 2672 Expectation large effect control means 2673 Resurrection effect control means

Claims (3)

A main control means having a lottery means for performing a lottery based on the reception of a game ball at an entrance provided in the game area; a peripheral control means for performing control related to an effect display performed by a predetermined display means; and the lottery A special area in which a game ball is allowed to enter based on the result of the above, and a movable body capable of guiding the game ball to a specific area provided in the special area, and the specific area by operating the movable body Is a gaming machine to which a privilege that is advantageous to a player is granted when a game ball is accepted
The main control means includes
The movable body, which is stopped at the same position in a normal state, is activated when the result of the lottery is a specific result, and when the movable body is activated, at the same timing and in the same mode. Movable control means for controlling the operation to start;
When the movable body is operated, the operation is started at the same timing and in the same manner, and after the image indicating that the result of the lottery is the specific result is displayed, the game ball to the special area is displayed. As an acceptable pattern for entering, an advantageous pattern in which the game ball is allowed to enter the special area in a way that is easily accepted in the specific area, and a difficult pattern for accepting the specific area. And an admission allowance means for allowing the game ball to enter the special area in any one of the disadvantageous patterns that allow the game ball to enter the special area.
Among a plurality of patterns including the advantageous pattern and the disadvantageous pattern, there is a permissible pattern lottery means for determining, by lottery, a pattern that allows the entry of the game ball into the special area by the entry permissive means,
The peripheral control means includes
When the result of the lottery is the specific result, the image indicating the specific result is controlled to be displayed on the predetermined display means. Means for making it difficult to grasp which of the advantageous pattern and the disadvantageous pattern is allowed to enter,
Further, the receiving port has a first receiving port and a second receiving port,
The lottery means
First lottery means for performing a first lottery based on the reception of game balls at the first receiving port, and second lottery means for performing second lottery based on the reception of game balls at the second receiving port Have
The movable control means includes
When the game ball is allowed to enter the special area based on the result of the first lottery and when the game ball is allowed to enter the special area based on the result of the second lottery, Means for controlling the movable body so that the operation is started at the same timing and in the same manner;
The entry permitting means is:
Expectation of game ball entry when game ball entry is allowed based on the second lottery result than when game ball entry is allowed based on the first lottery result A gaming machine configured to allow a game ball to enter the special area so as to increase a value. The lottery means
The gaming machine according to claim 1, wherein a random number is acquired based on acceptance of a game ball at the receiving port, and the lottery is performed using the acquired random number. The gaming machine according to claim 1, further comprising a lamp device that performs a predetermined light emission effect.